NEW - FLEX

Power Tools
2013/2014

Contents
Type Page Type
Page
A
L
AD 14,4/3,0 NEW 150 LL 1107 VEA 188
AD 18,0/3,0 R NEW 113 LLK 1503 VR 45
ADH 14,4/3,0 NEW 150 LP 1503 VR 41
AID 14,4/3,0 ½” NEW 150 LP 1503 VR Set 41
AID 14,4/3,0 ¼” NEW 150 LR 1 NEW 233
ADW 18,0-42 NEW 112 LRP 1503 VRA 44
ADW 18,0-42 M NEW 112 LST 803 VR 273
ALC 1-360 NEW 232 LST 1503 VR 273
ALC 2/1 NEW 232 LW 802 VR 267
ALC 2-F NEW 233 LW 1202 267
ALi 10,8 G 145 LW 1202 S 267
B
LWW 2106 VR 268
BED 18 270 M
BED 69 271 MS 1706 FR Set 164
BH 812 VV 161 MXE 900 215
BHW 812 VV 272 MXE 1100 216
BHW 1549 VR 270 MXE 1102 217
C
CHE 2-26 SDS-plus
CHE 5-45 SDS-max
153
155
MXE 1300
MXE 1302
O
218
219
CS 60 WET 280 ODE 100-2 186
CSE 55 T NEW 120 ODE 100-2 Set 186
CSM 4060 57 ORE 125-2 187
D
DH 5 SDS-max
DW 7-25
DW 7-45
NEW
NEW
157
102
102
ORE 125-2 Set
OSE 80-2
OSE 80-2 Set
P
187
186
186
DW 7-60 NEW 103 PE 14-1 180 NEW 248
F
F 1109 165
PE 14-2 150
PE 14-2 150 Set
PE 14-3 125
248
248
249
G
PE 14-3 125 Set 249
GM 320 95 R
H
R 600 VV 220
H 1105 VE
H 1127 VE
HPI 603
28
28
140
R 1800 VR
RE 14-5 115
RZ 600 VV
220
130
221
L
S
L 602 VR
L 602 VR Set
L 10-10 125
L 1202
L 12-3 100 WET
L 1503 VR
L 1506 VR
249
249
21
251
266
251
23
S 2902 VV
SBG 4910
SE 14-2 125
SK 602 VV
SKE 2902 VV
SR 602 VV
ST 1005 VE
NEW
NEW
55
56
178
54
55
54
46
L 1710 FRA 25 T
L 21-6 230
L 24-6 230
L 3206 CD
NEW
NEW
26
26
27
TT 2000
V
269
L 3208 CD 27 VC 25 L MC 204
L 3309 FR 22 VC 35 L MC 204
L 3309 FRG 22 VCE 35 L AC 205
L 3406 VRG 25 VCE 45 H AC 206
L 3410 FR 24 VCE 45 L AC 205
L 3410 VR 24 VCE 45 M AC 206
L 3709/115
L 3709/125
LBR 1506 VRA
LBS 1105 VE
LBS 1105 VE Set
LD 1709 FR
LD 3206 C
LDC 1709 FR
LE 9-10 125
LE 12-3 100 WET
20
20
43
42
42
134
138
136
20
266
W
WD 10
WSE 500
WSE 7 Vario
WSE 7 Vario Plus
WSE 7 Vario Set
WST 700 VV
WST 700 VV Plus
WST 1000 FV
268
82
71
71
71
76
76
90
LE 14-7 125 INOX 21 X
LE 14-7 125 INOX Set
LG 1704 VR
LK 602 VR
LK 604
40
274
274
23
X 1107 VE
XC 3401 VRG
XC 3401 VRG Set
188
250
250
LKS 100-300 5/8 NEW 234
LKS 65-170 F 1/4 NEW 234

Product features
The key features of our products are
identified by the following symbols.
Lithium-ion technology
No self-discharge,
no memory effect.
Protection System: protects
from overloading, overheating
and deep discharge.
Carrying case
Rugged metal or plastic
case.
Guard adjustment
Tool-free guard adjustment
from both sides.
Patented guard adjustment
Patented tool-free
guard adjustment from
both sides (Patent No.
DE10115635C1).
Saw blade pendulum action
Pendulum action selectable.
Useful for fast sawing in
wood.
Bail handle
Additional bail handle for a
more comfortable grip.
Side handgrip
Hand grip optionally on left
or right side.
Hook and loop fasteners
Quick grip for attaching
abrasives – without
adhesives or clamping.
Tool-free tool change
Easy tool change without
the need for additional
tools.
Cable length
Mains cable
FR electronic control
Tachogenerator-controlled
constant speed, soft-start,
overload protection.
SoftVib hand grip
Vibration cushioning hand
grip, preventing strain on
the wrists. VR electronic control
Tachogenerator-controlled
Dust extraction
Extractor connection
Antistatic equipment
Discharge function prevents
static charging.
GFCI operator protector
circuit breaker
Integrated GFCI cicuit
breaker protection circuit
breaker with normal Schuko
plug for 230V sockets.
Central water feed
For wet-grinding granite
and marble.
Quick-fit coupling
Quick-fit brass coupling: for
½“ water hose
Spindle lock
Push-button spindle-lock
facilitates fast, easy disc
change.
FixTec quick-lock nut
Tool-free disc change.
Cable length
Mains cable with flex red
plug.
Cable length
Mains cable PUR
constant speed, soft-start,
overload protection, speed
selection with optimized
low-speed range.
VE electronic control
Continuous speed selection
and overload protection.
VV electronic control
Constant speed, soft-start
with continuous speed
selection trigger and overload
protection.
FV electronic control:
constant speed, soft-start
and overload protection
Constant speed, soft-start
and overload protection.

That extra bit more.
Dear Customers,
Innovations develop from discussions. It is only by the continuous exchange of experiences with tradesmen
and the trade that high-quality and durable electric power tools are developed for specific solutions
to problems in industry and trade. The requirements are uncompromisingly demanding as always:
highest precision, excellent ergonomics, rational functions and minimised work load and health burden.
Our product innovations speak for themselves: The new drywall saw CSE 55 T as well as the drywall
screwdrivers (for cordless or mains operation) and the newly developed laser range – extremely robust
and very easy to handle – expand and deepen the competence of FLEX in the area of professional dry
construction. The new polisher PE 14-1 180, designed on the basis of the gear technology used in
the established POLISHFLEX, reaches its full potential particularly on large surfaces. The new 14.4 volt
cordless screwdrivers, with their new high- performance motors, are characterised by their durability as
well as excellent handling, and the new two-handed angle grinders L 21-6 230 and L 24-6 230 are now
available as 2100 and 2400 watt power tools.
Above all, however, the new rotary sander SUPRAFLEX, the sanding specialist, is distinguished by its
processing of metal, stone, paint and wood. Gears, smooth running performance and motor output
are already in a class of their own. The specialist is characterised in particular by the high material
removal and optimum extraction – last but not least the health of the user is at the heart of every new
development from FLEX.
The “baggage” also includes a new innovative “Box on Box” carrying case system featuring intelligent
Duo-Click technology. The boxes can be connected simply, quickly and effortlessly and selected for
the site.
We would like to share another innovation with you: Since 2012 FLEX has had its own sales outlets in
the Netherlands and Italy. Now also in these countries you can directly experience FLEX competence of
more than ninety years: That extra bit more when it comes to precision and function.
We wish you continued success with our power tools and we hope you enjoy the new FLEX main
catalogue 2013.
Dr. Josef Kring
Managing Director
Hans-Richard Axtmann
Managing Director
1

Electric power tools
for professionals
Metal surface finishing
Angle grinders
Straight grinders
Metal surface finishing
Saws
Renovation and modernization
Wall and ceiling sanders
Drywall screwdriver
Dry construction saw
Renovation machines
Screwing and drilling
Special tools
Surface finishing sanding
Safety vacuum cleaners
Mixers
Laser measuring technology
Painted surface finishing
Polishers
Stone working
Wet grinders
Core drilling machines, Blind hole drills
Dry grinders
Stone cutter
FLEX Carrying case system
FLEX Warranty
FLEX Electronics
How to find us
14
28
34
52
60
96
116
122
142
164
166
194
212
224
236
264
270
274
276
282
284
285
286
3

Innovation comes from tradition.
For over 90 years, everyone has heard of it. Many use it every day. But very few
people know that “flexen”, a common German verb, actually refers back to an
invention developed by FLEX, formerly known as Ackermann + Schmitt. But let’s
start at the beginning:
In 1922, Hermann Ackermann and Hermann Schmitt started a company in
Stuttgart-Bad Cannstatt to produce and sell their new invention: the MS 6 handheld
grinding machine, featuring an electrical motor that drove a flexible shaft.
This feature was the inspiration for this brand-new tool’s name: FLEX. And this is
the origin of today’s brand name and a verb that has become an integral part of
everyday German vocabulary: “flexen”.
In the late 1920s, the engineers succeeded in replacing the flexible shaft with an
angle gear set. This was the world’s first angle grinder, also sold under the brand
name FLEX. FLEX started becoming established as a new word.
In 1935, Ackermann + Schmitt launched a low-speed angle grinder. In 1954,
it unveiled the first high-speed angle grinder: the DL 9. By now, FLEX was
synonymous with angle grinder, while the verb ‚flexen’ completely replaced the
less snappy verb “trennschleifen” (“abrasive cutting”) in colloquial German.
In 1996, Ackermann + Schmitt renamed itself FLEX. In 2006, “flexen” was officially
added to the Duden spelling dictionary.
The FLEX still uses the same basic approach, but the tool itself continues to evolve
and improve. High-tech plastics replaced cast iron, making the tools considerably
lighter. Motor power has increased, but motors have grown smaller and smaller.
The motor and gears have become better protected against grinding and cutting
dust; the tools are now more durable, quieter and more ergonomic. The basic
idea of the angle grinder has proved to be so efficient and successful that it is
incorporated into other machines and will continue to drive new innovations.

Professional tools for professionals.
You need quality tools to do quality work. But what are quality tools? How do I
recognise real quality?
For FLEX it’s the craftsman who sets the standard. That is why we visit those sites
where tools are used when we develop new machines. On construction sites, in the
shops and factories. And that’s precisely where we determine the specifications
that every FLEX must fulfil. This primarily includes the long life of our power tools
and machines, their power and functionality and their design, ergonomics and
safety.
All this is made possible by the advanced technology that frequently provides new
solutions to problems, revolutionizing the work procedures of entire industries.
Our approach is justified by each of the millions of craftsmen who perform
outstanding work using their FLEX every day.
The heart beating in any original FLEX is created from the outset in our motor
manufacturing plant in Steinheim. This is where we produce a wide range of
electric motors, perfectly matched to customer needs. From the fully automated
winding of magnetic fields through our state-of-the-art powder-coating line to
the precision lathe.
The use of the latest manufacturing systems in motor production, steel and
aluminium machining and the continuous quality controls in all other stages of
production ensure our high quality standards.
Our state-of-the-art processing machines guarantee a high degree of flexibility
in manufacture and enable us to respond rapidly to customer wishes. Quality and
functional checks during the entire manufacturing process are standard policy in
our company.
In our Research and Development Department, all new developments and existing
products are tested on test stands and in continuous use to ensure they meet our
quality and functional requirements.
Ongoing staff training is a fundamental requirement for us, to ensure that we
remain able to apply the latest manufacturing technologies in the future.
5

The tops in whatever discipline.
The FLEX programme for professional metal surface
finishing.

FLEX has probably the most extensive range of tools for the metal
surface finishing professionals. The range stretches from universal
products such as angle and straight grinders through to band
and circular saws and to a host of specialities such as burnishing
machines and tube belt grinders. Metalwork shops, fitters’ workshops
and railing constructors, for instance, can always rely on
FLEX.
7

Everything covered.
The FLEX programme for all professional burnishing,
renovating and modernising work.
Whether it is a matter of preparing bases,chiselling work to remove
plaster or masonry or drilling holes for anchoring systems - the
precision, dependability and handling of professionals never fails to
impress. And it is quite obvious that this is admirably true for their
tools and accessories. At FLEX each is a master of his particular
field - from the wall and ceiling sanders through to mixers and
mobile vacuum cleaners.

Dazzling presentations.
The FLEX programme for professional paint surface
finishing.
Perfect surface quality stems from high-grade tools specially
designed for low speeds and high torques. That is why professionals
in body shops, garages and car dealers as well as car enthusiasts
have full confidence in FLEX. After all, by using our polishers and
optimally adapted polishing accessories they are the masters in
bringing that degree of care to both paint preparation and paint
finishing.
11

12
Master of all the classes.
The FLEX programme for professional working of natural
and artificial stone.

Stone has its own laws as well as its own peculiarities and sensitiveness.
This is something known all too well to stone masons, stone
sculptors as well as to garden constructors and landscapers.
That is why they sand down natural and artificial stone with FLEX
machinery and accessories. All the more so since FLEX sets the
standards all the way from wet grinders and stone separators
through to bushhammers. This holds true in matters of sturdiness,
dependability, handling and maintenance-friendliness.
13

Tools for metal
surface finishing.
The FLEX tools and their accessories are specially tailored
to the diverse requirements of metal finishers. This includes
the longevity of the machines just as much as their capacity,
functionality, handiness and safety. And, of course, not
forgetting the innovative technology. After all nothing is
that good that precludes any further improvements.
Angle grinders
Overview of power tools
Accessories
Straight grinders
Accessories
Metal surface finishing
INOXFLEX
Accessories INOXFLEX
Overview of power tools
Accessories
Saws
Overview of power tools
Accessories
16
18
29
28
30
34
36
38
40
46
52
54
58
15

Angle grinders
Intelligence meets durability.
More power, safer, longer service life
• Four-fold microprocessor electronics: with consistent
speed control, soft start, starter lock, and overload
protection.
• Five-fold microprocessor electronics: with consistent
speed control, soft start, starter lock, overload protection,
and temperature monitoring.
• Six-fold microprocessor electronics: with consistent speed
control, soft start, starter lock, overload protection,
temperature monitoring, and speed selection set by an
adjustment wheel.
• Seven-fold microprocessor electronics: with constant
speed control, accelerator switch, starter lock, overload
protection,temperature monitoring and speed selection
by adjustment wheel.
What is transfered to the disc is critical
• Outstanding output: thanks to complexly machined
high-performance armature.
• High operating efficiency: great energy with cost-efficient
operation.
• Best endurance run characteristics: due to high
manufacturing precision.
Created for precise, low-fatigue work
• Optimal centre of gravity: precisely in the middle of the
machine; finely balanced.
• Sleek motor housing with ergonomic, waisted grip
depression.
• Structured surface*: no slipping, for a secure grip.
(*on G versions with super-slender special rear grip)
16
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
1
4
Gearbox housing made of die-cast aluminium
Light, sleek, robust.
Spindle lock
Double safety because of recessed design.
FLEX SoftVib – the handle
The vibration damping construction of the elastic body of
the SoftVib handle reduces vibration levels noticeably. With
built-in holding wrench - for exchanging the discs without
additional tools.
Patented safety disc guard
Adjustable without tools, impossible to lose, with rotation lock.
Perfection to the very last detail
Highly flexible cable strain reliever prevents cable breakage.
4-metre power cable with FLEX red plug.
2
3
4
5
Air vents to front
Protects user and motor from abrasive swarf.
Large ventilator
Optimised in wind tunnel tests for maximum cooling.
Winding protecting cage
Rotating ribs prevent abrasive dust from damaging the
windings of the armature and provide for additional
cooling. This extends the service life of the motor
considerably.
High-performance armature
Sustained power and endurance, heat-resistance. Winding
protected from aggressive swarf by a winding protecting
cage.
Quality auto-stop carbon brushes
Protects the motor from damage.
Microprocessor electronics
Greater performance, safer, more convenience.
6
5

User friendly to the smallest detail.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Prepared for extreme conditions
Angle grinders are optimally protected from rough and
conductive swarf by a powder coating on the magnetic
fields.
FixTec quick-action clamping nut
For a quick, tool-free disc change: simply open the
clamp, press the spindle lock, unscrew the FixTec nut
anticlockwise and change the disc.
Multi-grip system
The front and rear vibration-cushioning grips can be
adjusted in steps up to 180°. L 3206 CD angle grinder.
Reduced Vibration
An additional vibration damping ring between the
motor housing and rear handle reduces the vibrations.
Angle grinder L 3206 CD/L 3208 CD/L 21-6 230.
SoftVib hand grip
The vibration damping construction of the elastic body
of the SoftVib handle reduces vibration levels when
compared to standard handle by up to 60%. The hand
and arm joints of the user are subjected to less stress.
Without vibration
dampening
With FLEX
SoftVib handle
Integral pin wrench
With a patented integral pin wrench (Patent No.
DE10117835A1) for tool less disc changing.
1
3
5
2
4
6
Angle grinders
17

Angle grinders
18
Always the right choice. The original.
The most recent examples from FLEX development show that even today we set the
standards for angle grinders. Using state-of-the-art technology, maximumuser
friendliness, and innovative product features: microprocessor electronics, extensive
protection against abrasive dust, unique comfort details such as the SoftVib handle,
which reduces vibration levels by up to 60%. Or the FLEX MultiGrip system with the
L 3709/115 10000 750 115 – – – –
L 3709/125 10000 800 125 – – –
LE 9-10 125
6000-
10000
900 125 – – –
L 10-10 125 10000 1010 125 – – –
L 3309 FR 11000 1010 125 – – – –
L 3309 FRG 11000 1010 125 – – – –
L 1506 VR
LE 14-7 125 INOX
2200-
6800
2100-
7500
1200 125 – – – –
1400 125 – – – – – –
L 3410 FR 11000 1400 125 – – – –
L 3410 VR
2900-
1400 125 – – – –
11000
L 1710 FRA 10000 1400 125 – – – –
L 3406 VRG
2100-
7500
1400 125 – – – –
L 21-6 230 6500 2100 230 –
L 24-6 230 6500 2400 230 –
L 3206 CD 6500 2500 230 –
L 3208 CD 8500 2500 180 – – –
LK 604 4000 1200 175 – – – – – – – –
–
NEW!
NEW!
rpm
Power in watts
highly suitable, highly recommended
suitable, recommended
suitable to a certain degree
not recommendable
Disc Ø mm
Stone
Concrete, artificial/
natural stone and
sandstone, clay
Surface grinding
Cutting < 30 mm
Cutting > 30 mm
Steel black, galvanized, non-tempered
Sheet metal t < 5 mm,
profiles s < 5 mm
Cutting < 5 mm
Cutting > 5 mm
Breaking edges
Surface grinding
Cutting > 10 mm
Plate < 5 mm,
profiles s > 5 mm
Breaking edges
Weld preparation
Surface grinding

two step-adjustable handles on the 2 500 Watt RedBear angle grinder. And much,
much more. FLEX supplies one of the most sophisticated and innovative angle
grinder ranges in the world. And you have at hand the power tools that you need
for perfect results.
Polish, mat
Corrosion-proof steel
Sheet metal t < 5 mm,
plate t > 5 mm,
profiles s < 5 mm, profiles > 5 mm
Cutting, depth < 5 mm
Cutting, depth > 5 mm
Breaking edges
Surface grinding
Weld preparation
Surface grinding
Cast steel
Cutting
Deburr
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – –
Note!!!
For cutting a diamond wheel is needed or a special cutting guard is required for cutting with resin-bonded
wheels
Breaking edges
Non-ferrous metals, synthetic materials
Cutting
Surface grinding
Weld preparation
Polish, mat
Deburr
Remove rust
Remove paint
Clean
Angle grinders
19

Angle grinders
Overview of power tools
L 3709/115 L 3709/125 LE 9-10 125
Angle grinders
• Extensive dust protection for motor and gears
• Lightweight, ergonomic design, short and versatile
• Spindle lock
• Side handgrip
• Tool-free adjustment of safety guard
SPECIFICATIONS
Max. disc diameter 115 mm
No load speed 10000 rpm
Power input 750 watt
Power output 450 watt
Tool fixture M 14
Weight 1,8 kg
Type Order no.
L 3709/115 334.979
SPECIFICATIONS
Max. disc diameter 125 mm
No load speed 10000 rpm
Power input 800 watt
Power output 470 watt
Tool fixture M 14
Weight 1,8 kg
Type Order no.
L 3709/125 334.987
! Accessories from page 30
!
20
Standard equipment:
1 guard grinding 115 Ø
1 handle
1 clamping flange
1 clamping nut M14
1 pin wrench
Standard equipment:
1 guard grinding 125 Ø
1 handle
1 clamping flange
1 clamping nut M14
1 pin wrench
Universal 900 watt angle grinder, 125 mm
• Microprocessor electronics: with tachogenerator constant speed
control, speed control, soft start, restart protection after power
failure, overload protection and temperature monitoring
• With double winding protection from metal dust; reduces motor
wear and lengthens service life
• Tool-free adjustment of safety guard
• Side handgrip
• This universal angle grinder is suited for steel/metal surface
finishing, for work on the site/renovation as well as for vehicle
bodywork and construction firms
• Kickback stop - this shuts down the motor on the disc being
blocked
• Spindle lock
SPECIFICATIONS
Max. disc diameter 125 mm
No load speed 6000-10000 rpm
Power input 900 watt
Power output 500 watt
Tool fixture M 14
Weight 1,9 kg
Type Order no.
LE 9-10 125 350.672
LE 9-10 125 in carry case 378.313
Accessories from page 30
Standard equipment
LE 9-10 125:
1 guard grinding 125 Ø
1 handle
1 clamping flange
1 clamping nut M14
1 pin wrench
Standard equipment
LE 9-10 125 in carry case:
1 guard grinding 125 Ø
1 handle
1 clamping flange
1 clamping nut M14
1 pin wrench
1 plastic carrying case with insert

L 10-10 125 LE 14-7 125 INOX
1010 watt angle grinder, 125 mm
• 3-fold winding protection from dust. Reduces motor wear,
increases service life. Protective guard on the winding end of the
armature and plated winding on the armature.
• Epoxy-coated winding on the field coil
• Tool-free adjustment of safety guard
• Compact, ergonomic design - snug fit in the hand
• Side handgrip
• Spindle lock
SPECIFICATIONS
Max. disc diameter 125 mm
No load speed 10000 rpm
Power input 1010 watt
Power output 600 watt
Tool fixture M 14
Clamping neck Ø 40,3 mm
Size ( W x L x H) 290 x 80 x 110 mm
Weight 2,2 kg
Type Order no.
L 10-10 125 385.123
Standard equipment:
1 guard grinding
1 handle
1 pin wrench
1 clamping flange
1 clamping nut M14
! Accessories from page 29
!
Accessories from page 29
Angle grinders
Overview of power tools
1400 watt INOXFLEX, specialist for stainless steels and
steel alloys, 125 mm
• VR microprocessor control: speed selection, tachogenerator
constant speed control, soft start, restart protection after power
failure, overload protection and temperature monitoring
• Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output
• Special gearbox: special gear ratio for high torque in medium and
low speed range. Prevents blue discolouration and distortion due
to the developement of heat.
• Completely cast electronic components prevents damage due to
metal dust. The 3-fold winding protection reduces motor wear,
increases service life
• SoftVib handgrip with integrated, patented locknut wrench and
vibration damping
• Tool-free adjustment of safety guard
• Spindle lock
• Single-pole switch
• This machine is also available in 110 V
SPECIFICATIONS
Max. disc diameter 125 mm
Max. polishing pad diameter 160 mm
No load speed 2100-7500 rpm
Power input 1400 watt
Power output 880 watt
Tool fixture M 14
Weight 2,4 kg
Type Order no.
LE 14-7 125 INOX 364.924
Standard equipment:
1 guard grinding 125 Ø
1 SoftVib handle
1 clamping flange
1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14
21

Angle grinders
Overview of power tools
L 3309 FR L 3309 FRG
1010 watt angle grinder, 125 mm
• FR microprocessor control: tachogenerator constant speed
control, soft start, restart protection after power failure,
overload protection, temperature monitoring
• Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output
• Lightweight, ergonomic design
• SoftVib handgrip with integrated, patented locknut wrench and
vibration damping
• Patented (DE10115635C1) tool-free adjustable safety guard
• Spindle lock
• This machine is also available in 110 V
SPECIFICATIONS
Max. disc diameter 125 mm
No load speed 11000 rpm
Power input 1010 watt
Power output 610 watt
Tool fixture M 14
Weight 1,9 kg
Type Order no.
L 3309 FR 296.805
! Accessories from page 29
!
22
Standard equipment:
1 guard grinding 125 Ø
1 SoftVib handle
1 clamping flange
1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14
Super-slim 1010 watt angle grinder, 125 mm
• FR microprocessor control: tachogenerator constant speed
control, soft start, restart protection after power failure,
overload protection, temperature monitoring
• Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output
• Lightweight, ergonomic design
• Slender back stick handle: with dust-protected on/off switch
located underneath, safety catch and lock
• SoftVib handgrip with integrated, patented locknut wrench and
vibration damping
• Patented (DE10115635C1) tool-free adjustable safety guard
• Spindle lock
• This machine is also available in 110 V
SPECIFICATIONS
Max. disc diameter 125 mm
No load speed 11000 rpm
Power input 1010 watt
Power output 610 watt
Tool fixture M 14
Weight 1,9 kg
Type Order no.
L 3309 FRG 298.425
Accessories from page 29
Standard equipment:
1 guard grinding 125 Ø
1 SoftVib handle
1 clamping flange
1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14

LK 604 L 1506 VR
1200 watt sander for use with abrasive sanding discs,
175 mm
• Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output
• No guard needed when using the flexible backing pad
• Rubber rest bar protects machine and surface of workpiece
• Spindle lock
SPECIFICATIONS
Max. disc diameter 175 mm
No load speed 4000 rpm
Power input 1200 watt
Power output 720 watt
Tool fixture M 14
Weight 3,2 kg
Type Order no.
LK 604 250.346
Standard equipment:
1 side handle
1 pin wrench
1 flexible backing pad 170 Ø +
clamping nut M 14
! !
Accessories from page 29 Accessories from page 29
1200 watt angle grinder, 125 mm
• VR full-wave electronic control: tachogenerator constant speed
control, soft start, overload protection and speed selection
• Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output
• Spindle lock
• This machine is also available in 110 V
SPECIFICATIONS
Max. disc diameter 125 mm
No load speed 2200-6800 rpm
Power input 1200 watt
Power output 700 watt
Weight 1,9 kg
Type Order no.
L 1506 VR 266.930
Angle grinders
Overview of power tools
Standard equipment:
1 side handle
1 guard grinding 125 Ø
1 pin wrench
1 clamping nut M14
1 clamping flange
1 hook and loop backing pad
115 Ø
23

Angle grinders
Overview of power tools
L 3410 FR L 3410 VR
1400 watt angle grinder, 125 mm
• FR microprocessor control: tachogenerator constant speed
control, soft start, restart protection after power failure,
overload protection and temperature monitoring
• Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output
• Lightweight, ergonomic design
• SoftVib handgrip with integrated, patented locknut wrench and
vibration damping
• Patented (DE10115635C1) tool-free adjustable safety guard
• Spindle lock
• This machine is also available in 110 V
SPECIFICATIONS
Max. disc diameter 125 mm
No load speed 11000 rpm
Power input 1400 watt
Power output 880 watt
Tool fixture M 14
Weight 2,2 kg
Type Order no.
L 3410 FR 296.007
! Accessories from page 29
!
24
Standard equipment:
1 guard grinding 125 Ø
1 SoftVib handle
1 clamping flange
1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14
Variable-speed 1400 watt angle grinder, 125 mm
• VR microprocessor control: speed selection, tachogenerator
constant speed control, soft start, restart protection after power
failure, overload protection and temperature monitoring
• Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output
• Lightweight, ergonomic design - snug fit in the hand
• Universal machine with infinately adjustable speed for sanding,
grinding, roughing, cutting, deburring, plaster removal or
de-rusting
• SoftVib handgrip with integrated, patented locknut wrench and
vibration damping
• Patented (DE10115635C1) tool-free adjustable safety guard
• Spindle lock
• This machine is also available in 110 V
SPECIFICATIONS
Max. disc diameter 125 mm
No load speed 2900-11000 rpm
Power input 1400 watt
Power output 880 watt
Tool fixture M 14
Weight 2,2 kg
Type Order no.
L 3410 VR 296.260
Accessories from page 29
Standard equipment:
1 guard grinding 125 Ø
1 SoftVib handle
1 clamping flange
1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14

L 1710 FRA L 3406 VRG
1400 watt angle grinder with the extra-slim gear head,
125 mm
• FR full-wave electronic control: tachogenerator constant speed
control, soft start, overload protection
• Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output
• Lightweight design with slimline gear head, ideally suited for use
in inaccessible places
• SoftVib handgrip with integrated, patented locknut wrench and
vibration damping
• Tool-free adjustment of safety guard
• Spindle lock
SPECIFICATIONS
Max. disc diameter 125 mm
No load speed 10000 rpm
Power input 1400 watt
Power output 880 watt
Tool fixture M 14
Weight 2,4 kg
Type Order no.
L 1710 FRA 259.733
Standard equipment:
1 guard grinding 125 Ø
1 SoftVib handle
1 clamping flange
1 clamping nut M14
! Accessories from page 29
!
Variable-speed 1400 watt angle grinder, 125 mm
• VR microprocessor control: speed selection, tachogenerator
constant speed control, soft start, restart protection after power
failure, overload protection and temperature monitoring
• Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output
• Switch: with lock-off / lock-on switch
• Lightweight, ergonomic design with slim grip
• Universal machine with infinately adjustable speed for sanding,
grinding and polishing. For paint we recommend using the
PE 14- 3 125
• SoftVib handgrip with integrated, patented locknut wrench and
vibration damping
• Tool-free adjustment of safety guard
• Spindle lock
• This machine is also available in 110 V
SPECIFICATIONS
Max. disc diameter 125 mm
Max. polishing pad diameter 160 mm
No load speed 2100-7500 rpm
Power input 1400 watt
Power output 880 watt
Tool fixture M 14
Weight 2,2 kg
Type Order no.
L 3406 VRG 297.321
Accessories from page 29
Angle grinders
Overview of power tools
Standard equipment:
1 guard grinding 125 Ø
1 SoftVib handle
1 clamping flange
1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14
25

Angle grinders
Overview of power tools
L 21-6 230 L 24-6 230
2100 watt angle grinder, 230 mm
• Robust motor housing and gearbox housing. Stable and robust
steel gearbox as well as a spindle bearing protected by a metal
cap also increase reliability and durability
• Ergonomically designed and very slender motor housing provides
optimum guidance and handling. An additinal vibration damping
ring between the motor housing and rear handle reduces the
vibrations
• SoftVib handgrip for reduced vibration can be mounted in three
positions.
• Rear shaft handle with soft padding for secure grip
• Switch: with lock-off / lock-on switch
• Restart protection after power interruption
• Soft-start: for a soft start without power overloading
• Spindle lock
• Tool-free adjustment of safety guard
• Cutting guard, optional accessory (order no. 389.625)
SPECIFICATIONS
Max. disc diameter 230 mm
No load speed 6500 rpm
Power input 2100 watt
Power output 1250 watt
Tool fixture M 14
Clamping neck Ø 64 mm
Weight 5,2 kg
Type Order no.
L 21-6 230 391.514
! Accessories from page 29
!
26
Standard equipment:
1 guard grinding 230 Ø
1 SoftVib handle
1 pin wrench BL 5
1 clamping flange
1 clamping nut M14
NEW
2400 watt angle grinder, 230 mm
• Robust motor housing and gearbox housing. Stable and robust
steel gearbox as well as a spindle bearing protected by a metal
cap also increase reliability and durability
• Ergonomically designed, very slender motor housing for optimum
control and handling
• SoftVib handgrip for reduced vibration can be mounted in three
positions.
• Rear shaft handle with soft padding for secure grip
• Switch: with lock-off / lock-on switch
• Restart protection after power interruption
• Soft-start: for a soft start without power overloading
• Spindle lock
• Tool-free adjustment of safety guard
• Cutting guard, optional accessory (order no. 389.625)
SPECIFICATIONS
Max. disc diameter 230 mm
No load speed 6500 rpm
Power input 2400 watt
Power output 1450 watt
Tool fixture M 14
Clamping neck Ø 64 mm
Weight 5,8 kg
Type Order no.
L 24-6 230 391.522
Accessories from page 29
Standard equipment:
1 guard grinding 230 Ø
1 SoftVib handle
1 pin wrench BL 5
1 clamping flange
1 clamping nut M14
NEW

L 3206 CD L 3208 CD
Red Bear 2500 watt angle grinder, 230 mm
• Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output
• Multi-grip system with vibration cushioning: front Soft-Vib hand
grip can be adjusted in steps up to 180°. With safety locking
• For right and left handed cutting, rear handgrip rotates 2 x 90°
• Damping element seperates rear hand grip from motor, bringing
significant reduction in vibration transmission
• Soft-start: for a soft start without power overloading
• Gearbox: particularly flat and robust aluminium die-cast
construction
• Tool-free adjustment of safety guard
• Spindle lock
• This machine is also available in 110 V
SPECIFICATIONS
Max. disc diameter 230 mm
No load speed 6500 rpm
Power input 2500 watt
Power output 1700 watt
Tool fixture M 14
Weight 6,2 kg
Type Order no.
L 3206 CD 322.717
Standard equipment:
1 guard grinding 230 Ø
1 SoftVib handle
1 pin wrench
1 clamping flange
1 clamping nut M14
! Accessories from page 29
!
Red Bear 2500 watt angle grinder, 180 mm
• Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output
• Multi-grip system with vibration cushioning: front Soft-Vib hand
grip can be adjusted in steps up to 180°. With safety locking
• For right and left handed cutting, rear handgrip rotates 2 x 90°
• Damping element seperates rear hand grip from motor, bringing
significant reduction in vibration transmission
• Soft-start: for a soft start without power overloading
• Gearbox: particularly flat and robust aluminium die-cast
construction
• Quick-release guard: tool-free adjustment
• Tool-free adjustment of safety guard
• Spindle lock
SPECIFICATIONS
Max. disc diameter 180 mm
No load speed 8500 rpm
Power input 2500 watt
Power output 1700 watt
Tool fixture M 14
Weight 6 kg
Type Order no.
L 3208 CD 322.725
Accessories from page 29
Angle grinders
Overview of power tools
Standard equipment:
1 guard grinding 180 Ø
1 SoftVib handle
1 pin wrench
1 clamping flange
1 clamping nut M14
27

Straight grinders
Overview of power tools
H 1105 VE H 1127 VE
710 watt low-speed straight grinder
• VE electronic control: variable speed and overload protection
• Clamping collar: 40 mm diameter
• Machine length: approx. 330 mm
• Collar length: approx. 53 mm, for optimum handling and
reaching into hard-to-access areas
• Suitable for fine grinding in mould construction, with pencil
grinders and abrasive flap wheels up to max. 25 m/sec.
• This machine is also available in 110 V
SPECIFICATIONS
Max. disc diameter resin/
ceramic up to
30 mm
Max. disc diameter fiber
reinforced up to
50 mm
Tool fixture Ø 3, 6, 8 mm, ¼”
No load speed 2500-6500 rpm
Power input 710 watt
Power output 420 watt
Weight 2,1 kg
Type Order no.
H 1105 VE 269.956
! Accessories from page 30
!
28
Standard equipment:
1 collet 6 mm Ø with clamping nut
1 stopping claw SW 14
1 open-ended wrench SW 19
710 watt variable high-speed straight grinder
• VE electronic control: variable speed and overload protection
• Collar: 40 mm diameter, approx. 60 mm long
• Machine length: approx. 325 mm
• Long-necked design for optimum handling and reaching into
hard-to-access areas
• Lightweight design for fatigue-free work
• This machine is also available in 110 V
SPECIFICATIONS
Max. disc diameter resin/
ceramic up to
30 mm
Max. disc diameter fiber
reinforced up to
50 mm
Tool fixture Ø 3, 6, 8 mm, ¼”
No load speed 10000-30000 rpm
Power input 710 watt
Power output 420 watt
Weight 1,8 kg
Type Order no.
H 1127 VE 270.067
Accessories from page 30
Standard equipment:
1 collet 6 mm Ø with clamping nut
1 stopping claw SW 14
1 open-ended wrench SW 19

Guards for FLEX angle grinders.
Suitable for
Sanding guard Cutting guard
Required when using
resin-bonded wheels
Angle grinders
Accessories
Guide carriage and guard
for extractor
Ø mm 115 125 180 230 125 230 125 230
L 3709/115 335.258 – – – – – – –
L 3709/125 – 335.266 – – 385.417 – – –
LE 9-10 125 – 358.029 – – 385.425 – – –
L 10-10 125 – 385.395 – – 385.409 – – –
LE 14-7 125 INOX – 274.658 – – – – 254.797 –
L 1710 FRA – 274.658 – – – – 254.797 –
L 3406 VRG – 274.658 – – – – 254.797 –
L 3309 FR – 294.438 – – – – – –
L 3309 FRG – 294.438 – – – – – –
L 3410 FR – 294.438 – – – – – –
L 3410 VR – 294.438 – – – – – –
L 21-6 230/L24-6 230 – – – 338.729 – 389.625 – –
L 3206 CD – – – 265.179 – 389.633 – 252.963
L 3208 CD – – 265.160 – – – – –
29

Angle grinders
Accessories
Collets for H 1105 VE and H 1127 VE
Collet
Cutting discs
30
with clamping nut
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
3 Ø 1 229.741
¼” Ø 1 229.776
6 Ø 1 228.656
8 Ø 1 229.768
Diamantjet - diamond cutting disc, standard, concrete
Fast, long-life universal cutting disc, suitable for concrete and
stone
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
125 Ø x 22,2 1 349.046
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
230 Ø x 22,2 1 349.054
Diamantjet - diamond cutting disc, premium, tile
Flap discs
Fast, long-life tile cutting disc with closed diamond segment.
Suitable for cutting all tiles, marble, slate, granite and natural
stone. Precision cutting and low-noise
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
115 Ø x 22,2 1 349.011
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
125 Ø x 22,2 1 349.038
Flap disc for metal and stainless steel, cambered
Ideal for flap-grinding metals, stainless steel, alloyed and
non-alloyed steel, light metals, non ferrous metals, construction
steel and cast iron. Removing welding spots and beads,
processing welding seams, breaking and rounding edges. High
material removal rate, guarantees effortless working without
filling pores.
Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
125 Ø x 22,2 P 60 10 349.925
125 Ø x 22,2 P 80 10 349.933
SC-VL polishing flap wheel for metal and stainless steel, cambered
Polishing flap wheel for sanding, cleaning and finishing on
stainless steel, steel, titanium alloys, light metals, non-ferrous
metals and plastics. Remove any tarnish, flash rust, scale and
scratches. Remove any tarnish, flash rust, scale and scratches.
Preparing, grinding and polishing welds.
Dimensions
in mm
Velcro system for L 3406 VRG
Velcro backing M 14
Velcro pad, cushioned M14
Velcro sanding paper PURFLEX
Elastic backing pad with velcro cover.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
125 Ø x 22,2 medium 5 358.606
125 Ø x 22,2 fine 5 367.486
QP Order
number
115 Ø 1 208.817
Velcro bowl 125 Ø 1 231.983
12 mm cell rubber for even pressure distribution for grinding,
polishing or sealing.
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
115 Ø 1 240.311
125 Ø 1 350.737
Ideally suited to working wood and metal.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
D115 Pu-P24 VE25 115 Ø P 24 25 381.195
D115 Pu-P40 VE50 115 Ø P 40 50 381.209
D115 Pu-P60 VE50 115 Ø P 60 50 381.217
D115 Pu-P80 VE50 115 Ø P 80 50 381.225
D115 Pu-P100 V50 115 Ø P 100 50 381.233
D115 Pu-P120 VE50 115 Ø P 120 50 381.241
D115 Pu-P150 VE50 115 Ø P 150 50 381.268
D115 Pu-P180 VE50 115 Ø P 180 50 381.276

Velcro sandingpaper ZIRCOFLEX
Ideally suited for high removal rates and high load on wood
and metal substrates. The support fabric is extremely tearresistant
and is characterised by high cost-effectiveness. Can
be used with velcro pad max. Ø 125 mm.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
Velcro sandingpaper CERAFLEX
Grit QP Order
number
D125-8 ZI-A40 VE25 125 Ø A 40 25 393.185
D125-8 ZI-A60 VE25 125 Ø A 60 25 393.193
D125-8 ZI-A80 VE25 125 Ø A 80 25 393.207
Ideal for sanding stainless steel surfaces and grinding weld
seams. The support fabric is extremely tear-resistant. Low heat
generation and longer service life ensure high cost-effectiveness.
Can be used with Velcro pad max. Ø 125 mm.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
Velcro sandingpaper CORKFLEX
Natural fibre felt pad
Grit QP Order
number
D125 CE-K80 VE50 125 Ø K 80 50 393.215
D125 CE-K120 VE50 125 Ø K 120 50 393.223
D125 CE-K180 VE50 125 Ø K 180 50 393.231
Ideal for deep cleaning the surface, the cork accessory
provides a greater gloss and better haptics. Fine sanding tool
with coarse structure and stable fabric base. Reduces heat
generation on the surface and 3 times longer service life than
comparable sanding tools. Can be used with velcro pad max.
Ø 125 mm.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
D125 CO-P280 VE15 125 Ø P 280 15 393.258
D125 CO-P400 VE15 125 Ø P 400 15 393.266
D125 CO-P800 VE15 125 Ø P 800 15 393.274
Ideally suited for polishing stainless steel, non-ferrous metals,
wood surfaces, mineral-based materials, paints, glass, acrylic
glass (in conjunction with the correct polishes/agents and oils
for sealing and care).
Designation Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
FP D125 H VE5 125 Ø hard 5 393.347
FP D125 S VE5 125 Ø soft 5 393.355
Polishing sponge, blue
Polishing sponge, white
Sponge of a medium-hard, coarse foam structure and high
resistance to tearing. With setback velour for assured polishing
and as a centering aid. Particularly for weathered, dull
paints and for scratches in combination with the SpecialPolish
compound.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
PS-B 140 140 Ø x 30 1 376.388
PS-B 160 160 Ø x 30 1 376.396
Sponge of a medium-hard, fine foam structure and highly
resistant to tearing. With setback velour for assured polishing
and as a centering aid. Particularly for removing minor traces
of wear and streaks in combination with the SpecialPolish
compound.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
PS-W 140 140 Ø x 30 1 376.426
PS-W 160 160 Ø x 30 1 376.434
Backing pad for LG 1707 FR and LK 604
Flexible backing pad with clamping nut M 14
Clamping nut M 14
Backing pads for fiber grinding discs.
For backing pad.
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
170 Ø 1 124.079
Brush for L 3406 VRG, L 1710 FRA
Steel wire 0,3 mm
Steel wire 0,5 mm
Corrugated, mount M 14
Knot-type, mount M 14
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
1 124.109
QP Order
number
60 Ø 1 124.516
Dimensions
in mm
Angle grinders
Accessories
QP Order
number
65 Ø 1 124.524
31

Angle grinders
Accessories
Accessories
Cutting stone with diamond discs
125 mm cutting guard
32
With guide block and 32 mm Ø extraction
nozzle for cutting discs with 125 mm Ø for
flange without groove.
230 mm cutting guard
For push and pull cuts with vacuum set and
adjustable support, extraction nozzle with
32 mm outer Ø, collar Ø 62 mm, cut depth
65 mm max.
Quick-clamp nut
FixTec quick clamp nut M 14
For tool-less disc change, suitable for discs
from Ø 115-150 mm.
SDS-Clic quick-clamp nut
For tool-less disc change suitable for discs
from Ø 150-230 mm.
suitable
– not suitable
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
LE 9-10 125/3709
L 10-10 125
LE 14-7 125
L 3309 /L 3410
L 1506 VR
L 3406 VRG
L 1710 FRA
L 21-6 230/L24-6 230
L 3206 CD
L 3208 CD
125 Ø 1 254.797 - - - - - - -
230 Ø 1 252.963 - - - - - - - - -
1 313.459 - - -
1 253.049

Accessories
Side handles
SoftVib side handle
Side handgrip
Carrying case
SoftVib handle with integral, patented pin
wrench (DE10117835A1) and vibration cushioning,
significantly reducing the vibration
transmitted to hands and arms.
Handle for angle grinder, thread M10.
Small metal carrying case
For all angle grinders with disc Ø up to
125 mm.
Carry case
Case insert
Without insert. For the machines L 3709,
LE 9-10 125, L 10-10 125 select insert no.
378.305. For the machines OS/OSE 80-2,
OD/ODE 100-2, ORE 125-2 select insert no.
379.387.
Matching insert for carry case 376.094.
For angle grinders L 3709, L 10-10 125 and
LE 9-10 125.
Type Designation Size
( W x L x H)
QP Order
number
LE 9-10 125/3709
L 10-10 125
LE 14-7 125
L 3309 /L 3410
Angle grinders
Accessories
L 1506 VR
L 3406 VRG
L 1710 FRA
L 21-6 230/L24-6 230
L 3206 CD
L 3208 CD
M 8 1 316.857 - - - - -
SoftVib side handle
SoftVib handle with vibration cushioning, M 8 1 325.376 - - - - -
significantly reducing the vibration transmitted
to hands and arms and reducing the risk
of vibration-related injury to the operator.
M 14 1 325.384 - - - - - - - - -
1 335.274 - - - - - - - -
1 303.224 - - -
TK-L 360x228x135 360 x 228 x 135 1 376.094 - - - - - - - -
TKE L3709/L10-10/LE9-10 1 378.305 - - - - - - - -
33

Metal surface finishing
34
Are you looking to attain
the perfect finish
on metal surfaces?
Whether on flat or curved surfaces, in angles or corners, the FLEX surface finishing
programe is always the right choice for brilliant results.
With our special-purpose power tools, matching accessories and range of abrasives,
we provide you with the ideal systems to achieve perfect results. The machines and
accessories are also supplied as Profi-kits in a carry case, making things even easier.
For balustrade work, tank construction and all surface processing, we have the
right machines. Our fillet weld grinder and our special finger grinder help you
reach the most difficult to access areas, for perfect results every time. All power
tools naturally feature speed control to ensure they always offer you optimum
performance for your various applications.
Your demand for a quality finish is the driving fact that inspires us to develop power
tools, that make your work easier and still attains that perfect finish.

The specialists for stainless steel finishing.
Machines
INOXFLEX
LE 14-7 125 INOX
Fillet weld grinder
LLK 1503 VR
Burnishing machine
LP 1503 VR
Weld and pipe
belt sander
LBR 1506 VRA
Pipe belt sander
LRP 1503 VRA
Belt file
LBS 1105 VE
Finger sander
ST 1005 VE
highly suitable, highly recommended
suitable, recommended
System
Grinding surfaces
Polish surfaces
Grinding welds
Grinding fillet welds
Grinding fillet welds in difficult-to-access places
“linear image”
Grinding surfaces
Burnish surfaces
Polish surfaces
Grinding pipes
Metal surface finishing
Burnish pipes
Polish pipes
Grinding in difficult-to-access places
Polish in difficult-to-access places
Grinding linearly into the corners
35

Metal surface finishing
INOXFLEX
The INOXFLEX. The specialist for finishing stainless steels
and steel alloys.
The speed control ensures that the speed is correctly adjusted for grinding and polishing. The speeds stay constant under load.
The LE 14-7 125 INOX has a soft start for a jerk-free start-up. Temperature monitoring prevents any fused windings. The restart
protection stops the machine from inadvertently starting after a power failure. The completely cast electronic component
prevents damage due to metal dust.
Superior performance
Powerful, strong 1400 watt motor for quick
working progress. Features constant speed
control thanks to a tachogenerator.
SoftVib handle
Dampens vibrations, protects the operator‘s
joints.
Optimally aligned
Special gear ratio for high torque in the
medium and low speed range. Prevents blue
discolouration and distortion from heat.
Toolfree
Dust guard with tool-free quick adjustment.
Simple and quick adjustment to different
working positions.
Spindle stop
Easy tool change with the integrated spindle
stop. Protected from accidental press.
FixTec quick clamp nut
for tool-free and quick disc change.
Safe
3-fold winding protection against metal
dust. Prevents the ingress of dust and
therefore reduces motor wear. Mesh guard
on the winding overhang of the armature
(fan side) also extends the service life.
Robust
Armoured winding on the armature
(commutator side) protects against
deposits and damage to the armature and
commutator.
Durable
Epoxy-coated winding on the field core
protects against abrasive dust and short
circuits on the field.
37

Metal surface finishing
Accessories INOXFLEX
Adjusted to all the different practical requirements.
38
Type Zircon flap disc Cutting disc, thin SC-VL disc Fillet disc
Ø mm
FixTec M 14*
Velcro pad “Hook”
Recommended speed
Applications
125 x 22,2 125 x 1 x 22,2 125 x 22,2 125 x 6 x 22,2
QP Grit Order no. QP
Order no.
QP Grit Order no. QP Grit Order no.
10 P 60 349.925 10 349.836 5 medium 358.606 10 6A medium 358.711
10 P 80 349.933 5 fine 367.486 10 3S fine 358.703
4.000-7.000 7.000 2.500-4.500 2.500-5.000
Ideal for flap-grinding
metals, stainless steel, alloyed
and nonalloyed steel,
light metals, non ferrous
metals, construction steel
and cast iron.
Removing welding spots
and beads, processing welding
seams, breaking and
rounding edges.
High material removal rate,
guarantees effortless working
without filling pores.
Straight, for fast low-force
cutting of thin-walled
pipes, profiles and plates.
Reduced cutting pressure
and extremely low chipping
for cool cutting.
Ensures burr-free edges and
prevents blue discoloration.
30% longer service life by
packaging in stay-fresh can.
Removing light damage and
scratches
Removing tarnish, flash
rust and scales
Preparing, grinding and
polishing welding seams
For grinding, cleaning and
finishing stainless steel,
steel, titanium alloys, light
metals, non-ferrous metals
and plastics.
Grinding welding seams
Removing tarnish
High-quality surfaces on
welding seams in a single
work step. The perfect disc
for quick and high-quality
fillet weld processing.
Ideal for alloyed and high
alloyed steels, chromed and
nickled steels, titanium,
light metals, non-ferrous
metals and steels.
Profiling stone see page 51.

PYRAFLEX SC fleece disc Felt pad
PP-W PP-B PP-C
125 125 125
10 A 160 (K 120) 364.592 10 coarse 358.614 5 hard 393.347 1 (~ 700 g) 1 (~ 700 g) 1 (~ 1 kg)
10 A 65 (K 280) 358.797 10 medium 358.622 5 soft 393.355
10 A 45 (K 400) 358.800 10 very fine 358.630
10 A 30 (K 600) 358.819 255.004 255.005 255.006
4.000-5.000 2.500-4.500 2.500-3.000
Removing scratches and
mill scale from stainless
steel
Creating a grinding pattern
according to defined quality
criteria (looks, surface
finish).
Preparing for polishing
PYRAFLEX enables quicker
work progress. Compared
with conventional grinding
discs, every second work
step can be left out. Shortens
work time and improves
surface quality, increases
service life. For all steels,
particularly suitable for
stainless steels, titanium,
nickel, cobalt and chrome
alloys.
Removing light damage and
scratches
Removing tarnish, flash
rust, scales and dirt
Removing tarnish on
welding seams of thin
sheets without heat
distortion.
For grinding, cleaning and
finishing stainless steel,
steel, titanium alloys, light
metals, non-ferrous metals
and plastics.
Made from natural raw
materials.
Ideally suited for polishing
stainless steel, non-ferrous
metals, wood surfaces,
mineral-based materials,
paints, glass, acrylic glass
(in conjunction with the
correct polishes/agents and
oils for sealing and care).
Metal surface finishing
Accessories INOXFLEX
QP Grit Order no. QP Grit Order no. QP Order no. QP QP QP
Order no. Order no. Order no.
Felt pad: Wheels for use with polishing pastes and
polishing creams
Step 1: PP-W
pre-polishing paste
Step 2: PP-B
high-gloss paste
Step 3: PP-C
final polishing
39

Metal surface finishing
Overview of power tools and accessories
LE 14-7 125 INOX Set
1400 watt INOXFLEX, specialist for stainless steels and
steel alloys, 125 mm
• VR microprocessor control: speed selection, tachogenerator
constant speed control, soft start, restart protection after power
failure, overload protection and temperature monitoring
• Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output
• Special gearbox: special gear ratio for high torque in medium and
low speed range. Prevents blue discolouration and distortion due
to the developement of heat.
• Completely cast electronic components prevents damage due to
metal dust. The 3-fold winding protection reduces motor wear,
increases service life
• SoftVib handgrip with integrated, patented locknut wrench and
vibration damping
• Tool-free adjustment of safety guard
• Spindle lock
• Single-pole switch
• This machine is also available in 110 V
SPECIFICATIONS
Max. disc diameter 125 mm
Max. polishing pad diameter 160 mm
No load speed 2100-7500 rpm
Power input 1400 watt
Power output 880 watt
Tool fixture M 14
Weight 2,4 kg
Type Order no.
LE 14-7 125 INOX Set 364.614
40
Standard equipment:
1 guard grinding 125 Ø
1 SoftVib handle
1 clamping flange
1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14
1 flap disc P 60
1 fillet weld disc 6 A medium
1 SC-VL polishing flap wheel medium
1 SC fleece disc coarse
1 SC fleece disc medium
1 SC fleece disc very fine
1 PyraFLEX A 160
1 PyraFLEX A 65
1 PyraFLEX A 45
1 PyraFLEX A 30
3 GlossFLEX Disc
1 hook and loop backing pad Hook
1 Poli set mini
1 case insert
1 plastic carry case
Accessories INOXFLEX LE 14-7 125
Poli set mini white/blue/creme
Velcro backing pad
Polishing set, consisting of: polishing paste white, polishing
paste blue, 100 g each and polishing cream, 100 g.
Designation QP Order
number
PP - W/B/C 1 set 365.041
With 8-hole system for optimum dust extraction for all FLEX
velcro sanding tools Ø 125 mm. The 3 mm cellular rubber
damping reduces the shearing forces between support pad
and sanding tool. Thanks to long velcro hooks, there is greater
temperature resistance at a high load.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
Hook and loop backing pad “Hook”
FixTec quick clamp nut M 14
Carry case
Insert for carry case
QP Order
number
SP D125-8 H/F 125 Ø 1 391.727
Backing pad with foamed base and hook fasteners. Uniform
distribution of pressure for sanding and polishing.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
Velcro hook 125 Ø x M 14 1 364.584
For tool-less disc change, suitable for discs from
Ø 115-150 mm.
From impact-resistant plastic for LE 14-7 125.
Designation Size
( W x L x H)
QP Order
number
1 313.459
QP Order
number
TK-L 530x375x130 530 x 375 x 130 1 367.192
Carry case insert for LE 14-7 125 INOX Set with tidy function.
Designation QP Order
number
TKE LE14-7 INOX 1 367.206

LP 1503 VR LP 1503 VR Set
Burnishing machine for high-gloss surfaces
• VR full-wave electronic control: tachogenerator constant speed
control, soft start, overload protection and speed selection
• Adjustable guard: for sanding tools up to Ø 115 mm
• Sanding tool replacement: tool-free with knurled screw
• Infinately adjustable speed for optimum finishing of various
materials for burnishing, structuring, polishing, brushing,
smoothing, de-rusting and deburring of steel and stainless steel
surfaces.
• This machine is also available in 110 V
SPECIFICATIONS
Power input 1200 watt
Power output 700 watt
Max. tool Ø 115 mm
Tool width 100 mm
Tool fixture 19 mm
No load speed 1200-3700 rpm
Weight 3,1 kg
Type Order no.
LP 1503 VR 244.333
!
LP 1503 VR Set 319.015
Accessories from page 47
Standard equipment
LP 1503 VR Set:
1 air pump
1 rubber air roller
1 drive roller
1 set of distance rings
1 fleece A 280/fine
1 sanding sleeve, P 60
1 sanding sleeve, P 100
1 sanding sleeve, P 180
1 fleece sanding sleeve, A 240
1 fleece sanding sleeve, A 400
1 sanding-polishing sleeve, S 600
1 sanding-polishing sleeve, S 1500
2 velcro drive belts
1 velcro fleece belt A 180
2 velcro sanding belts, P 120
1 superfinishing band S 1500
1 plastic carrying case with insert
Metal surface finishing
Overview of power tools
Burnish with ease with
the rubber air roller. The
air cushion adapts to any
material contour.
For a linear image on
the surface: grinding,
burnishing, matting and
polishing.
This rounds it off. Rubber
drive roller and polishing
fleece mirror-finish stainless
steel guard-rails.
41

Metal surface finishing
Overview of power tools
LBS 1105 VE LBS 1105 VE Set
Belt file
• Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output
• VE electronic control: for infinately adjustable belt speed
• Sanding head: rotates through 140°. For use with sanding arms
in 9 mm or 30 mm
• Quick belt replacement system: for quick, tool-free belt
replacement
• This machine is also available in 110 V
SPECIFICATIONS
Power input 710 watt
Power output 420 watt
Belt speed 4-12 m/sec
Belt dimensions LBS 1105 VE 533 x 4-9 mm
Belt dimensions LBS 1105 VE Set 533 x 4-30 mm
Weight 2,5 kg
Type Order no.
LBS 1105 VE 270.113
LBS 1105 VE Set 319.007
!
Accessories from page 50
42
Standard equipment
LBS 1105 VE:
1 sanding arm (pointed) 9 mm
1 sanding belt kit for 9 mm sanding
arm, P 40/ P 120/ P 220
1 side handle
1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 5
Standard equipment
LBS 1105 VE Set:
1 sanding arm, pointed, 9 mm
1 sanding arm, with large roller,
Ø 30/30 mm
2 sanding belts, P 60, 4 mm
2 sanding belts, P 120, 4 mm
2 sanding belts, P 60, 9 mm
2 sanding belts, P 120, 9 mm
2 sanding belts, P 60, 30 mm
2 sanding belts, P 120, 30 mm
1 sanding fleece, A 240, 9 mm
1 sanding fleece, A 240, 30 mm
1 side handle
1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 5
1 plastic carrying case with insert
The belt file - the
specialist for those
difficult- to-access places.
De-scale, sand-down
and polish welds in
those difficult-to-access
places.Even the insides of
cavities and tubes can be
reached.

LBR 1506 VRA
1200 watt weld and pipe belt sander
• Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output
• VR full-wave electronic control: tachogenerator constant speed
control, soft start, overload protection and speed selection
• Sanding belt tension: spring loaded, adapts to pipe diameter
from 10 to 250 mm
• Sanding belt replacement: quick and easy
• Hand grip directly over the sanding belt for fatigue-free work
• Sanding belts: wide assortment included sanding fleece for
stainless steel applications
• Infinately adjustable belt speed
• Grinding weld seam directly on front contact roller with locked
front swing arm
• Grinding pipes: between two rollers with unlocked front swing
arm. The grinding belt wraps around the pipe and adapts to the
pipe diameter
• This machine is also available in 110 V
SPECIFICATIONS
Power input 1200 watt
Power output 700 watt
Belt speed 10-30 m/sec
Belt dimensions 40 x 618 mm
Weight 4,2 kg
Type Order no.
LBR 1506 VRA 282.499
!
Accessories from page 49
Standard equipment:
1 side handle
1 sanding belt, continuous, P 60
1 sanding belt, continuous, P 120
1 sanding belt, continuous, P 240
1 sanding fleece, continuous,
A 240, 618 x 40 mm
1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 5
1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 6
1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 3
Metal surface finishing
Overview of power tools
Perfect for sanding weld
seams. The circulating
belt carries off the
heat. Weld seams can be
sanded down on stainless
steel without tempering.
The specialist for larger
pipe diameters. The
sanding belt adapts itself
to any curve – up to 250
mm diameter.
43

Metal surface finishing
Overview of power tools
LRP 1503 VRA
Boa pipe belt sander
• Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output
• VR full-wave electronic control: tachogenerator constant speed
control, soft start, overload protection and speed selection
• Sanding belt replacement: quick and tool-free
• High-quality, spring-mounted sanding arm: light alloy with
2 deflection rollers. For optimum wrap-round on pipes, up to
max. 270°
• Additional side handle: can be rotated 180°, for narrow places
• Swinging the supplementary grip locks the sanding arm to allow
work in confined spaces, e.g. sanding hand rails near walls.
• This machine is also available in 110 V
SPECIFICATIONS
Power input 1200 watt
Power output 700 watt
Belt speed 4-12 m/sec
Belt dimensions 760 x 40/20 mm
Pipe Ø max. 125 mm
Weight 3,7 kg
Type Order no.
LRP 1503 VRA 324.442
!
Accessories from page 51
44
Standard equipment:
1 sanding belt, continuous,
P 80, 760 x 40 mm
1 sanding belt, continuous,
P 120, 760 x 20 mm
1 sanding belt, continuous,
P 220, 760 x 20 mm
1 sanding fleece, continuous,
A 400, 760 x 40 mm
1 sanding fleece, continuous,
A 240, 760 x 40 mm
1 sanding-polishing belt,
continuous, S 600, 760 x 40 mm
1 sanding-polishing belt,
continuous, S 1500, 760 x 40 mm
1 plastic carrying case with insert
guide pulley
sanding belt
pipe
drive roll
The FLEX sanding boa for
the complete seamless
working of tubes.
Pipe bends, sanding and
polishing can be done
in a clear-cut and rapid
manner.

LLK 1503 VR
Fillet weld grinder
• Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output
• VR full-wave electronic control: with speed selection and
constant speed control, soft start, overload protection.
• Infinately adjustable speed for optimum processing of various
materials.
• Slim sanding head: sand and polish with ease in corners, easy to
guide
• Quality abrasives: compressed fleece-fibre nylon
• Profiling stone: for pre-profiling the grinding discs
SPECIFICATIONS
Power input 1200 watt
Power output 700 watt
Max. disc diameter 152 mm
No load speed 1500-4700 rpm
Weight 3,4 kg
Type Order no.
LLK 1503 VR 315.257
!
Accessories from page 51
Standard equipment:
1 profiling stone
1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14
1 compact grinding disc, 3 mm, soft
1 compact grinding disc, 3 mm, hard
1 compact grinding disc, 6 mm, soft
1 compact grinding disc, 6 mm, hard
1 plastic carrying case with insert
Metal surface finishing
Overview of power tools
Even difficult-to-reach
places on welded pipe
fabrications can be
worked on with the preprofiled
grinding discs.
Neatly de-scale fillet
welds. You will discover
its strengths where conventional
tools get no
further.
An exactly pre-profiled
compressed disc always
ensures precision radii. It
is all down to the profiling
stone.
45

Metal surface finishing
Overview of power tools and accessories
ST 1005 VE
Finger sander
• VE electronic control: infinately adjustable stroke speed via
speed selector wheel
• Free view of the tool
• 2 polishing shoes with Velcro polishing cushion 39 x 60 mm
• The linear movement of the tilted sanding pad allows the finger
sander to reach into corners and edges, particularly with the
pointed pad
• Short, compact motor
• Handy, lightweight design
• For a perfect finish on steel and stainless steel surfaces in
hard-to-reach areas
• Long stroke for efficient working
SPECIFICATIONS
Power input 400 watt
Power output 220 watt
Sanding medium 39 x 60 mm
Orbit 8 mm
Orbit rate, no load 1200-4500 opm
Weight 2,2 kg
Type Order no.
ST 1005 VE 259.540
46
Standard equipment:
2 polishing shoes with velcro
polishing cushion
10 velcro sand papers, P 60
10 velcro sand papers, P 120
10 velcro sand papers, P 180
10 velcro fleece, A 240, 39 x 60 mm
1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 3
Accessories ST 1005 VE
Velcro sanding paper
Velcro sanding fleece
Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
39 x 60 P 60 10 258.299
39 x 60 P 120 10 258.300
39 x 60 P 180 10 258.301
Dimensions
in mm
Polishing shoe, square
Polishing shoe, pointed
Grit QP Order
number
39 x 60 A 240 10 258.302
With Velcro polishing cushion.
With Velcro backing.
QP Order
number
1 258.031
QP Order
number
1 255.265
Linear grinding pattern
up into the corner. It is
all down to the finger
sander and its linear
movement.

Accessories angle grinders for metal and Inox
Superfinishing pad
Backed fleece
Spare fleece
High-performance polishing pad for high-gloss polishing of
stainless steel and metals, no polishing mediums.
Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
125 Ø S 600 1 318.191
125 Ø S 1500 1 318.205
125 Ø S 2500 1 320.234
Fibre-back and M 14 threaded flange for removing scratches
in glass, stainless steel, acrylic and high-gloss polishing
of stainless steel. Use only with the respective polishing
mediums.
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
125 Ø 1 122.726
175 Ø 1 122.734
With fiber backing.
Dimensions
in mm
Buffing wheel mount, M 14
QP Order
number
125 Ø 1 122.742
175 Ø 1 122.750
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
60 1 123.803
Accessories LP 1503 VR
Poli-clean
Flap wheel sanding
Sanding fleece top
Sanding fleece
Metal surface finishing
Accessories
Hard-structured fleece wheel. For cleaning welds and intensive,
pore-deep removal of rust and oxidation layers.
Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
100 Ø x 100 extra coarse 1 257.375
Flexible sanding wheel with individual flexible flap-type sanding
lamellae and keyway. 2 wheels are required. For paint removal,
sanding and strong graining applications. Removes scratches,
rust, old paint, scale and burrs. The 40 grit employed enables the
removal of even deep scratches on stainless steel.
Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
100 Ø x 50 P 40 1 250.496
100 Ø x 50 P 60 1 250.498
100 Ø x 50 P 80 1 250.499
100 Ø x 50 P 120 1 250.501
100 Ø x 50 P 180 1 250.504
100 Ø x 50 P 240 1 250.505
100 Ø x 100 P 40 1 358.827
100 Ø x 100 P 60 1 358.835
100 Ø x 100 P 80 1 358.843
100 Ø x 100 P 120 1 358.851
100 Ø x 100 P 180 1 358.878
100 Ø x 100 P 240 1 358.886
Flexible fleece roller with heavy-duty fleece. Maximum service
life and high grinding power shorten the grinding time.
For stainless steel, steel, copper, brass and aluminium. For
cleaning, burnishing and smoothing.
Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
100 Ø x 100 A 80 (coarse) 1 377.910
100 Ø x 100 A 180 (medium) 1 377.929
100 Ø x 100 A 280 (fine) 1 377.937
Flexible polishing wheel made of sanding grit-impregnated
nylon web with a keyway. Two wheels are required (for 50 mm
wide fleece only). Achieves effective surface finishes on
stainless steel, copper, aluminum, brass, etc. Also ideal for
cleaning oxidized coatings and smoothing plastic and wood.
Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
100 Ø x 50 A 80 (coarse) 1 250.509
100 Ø x 50 A 160 (medium) 1 250.510
100 Ø x 50 A 280 (fine) 1 250.512
100 Ø x 50 A 400 (very fine) 1 250.513
100 Ø x 100 A 80 (coarse) 1 256.973
100 Ø x 100 A 160 (medium) 1 256.974
100 Ø x 100 A 280 (fine) 1 256.975
100 Ø x 100 A 400 (very fine) 1 256.976
47

Metal surface finishing
Accessories
Sanding fleece flap
Grinding fleece, folded
Fine polishing roller
Nylon brushes
48
Impregnated with sanding grits. Flexible, interspersed plastic
brushes. For deburring, cleaning, roughing and smoothing.
(Also suitable for wood, brushing applications and removing
fibres.) Needed is one piece plus distance ring set (order no.
250.522).
Dimensions
in mm
Stainless steel wire brush
Flexible combination of sanding flap and sanding fleece. Two
wheels are required (for 50 wide). Suitable for dulling and
finishing. Removes small scratches on metal, hard plastics and
wood.
Dimensions
in mm
Flexible polishing wheel with multiple-folded grinding fleece
for practically ridge-free grinding stainless steel, copper,
aluminium, brass, etc.
Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
100 Ø x 70 S 80 1 251.624
Flexible stainless steel wire brush. Rust removal, deburring,
roughing and paint removal. Needed is one piece plus distance
ring set (Order no. 250.522).
Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
100 Ø x 100 A 100 1 347.272
100 Ø x 100 A 180 1 347.280
100 Ø x 100 A 280 1 347.299
Soft rubber polishing wheel made of grit-impregnated rubber
web. 2 rollers are required. For particularly bright longitudinal
structures. Best effects are achieved on stainless steel.
Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
100 Ø x 50 P 80/A 160 1 250.515
100 Ø x 50 P 150/A 280 1 250.516
100 Ø x 50 P 240/A 280 1 358.894
100 Ø x 100 P 80/A 160 1 256.977
100 Ø x 100 P 150/A 280 1 256.978
100 Ø x 100 P 240/A 280 1 358.908
Grit QP Order
number
100 Ø x 50 grit 60 1 250.525
100 Ø x 50 grit 180 1 250.526
QP Order
number
100 Ø x 70 1 251.625
Stranded wire brushes
Polishing felt
Cotton buffing wheel
Distance ring set
INOX Clean spray
Rubber air roller
Made of strong, twisted, gold-colored steel wire. Extremely
tough and rigid. For rust removal, deburring, removing dirt
and old paint. Brings up the grain structure in wood. Needed is
one piece plus distance ring set (order no. 250.522).
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
100 Ø x 70 1 251.626
Soft, flexible felt polishing wheel. Two wheels are required. For
high-gloss polishing when using polishing pastes and creams.
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
100 Ø x 50 1 257.374
Polishing ring made of impregnated cotton cloth. Achieves a highgloss
polished finish on aluminum, brass and stainless steel. Needed
are 8 pieces plus distance ring set (order no. 250.522).
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
100 Ø x 10 8 317.950
Required for nylon brushes, stainless steel wire brushes,
stranded wire brushes, cotton buffing wheels. Also necessary
for sanding flaps, sanding fleeces, sanding fleece flaps, fine
sanding rollers and sanding wheels less than 100 mm wide if
only one sanding wheel is to be mounted.
To seal the surface, 400 ml tin.
For sensitive contour sanding.
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
8 250.522
QP Order
number
1 298.301
QP Order
number
90 Ø x 100 1 256.415
With air pump and ring fastener. For sensitive contour sanding.
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
90 Ø x 100 1 257.004

Air pump
Sanding-polishing sleeve
For pumping up rubber air rollers.
QP Order
number
1 256.284
For high-gloss polishing without polishing agents in two steps.
Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
90 Ø x 100 S 600 1 318.175
90 Ø x 100 S 1500 1 318.183
Zirconium corundum sanding sleeves
For coarse and medium sanding.
Dimensions
in mm
Fleece sanding sleeves
Drive roller
Drive roller
Carry case with insert
Grit QP Order
number
90 Ø x 100 P 60 blue 5 256.285
90 Ø x 100 P 100 grey 5 256.286
90 Ø x 100 P 180 brown 5 256.287
For decorative finishes.
Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
90 Ø x 100 A 100 brown 1 256.288
90 Ø x 100 A 240 red 1 256.289
90 Ø x 100 A 400 blue 1 256.290
For sanding belt drive.
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
60 Ø x 100 1 255.731
With stainless steel guide discs. Needed is the distance ring set
(Order no. 250.522).
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
62 Ø x 70 1 303.054
Impact-resistant plastic case with matching insert for
LP 1503 VR.
QP Order
number
1 319.066
Metal surface finishing
Accessories
Belts for LP 1503 VR / LBR 1506 VRA
Sanding belt
Sanding fleece
Felt belt
For polishing pipes and pipe fittings.
Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
618 x 40 P 36 10 223.670
618 x 40 P 60 10 223.689
618 x 40 P 120 10 266.132
618 x 40 P 240 10 250.610
For polishing pipes and pipe fittings.
Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
618 x 40 A 100 3 317.969
618 x 40 A 240 3 317.977
618 x 40 A 400 3 317.985
For polishing stainless steel surfaces.
Dimensions
in mm
Belts for LP 1503 VR
Velcro sanding belt
Velcro fleece
Superfinishing band
QP Order
number
618 x 40 1 255.003
For polishing pipes and pipe fittings.
Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
600 x 40 P 60 10 284.718
600 x 40 P 120 10 284.726
For polishing pipes and pipe fittings.
Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
600 x 40 A 100 2 281.069
600 x 40 A 180 2 281.077
600 x 40 S 400 2 281.085
For high-gloss polishing of stainless steel.
Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
600 x 40 S 1500 2 318.736
49

Metal surface finishing
Accessories
Velcro drive belt, blue
Accessories LBS 1105 VE
Sanding arm, 9 mm, pointed
50
for extremely tight spaces. Application cases: Sanding wedge
seams (small radius), sanding down corrosion spots, smoothen
tight contours, deburring edges, sanding banisters, sanding
groove gaps for tongue-and-groove boards.
Dimension of
roller in mm
Sanding arm, 9 mm, cambered
QP Order
number
25 Ø x 9 1 256.525
For angles and tight spaces. Application cases: Sanding wedge
seams (large radius), deburring edges, sanding banisters,
sanding groove gaps for tongue-and-groove boards.
Dimension of
roller in mm
Sanding arm, 30 mm, small roller
QP Order
number
25 Ø x 9 1 256.532
For edges and surfaces. Application cases: Sanding butt seam
welds, deburring edges, sanding surfaces, removing rust.
Dimension of
roller in mm
Sanding arm, 30 mm, large roller
For closing and releasing the different belts. Simple
application - tensile resistance up to 100 kg.
Dimensions
in mm
Adhesive tape for sanding belt
QP Order
number
20 Ø x 30 1 255.282
For pipes and curves. Application cases: Sanding weld seams on
pipes, sanding down radii and transitions, deburring.
Dimension of
roller in mm
QP Order
number
700 x 30 2 281.050
For sealing open sanding belts for the LP 1503 VR.
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
40 x 5000 1 251.838
QP Order
number
30 Ø x 30 1 258.888
Sanding belt, 4 mm
Sanding belt, 9 mm
Sanding belt, 30 mm
Sanding fleece, 9 mm
Continuous, for 9 mm sanding arm.
Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
533 x 4 P 40 10 303.607
533 x 4 P 60 10 303.615
533 x 4 P 120 10 303.623
533 x 4 P 220 10 303.631
Continuous, for 9 mm sanding arm.
Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
533 x 9 P 40 10 257.101
533 x 9 P 60 10 257.105
533 x 9 P 120 10 257.102
533 x 9 P 220 10 257.103
Continuous, for 30 mm sanding arm.
Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
533 x 30 P 40 10 256.538
533 x 30 P 60 10 255.328
533 x 30 P 120 10 255.329
533 x 30 P 220 10 255.330
Continuous, for 9 mm sanding arm.
Dimensions
in mm
Sanding fleece, 30 mm
Superfinishing band
Grit QP Order
number
533 x 9 A 240 3 318.663
533 x 9 A 400 3 318.671
Continuous, for 30 mm sanding arm.
Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
533 x 30 A 240 3 318.647
533 x 30 A 400 3 318.655
For high-gloss polishing without polishing agents in two steps.
Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
533 x 30 S 600 1 318.132
533 x 30 S 1500 1 318.140

Felt belt, 9 mm
Felt belt, 30 mm
Carry case with insert
For polishing stainless steel surfaces.
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
533 x 9 1 259.420
For polishing stainless steel surfaces.
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
533 x 30 1 259.419
Impact-resistant plastic case with matching insert for
LBS 1105 VE.
Accessories LRP 1503 VRA
Sanding belt
Sanding fleece
Superfinishing band
For polishing pipes and pipe fittings.
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
1 319.074
Grit QP Order
number
760 x 40 P 80 10 326.739
760 x 40 P 120 10 326.755
760 x 40 P 220 10 326.771
760 x 20 P 120 10 326.801
760 x 20 P 220 10 326.836
For polishing pipes and pipe fittings.
Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
760 x 40 A 100 3 326.895
760 x 40 A 240 3 326.879
760 x 40 A 400 3 326.852
For high-gloss polishing without polishing agents in two steps.
Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
760 x 40 S 600 1 326.917
760 x 40 S 1500 1 326.933
INOX Clean spray
Carry case with insert
To seal the surface, 400 ml tin.
Metal surface finishing
Accessories
QP Order
number
1 298.301
Impact-resistant plastic case with matching insert for
LRP 1503 VRA.
Accessories LLK 1503 VR
Compact grinding disc
Profiling stone
QP Order
number
1 327.603
Professional sanding discs: hot-compressed compact sanding
discs for stainless steel, metal, and other materials in 2 different
thicknesses and hardnesses: the hard sanding disc is used
for grinding, the soft one for polishing.
Dimensions
in mm
FixTec quick clamp nut M 14
Carry case with insert
Grit QP Order
number
152 x 3 x 25 soft 1 313.416
152 x 3 x 25 hard 1 313.424
152 x 6 x 25 soft 1 313.432
152 x 6 x 25 hard 1 313.440
For pre-profiling the compressed sanding discs.
For tool-less disc change, suitable for discs from
Ø 115-150 mm.
QP Order
number
1 315.494
QP Order
number
1 313.459
Impact-resistant plastic case with matching insert for
LLK 1503 VR.
QP Order
number
1 319.082
51

Saws
52
FLEX saws for the professional
Whether renovating and restoring or cutting different materials – the robust
reciprocating, circular and band saws from FLEX are characterised by their
powerful and precise cuts.
The FLEX reciprocating saws feature powerful and robust motors for rapid work
progress and long service life. The variable speed settings allow the speed to be
adjusted optimally to the corresponding workpiece. The accelerator switch enables
sensitive start-sawing when making the first cut.
The metal band saw SBG 4910 offers greater flexibility. It can be activated and
hand-controlled with a saw bench or by a simple handle on the saw bench.
The CS 60 WET diamond stone cutter is the ideal machine for stonemasons,
kitchen and shop fitters and tilers who have to make precise and clean separating
and mitre cuts in natural and artificial stone; the machine can also be used in
gardening and landscaping.

Keen to cut pipes, profiles and angles
Machines
Sabre saw
S 2902 VV
Sabre saw
SKE 2902 VV
Pipe sabre saw
SR 602 VV
Pipe sabre saw
SK 602 VV
highly suitable, highly recommended
suitable, recommended
Metal-cutting band saw
SBG 4910
Metal-cutting circular saw
CSM 4060
Drywall saw
CSE 55 T
(Page 116)
Wet stone cutter
CS 60 WET
(Page 276)
Metal pipes
Metal profiles
Solid metal
Sheet metal
Steel grating
Timber
Chipboard/OSB
Gypsum/cement/
concrete
Aluminium
Acrylic glass
Natural stone
Saws
Artificial stone
53

Saws
Overview of power tools
SR 602 VV SK 602 VV
Variable-speed pipe sabre saw with pipe clamp
• Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output
• VV electronic control: with constant stroke control, soft start
with continuous speed control trigger, overload protection and
speed selector wheel
• Orbital stroke: selective
• For sawing pipes up to 4" at an exact right angle, without
exerting high force
• Extremely rugged and powerful version with large rectangular
thrust bar for high loading when used with a pipe clamp or chain
clamping fixture
SPECIFICATIONS
Orbit rate, no load 0-2400 opm
Orbit 27 mm
Power input 1300 watt
Power output 850 watt
Weight 4,4 kg
Type Bestell-Nr.
SR 602 VV 278.866
! Accessories from page 59
!
54
Standard equipment:
1 side handle
1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4
1 standard cutting support
1 assortment of saw blades
1 pipe clamp for pipes up to 2"
1 plastic carry case
Variable-speed sabre saw with pipe cutting support
• Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output
• VV electronic control: with constant stroke control, soft start
with continuous speed control trigger, overload protection and
speed selector wheel
• Orbital stroke: selective
• Standard cutting support
• Adjustable pipe cutting support for pipes up to 1 ½”
• Acceleration trigger: sensitive sawing at the first cut
• With reinforced recip shaft guide and adjustable saw stop
SPECIFICATIONS
Orbit rate, no load 0-2400 opm
Orbit 27 mm
Power input 1300 watt
Power output 850 watt
Weight 3,9 kg
Type Order no.
SK 602 VV 282.308
Accessories from page 58
Standard equipment:
1 side handle
1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4
1 standard cutting support
1 assortment of saw blades
1 spare clamp for sabre saw blade
1 pipe cutting support
1 plastic carry case

S 2902 VV SKE 2902 VV
1200 watt universal reciprocating saw with accelerator
trigger switch
• VV electronic control: with constant stroke control, soft start
with continuous speed control trigger
• Durable 1200 watt high-power motor
• Soft-grip handle: eliminates most of the vibration and ensures
non-slip handling
• Universal saw blade holder: for an easy saw blade exchange
• Saw blade reverses to allow over-head sawing
• Tilt-adjustable saw support for accurate application to workpiece
SPECIFICATIONS
Orbit rate, no load 0-2600 opm
Orbit 28 mm
Power input 1200 watt
Power output 670 watt
Weight 3,8 kg
Type Order no.
S 2902 VV 307.779
Standard equipment:
1 assortment of saw blades
1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 3/16”
1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 5/32”
1 plastic carry case
! Accessories from page 58
!
1200 watt reciprocating saw with orbital cutting action
• VV electronic control: with constant stroke control, soft start with
continuous speed control trigger
• Durable 1200 watt high-power motor
• Orbital stroke: switch-activated, especially for fast sawing
through wood
• Soft-grip handle: eliminates most of the vibration and ensures
non-slip handling
• Quick-Change: Exchange saw blades quickly without tools with
the stainless steel saw blade tool holder
• Saw blade reverses to allow over-head sawing
• Tilt-adjustable saw support for accurate application to workpiece,
with 4-step tool-free depth adjustment
SPECIFICATIONS
Orbit rate, no load 0-2600 opm
Orbit 28 mm
Power input 1200 watt
Power output 670 watt
Weight 4 kg
Type Order no.
SKE 2902 VV 331.678
Accessories from page 58
Saws
Overview of power tools
Standard equipment:
1 assortment of saw blades
1 plastic carry case
55

Saws
Overview of power tools
SBG 4910
Metal-cutting band saw with swivelling saw frame
• 2 belt speeds: for sawing solid and hollow sections
• Recommended belt speeds: Step I, solid steel, stainless steel,
aluminium; Step II, steel, stainless steel, aluminium tubes
• Cutting without a stand: with 90° straight cut, round and square
section, max. 80 mm, rectangular section max. 100 x 80 mm,
freehand use 150 x 80 mm
• Continuous tool-free adjustment of the cutting angle from
0° - 45°
• With stand, easy release for freehand use
• 3-point ball-bearing bandsaw blade guide for optimum blade
control
• With bracket locking device: for mobile applications and easy
transport
• Safety switch: prevents uncontrolled reactivation following
power interruptions
• Work without coolant
• Especially in fire hazardous surroundings the SBG for spark free
cutting of metal
SPECIFICATIONS
Power input 850 watt
Power output 445 watt
Dimensions of saw band 1335 x 13 x 0,65 mm
Belt speed per minute 60 / 80 mm rpm
Size ( W x L x H) 66x31x38 mm
Max. cutting range:
round cross sectional cut 68 mm / 80 mm
at 45°/90°
Max. cutting range:
square cross sectional cut 60 mm / 80 mm
at 45°/90°
Max. cutting range:
rectangular cross sectional
cut at 45°/90°
!
Accessories from page 58
56
68x55 mm /
100x80 mm
Weight of saw arm 7,9 kg
Weight (complete unit) 18,0 kg
Type Order no.
SBG 4910 390.518
Standard equipment:
1 parallel guide fence
1 bimetal saw blade
NEW
Can be used with saw bench or
even hand-controlled.
Two belt speeds for sawing solid
and hollow profiles. Working
without cooling fluids.
Safety switch to prevent
the power tool from unintentionally
switching on again following
a power failure.
With saw bench: simply released
for hand-controlled use.
Robust machine table and
vice with prismatic guide for
clamping workpieces securely
and reliably.
3-point ball-bearing bandsaw
blade guide for optimum blade
control.
The stop is on the underside of
the saw bench. Simple assembly.
Included in the standard
equipment.
Continuous tool-free adjustment
of the cutting angle from
0° - 45°

CSM 4060
Metal-cutting circular saw for dry cutting
• For accurate metal cutting without coolant
• Tool-free adjustable guide plate, continuous saw depth
adjustment to 63 mm
• Chip collection compartment with sight glass: large capacity,
tool-free emptying
• Special carbide-tipped saw blades: nearly burr-free cuts,
trimming threaded bars possible without recutting the thread
• Spindle lock
• Switch: with lock-off / lock-on switch
• Solid material / flat steel: 6 mm; Round material: 20 mm;
Hollow sections: 63 mm
SPECIFICATIONS
Blade Ø 185 mm
Saw blade drill Ø 20 mm
Max. cutting depth (90°) 0-63 mm
Max. material thickness
in steel 400 N/mm²
6 mm
Max. material thickness
in aluminium 250 N/mm²
10 mm
No load speed 3800 rpm
Power input 1400 watt
Power output 720 watt
Weight 5,4 kg
Type Order no.
CSM 4060 307.815
!
Accessories from page 59
Standard equipment:
2 carbide tipped saw blades for
steel, 38 teeth (185 x 20 mm)
1 parallel guide fence
1 ring / open-ended wrench
1 safety glasses
1 plastic carry case
Maximum cutting depths:
Solid material / flat steel: 6 mm;
Round material: 20 mm;
Hollow sections: 63 mm
Saws
Overview of power tools
57

Saws
Accessories
Accessories SBG 4910, 4908
Saw blades
Saw blades
Spannbacken
58
Bi-metallic saw bands with positive cutting angle for rapid work
progress thanks to optimised machining performance with improved
cutting accuracy and maximum service life. Suitable for
thick-walled pipes, flat and square steel, round steel, bundled
material as well as non-ferrous metals.
Designation Size
( W x L x H)
SB 1335x13x0,65
Bi-M42 18 VE2
Bi-metal sawband for steel, stainless steel, non-ferrous and
aluminium. Saw band with vario-tooth pitch. For extreme
vibration free working, with positive rake angle for optimal
cutting power and cost effectiveness.
Designation Size
( W x L x H)
SB 1335x13x0,65
Bi-M 8/12 VE3
SB 1335x13x0,65
Bi-M 10/14 VE3
Teeth QP Order
per inch number
1335 x 13 x 0,65 8/12 3 359.289
1335 x 13 x 0,65 10/14 3 359.130
Sawband from tool steel with extra hardened teeth, especially
aligned for thin walled cross sections and profiles.
Designation Size
( W x L x H)
SB 1335x13x0,65
WS 18 VE3
SB 1335x13x0,65
WS 24 VE3
Teeth QP Order
per inch number
1335 x 13 x 0,65 18 2 399.485
Teeth QP Order
per inch number
1335 x 13 x 0,65 18 3 359.106
1335 x 13 x 0,65 24 3 359.270
Protective plastic jaws with magnet, suitable for SBG 4908
and 4910, with prism, for the secure clamping of materials
with sensitive surfaces. By using protective jaws, the cutting
distance on the SBG 4910 is reduced to 15 mm.
Designation QP Order
number
SBG-SP 10 VE2 2 388.718
Accessories SK 602 VV, SKE 2902 VV,
S 2902 VV, SKL 2903 VV
Sabre saw blades for metal and sheet material
Universal use for steel, V2A and hard metals, 1.15 mm and
more, bi-metal.
Teeth
per inch
Length
in mm
QP Order
number
18 100 5 200.700
Universal use for steel, V2A and hard metals, 3.0 mm and more,
bi-metal.
Teeth
per inch
Length
in mm
QP Order
number
14 150 5 200.727
Universal use for steel, V2A and hard metals, 1.15 mm and
more, bi-metal.
Teeth
per inch
Length
in mm
QP Order
number
18 150 5 200.735
Hard metals, 1.15 mm and thinner, bi-metal.
Teeth
per inch
Length
in mm
QP Order
number
24 150 5 200.743
Long metal blade 3 - 10 mm, bi-metal. For steel hollow section
pipes, V2A, plastics pipes (also for pallet repair).
Teeth
per inch
Length
in mm
QP Order
number
10 280 5 201.928
Hard metals, 3.0 mm and thicker (also for palette repair),
bi-metal.
Teeth
per inch
Length
in mm
QP Order
number
14 200 5 217.190

Sabre saw blade for wood, plaster, porous concrete and other applications
Wood with nails, bi-metal.
Teeth
per inch
Length
in mm
QP Order
number
10 150 5 200.778
Wooden board (coarse/standard cuts).
Teeth
per inch
Coarse rapid cuts in wood.
Length
in mm
QP Order
number
6 300 5 201.936
Teeth
per inch
Length
in mm
QP Order
number
3 225 5 250.054
Plaster, porous concrete, eternit, non-ferrous metal,
glass-fiber reinforced plastic, carbide tipped.
Teeth
per inch
Length
in mm
QP Order
number
6 150 1 202.061
3 300 1 206.210
Sabre blade assortment for plastic/wood/metal
Plastic multi-carrying case
Length
in mm
QP Order
number
150 3 198.757
Perfect fitting, impact resistant carrying case for LD 3206 C,
BH 612 VR, BHI 822 VR, BHW 812 VV, BH 812 VV, SR 602 VV,
SK 602 VV.
QP Order
number
1 329.908
Accessories SR 602 VV
Pipe saw blades
Pipe Ø up to 2", wall thickness from 3.0 mm.
Teeth
per inch
Length
in mm
QP Order
number
8 150 5 252.329
Pipe Ø up to 4", wall thickness from 3.0 mm.
Teeth
per inch
Length
in mm
QP Order
number
8 210 5 251.620
Pipe Ø up to 6", wall thickness from 3.0 mm (only with chain
clamp fixture).
Teeth
per inch
Plastic pipe up to 125 mm Ø.
Length
in mm
QP Order
number
8 275 5 252.167
Teeth
per inch
Plastic pipe up to 200 mm Ø.
Length
in mm
QP Order
number
18 230 5 252.136
Teeth
per inch
Accessories CSM 4060
Carbide tipped saw blade for steel
Length
in mm
QP Order
number
18 310 5 252.137
Enables a practically burr-free cut, no touching up is necessary.
Dimensions
in mm
Saws
Accessories
Teeth QP Order
number
185 Ø x 20 38 1 312.304
59

360° dry construction system
Wall and ceiling sanders
Handy-Giraffe®
Vario-Giraffe®
Accessories
Classic-Giraffe®
Accessories
Abrasives
Concrete-Giraffe
Accessories
Giraffe mobile workstation
Drywall screwdriver
High-speed drywall screwdrivers
Accessories
Cordless drywall screwdriver 18,0 V
Cordless drill driver 18,0 V
Accessories
Drywall saw CSE 55 T
Accessories
Renovation machines
RETECFLEX, Accessories
LD 1709 FR, Accessories
LDC 1709 FR, Accessories
LD 3206 C, Accessories
HPI 603, Accessories
Tools for renovation
and modernization
FLEX has the right solution for whatever the task in floor,
wall and ceiling finishing – whether it is cutting slots for
in-wall installation of cables and conduits, removing plaster,
concrete, screed or render coatings. In fact, FLEX special
machines and the individually coordinated accessories
surmount each and every obstacle.
62
64
68
72
77
78
83
86
88
91
92
96
98
103
104
108
114
116
121
122
124
134
136
138
140
Screwing and drilling
Cordless drill driver 10,8 V, Accessories
Cordless drill driver 14,4 V, Accessories
Rotary hammer drills, Accessories
Dry core drilling, Accessories
Special tool
Wall chaser
Gutter support groove cutter
Accessories
Surface finishing sanding
SUPRAFLEX
Palm, delta and random orbit sanders
Overview of power tools
Accessories
Safety vacuum cleaner
Compact class
Construction/workshop class
Suction systems
Overview of power tools
Accessories
Mixers
Overview of power tools
Mixing paddles, Accessories
Laser measuring technology
Overview of power tools
Accessories
142
144
146
152
160
164
164
165
165
166
168
180
186
189
194
196
198
202
204
207
212
215
222
224
232
235
61

360° dry construction system
FLEX 360° dry construction system.
The perfect partner for the
dry construction professional.
Preparation
FLEX offers an extensive range of electric power tools for the preparation of
drywalls. These include in particular renovation sanders and scouring machines for
use on floors, walls and ceilings to remove old coverings, paintwork and to prepare
optimum substrates. To ensure a low-dust workplace, the FLEX safety vacuum
cleaners, classes L, M and H, are available. And don’t forget the FLEX fixing,
demolition and combination hammers.
Assembly
Perfect assembly includes the use of professional laser measuring devices as well
as powerful hammer drills, drywall screwdrivers and cordless drill drivers.
Finishing
With its Giraffe family FLEX is no. 1 in the world for wall and ceiling sanding
systems. And the following also applies: Health has top priority. This is achieved
by the FLEX safety vacuum cleaners. To ensure a perfect finish, paints, fillers,
etc. must also be mixed. FLEX provides an extensive range of mixers and mixing
paddles.

360° dry construction system
Application Type Preparation Assembly Finishing
Renovation sanders/scouring machine
Hammer drills/caulking hammers
Cordless drill drivers
Cordless drywall screwdriver
High-speed drywall screwdrivers
Drywall saw
Lasers
Wall and ceiling sanders
Sanders
Mixers
Safety vacuum cleaners
Sabre saws
LD 1709 FR •
LDC 1709 FR •
LD 3206 C •
RE 14-5 115 •
HPI 603 •
CHE 2-26 SDS-plus • •
CHE 5-45 SDS-max • •
DH 5 SDS-max •
AD 14,4/3,0 •
ADH 14,4/3,0 •
AID 14,4/3,0 ¼” •
AID 14,4/3,0 ½” •
AD 18,0/3,0 R •
ADW 18,0-42 •
DW 7-25 •
DW 7-45 •
DW 7-60 •
CSE 55 T •
ALC 2/1 •
ALC 2-F •
ALC 1-360 •
WST 700 VV •
WST 700 VV Plus •
WSE 500 •
WST 1000 FV • •
WSE 7 Vario •
WSE 7 Vario Plus •
OSE 80-2 •
ODE 100-2 •
ORE 125-2 •
SE 14-2 125 • •
X 1107 VE •
LL 1107 VEA •
MXE 900
MXE 1100/MXE 1102 •
MXE 1300/MXE 1302 •
R 600 VV •
R 1800 VV •
RZ 600 VV •
VC 25 L MC •
VC 35 L MC • •
VCE 35 L AC • •
VCE 45 L AC • •
VCE 45 M AC • •
VCE 45 H AC • •
S 2902 VV • •
SKE 2902 VV • •
63

Wall and ceiling sanders
64
FLEX Giraffe® – globally the No. 1 for
wall and ceiling sanding systems.
The work of painters, drywall constructors, plastering specialists and many
other trades was revolutionised with the introduction by FLEX of the first Giraffe®
WS 702 VEA long-neck sander for wall and ceiling working in Europe in 1997. The
FLEX Giraffe® is the world's most widely-sold long-neck sander.
The reliable and proven Giraffe® WS 702 VEA was followed by the innovative and
unrivaled Vario-Giraffe® WST 700 VV. For the first time there is now a long-neck
sander – equipped with a unique interchangeable head system – which can
“stretch”. Along with sanding large surfaces, the innovative triangular sanding
head has now also made it possible to seamlessly sand up to edges and into
corners. Without the need for a ladder or scaffolding. This allows for a direct finish
of the corners and edges.
The Concrete-Giraffe® WST 1000 FV is the result of consequently adapting the
technology of the successful long-neck sander to work on concrete, plaster, paint
coatings, screeds, both natural and artificial stone, tile adhesives and many other
materials on walls and ceilings.
Now the FLEX Giraffe family is being supplemented by another sander. The new
small and convenient Handy-Giraffe® WSE 7 Vario is the ideal addition to the Vario-
Giraffe®, above all when processing confined spaces and rather small wall and
ceiling areas.
To make your work even easier on large surfaces and high ceilings up to 3.20 m, we
have developed the Giraffe mobile workstation GM 320.
FLEX now has a unique family of long-neck sanders which can deal with practically
all the requirements demanded. An insight is provided on the following pages into
the numerous applications for FLEX Giraffe sanders.

–
Extendable
Tool-free sanding
head change-over
Sanding head -
round Ø 225 mm
Sanding head -
triangular
Sanding head for
diamond discs
Velcro sanding pad
supersoft
Velcro sanding pad
soft
Velcro sanding pad
medium
Velcro sanding pad
hard
Suction hose -
anti-static
Storage and
stacking system
Carry case
Standard equipment
available as an accessory.
not available
Classic-Giraffe®
WSE 500
Handy-Giraffe®
WSE 7 Vario Set
– – – • • •
– • • • • •
• • • • • –
– • • –
– – – – – •
• –
• • • • –
– – –
FLEX Vario-System
Handy-Giraffe®
WSE 7 Vario Plus
Vario-Giraffe®
WST 700 VV
Wall and ceiling sanders
Vario-Giraffe®
WST 700 VV Plus
Concrete-Giraffe®
WST 1000 FV
• • • • • •
–
–
65

The FLEX Vario system. Everything with a click.
Whether wall or ceiling, whether small or large work surfaces, whether surfaces or edges and corners –
you are ready for everything with the wall and ceiling sanders of the FLEX Vario system. In addition to the
Vario-Giraffe® WST 700 VV, the ideal sander for high walls and ceilings, you now have the “small” Handy-
Giraffe® WSE 7 Vario for processing smaller areas which are difficult to access. And all that with the intelligent
double head system for round and triangular sanders. Be convinced by the smart FLEX Vario system on the
following pages.
67

WSE 7 Vario. So small but so clever.
Wall and ceiling sanders
Handy-Giraffe®
The Handy-Giraffe® WSE 7 Vario is part of a unique system for processing walls and ceilings. It is light and handy and is therefore
suitable for use on smaller surfaces and confined spaces. With the unique FLEX change head system, the Handy-Giraffe® can be
used not only to process surfaces, but also to sand near edges. It is the ideal supplement to the Vario-Giraffe® WST 700 VV.
Always in control
The special handle cover ensures comfortable
handling and allows the Handy-Giraffe®
to be controlled with precision.
Just in case
On/off switch protected from dust and
impacts.
This is really something
Powerful, high-output 700 watt motor for
rapid work progress.
Adjustable
VR electronic control with controllable
speed from 600-1800 rpm (round sanding
head) ensures that the speed is adjusted for
sanding. With tachogenerator-controlled
constant speed and restart protection.
FLEX Clip system
The suction hose is conveniently connected
to the WSE 7 Vario via the Flex Clip system.
More freedom
The extraction hose is attached to the
machine and ensures trouble-free operation.
Into the smallest corner
As the triangular sanding head is changed
with a simple handle, edges and corners can
be processed immediately.
Interchangeable head system
Simply press the two locks on the holder of
the sanding head and remove the sanding
head with a click.
69

Wall and ceiling sanders
Handy-Giraffe®
WSE 7 Vario. Variable in the most confined space.
The compact multi-talent.
The Handy-Giraffe® WSE 7 Vario is characterised by its excellent dust extraction. The vacuum cleaner is connected easily
and simply via the FLEX Clip system and the special hose guide ensures trouble-free operation. As the ideal supplement we
recommend the FLEX safety vacuum cleaner (starting on page 194).
Comfortable
The special grip hood and the slender design
contribute to the high ease of operation.
70
Solution for corner
The small Handy-Giraffe® WSE 7 Vario allows
sanding into the smallest corner – and with
maximum surface quality.
Perfect result
The changeable triangular sanding head
enables processing near edges – for a
perfect finish.

WSE 7 Vario Set WSE 7 Vario Plus WSE 7 Vario
Handy-Giraffe® wall and ceiling sander
• VR electronic control: stepless speed selection, tachogenerator-
controlled constant speed, overload protection, re-start inhibit and
temperature monitoring.
• Completely cast electronic components prevents damage due to metal
dust. The 3-fold winding protection reduces motor wear, increases
service life
• Grip hood for easy handling and precise working
• With interchangeable head system for round- and triangular sanding
head for sanding close to edges
• Effective dust extraction from between the brush ring and the sanding
pad (round) and through the 10-hole extraction ports prevents clogging
of the abrasive and promotes a healthy, dust-free working environment
• The brush ring is spring-mounted so that the round sanding head
accurately follows all uneven contours. This allows the head to be
applied with fingertip precision and also prevents any dust escaping
• Backing pad with hook and loop face
• Defined hose guidance and effective dust extraction due to large hose
cross-section. The suction hose is directly attached to the tool by the
FLEX clip-system
• Lightweight and easy-to-use on small surfaces, tight spaces
• Ideally suited for sanding plaster boards, solid styropor insulation
slabs, preparation for painting
• Machine without sanding head as an addition for the Vario-Giraffe®
WST 700 VV and WST 700 VV Plus
SPECIFICATIONS
Power input 710 watt
Power output 420 watt
No load speed 600-1800 rpm
Corner sander no-load speed 1800-5400 rpm
Size ( W x L x H) 330 x 120 x 170 mm
Weight 2,8 kg
Type Order no.
WSE 7 Vario Set 385.166
WSE 7 Vario Plus 385.190
WSE 7 Vario 377.821
!
Accessories from page 77
Standard equipment WSE 7 Vario Set:
Round sanding head with velcro sanding
pad soft
Velcro backed abrasive paper, Select,
1 x P 60, 80, 100, 220
Carry case
Standard equipment WSE 7 Vario Plus:
Round sanding head with velcro sanding
pad soft
Triangular sanding head
Velcro backed abrasive paper, Select,
1 x P 60, 80, 100, 220
Velcro backed abrasive paper, triangular,
Select, 1 x P 60, 80, 100, 220
Carry case
Standard equipment WSE 7 Vario:
Machine without sanding heads in cardboard box
Wall and ceiling sanders
Overview of power tools
Placement of carry case WSE 7 Vario Plus
71

Wall and ceiling sanders
Vario-Giraffe®
The Vario-Giraffe® WST 700 VV. Clever yet simple.
The innovation of the long-neck sander.
72
Excellent innovation
Handy and easy to extend, exchange function for round and
triangular sanding heads, a great variety of grip possibilities
for optimum balance of the tool and the excellent FLEX
performance and quality. It makes no difference how you
get hold of the Vario-Giraffe® – you will always find that
ideal holding position for comfortable fatigue-free working.
The uniform distribution of weight and centrally positioned
motor guarantees that the Vario-Giraffe® is always optimally
balanced. This minimizes any top-heaviness when sanding
and it considerably facilitates the work. The ergonomic design
and numerous gripping possibilities allows you to hold
the tool in the most comfortable positions.
Round sanding head
The round sanding head is optimally suited for sanding large
areas at high removal rates both quickly and effectively. The
soft backing pad prevents grooves or swirls from developing.
And of course our extraction system makes sure that the
working environment stays practically dust-free. In conjunction
with the right FLEX abrasives the application range is
practically unlimited.
Triangular sanding head
Workflows are perfected by the innovative triangular sanding
head. Manual refinishing or refinishing with a hand-held
random orbital sander is not required. The sander head is
exchanged with a simple hand movement and corner and
edge working can be carried out immediately. With the eccentric
movement of the grinding pad reaching up to the rim
of the sander head, seamless working of edges and corners is
guaranteed. Thanks to the 360° rotating sanding head, the
Vario-Giraffe® can be easily directed around corners.
Naturaly the accustomed vacuum power stays the same. FLEX
safety vacuum cleaners (starting page 194) provides with the
optimum complimentation for healthy and dust-free working.
FLEX will, of course, offers the right range of accessories
and the right abrasives (starting page 86).

The WST 700 VV is full of surprises.
Wall and ceiling sanders
Vario-Giraffe®
With its numerous technical innovations the Vario-Giraffe® is characterised by its applications, handling and result. It can always
be optimally adjusted to the corresponding requirements.
It depends on the correct length
Tool-free telescopic from 133-173 cm.
Dust extraction system
The extraction stops the abrasive from clogging
and allows work to be done in a dust-free and
healthy environment. The brush ring is spring
mounted. Allowing the sanding head to adjust
itself perfectly to all unevenness. This allows for
a sensitive surface contact.
Packed with power
Powerful 710 watt motor.
Just in case
VV electronic control with controllable speed
from 1100-1700 rpm (round sanding head)
ensures that the speed is adjusted for sanding
different surfaces. With tachogenerator-
controlled constant speed and soft-start.
The rotatable handle
The ergonomically shaped T-handle gives
additional hold when sanding ceilings. Handle
can be rotated 360°.
Stable
When resting the Vario-Giraffe®, the long handle
protects the hose from kinking.
Easy and variable
Easy-to-operate telescope lock. Open lever –
pull out handle for the right length – close
lever.
Always clamps
Adjustable locking screw for telescopic
extension.
FLEX Clip system
Snap coupling for the suction hose with
swivel.
Greater flexibility
The flexible suction hose makes it easy to
evenly set down. This prevents grooves and
swirls.
Ergonomic
The ergonomically shaped handle for
comfortable and save work.
Balanced
In addition to its ergonomic handgrip the
Vario-Giraffe® provides numerous gripping
positions for a perfect balance by working
directly in front of your body.
The Vario-Giraffe® is smart
The articulating sanding head can be
adjusted to every tilt and angle. The joint
rotates horizontally. This both facilitates
guiding and surface contact so that no
grooves form.
Interchangeable head system
Easy, tool-free exchange of the round and
triangular heads.
73

Wall and ceiling sanders
Vario-Giraffe®
Round or square?
It makes no difference! The Vario-Giraffe® can do both.
The high removal rate and effectiv dust extraction make for a quick work progress. Whether it is sanding wallpapered surfaces,
taped joints or even finely sanding down marble and smoothing plaster,the round sanding head-equipped Vario-Giraffe® achieves
results that you can be proud of. Edges and corners can be worked on using the exchangeable orbital triangular sanding head. No
need for additional manual touching-up. Seamless sanding in all positions thanks to the 360° rotating triangular sanding head.
Even in the corners and angles, the Vario-Giraffe® WST 700 VV Plus always impresses with perfect results.
74

Only the result counts.
Precise and safe control.
Thanks to the numerous grip options,
the Vario-Giraffe® can always be guided
precisely and safely – even directly in front
of your body.
Always on target
360°
As the sanding head can rotate through
360°, the Vario-Giraffe® can be negotiated
around the corners. This allows seamless
sanding in all positions, even in the tightest
corners and angles.
Perfectly balanced
For optimum balance the Vario-Giraffe® has
an additional handle on the motor housing
in addition to the ergonomic handle.
Just in case
The new exchangeable protective corners
with upholstered sliding strips provide
the surfaces to be processed with special
protection.
Giraffe® stretch!
Wall and ceiling sanders
Vario-Giraffe®
High ceilings can be comfortably reached
thanks to the T-handle and the tool-free
telescopic extension of 133–173 cm.
Furthermore, the sanding pressure can be
optimally applied.
Right into the corner
Thanks to the telescopic function, corners
which are difficult to access can also be
easily processed with the triangular sanding
head.
75

Wall and ceiling sanders
Overview of power tools
WST 700 VV WST 700 VV Plus
Vario-Giraffe® wall and ceiling sander
• VV electronic control: controlled constant speed, soft-start, overload
protection and speed selection with adjuster wheel
• Using a unique telescopic system, the Vario-Giraffe® adapts to your needs.
Length adjustable from 1330 mm - 1730 mm. Open telescope lock lever, pull
out handle and close lever. Handle rotates through 360°
• Adjustable locking screw for telescopic extension
• Ergonomic design with many different handling possibilities for fatigue-free
working. The motor is always kept between the gripping positions, ensuring a
perfect balance
• With round sanding head that can be exchanged with just a click
• Backing pad with hook and loop face
• Vacuum cleaning system: guard with a brush ring, flexible suction hose from
the sanding head to the guide tube. Connection facility at the rear of the
telescopic tube for FLEX safety vacuum cleaner
• The brush ring is spring-mounted so that the round sanding head accurately
follows all uneven contours. This allows the head to be applied with fingertip
precision and also prevents any dust escaping
• Effective dust extraction from between the brush ring and the sanding pad
(round) and through the 10-hole extraction ports prevents clogging of the
abrasive and promotes a healthy, dust-free working environment
• The articulating sanding head can be adjusted to every tilt and angle.
• Ideally suited for sanding plaster boards, solid styropor insulation slabs,
preparation for painting, polishing
• This machine is also available in 110 V
SPECIFICATIONS
Power input 710 watt
Power output 420 watt
No load speed 1100-1700 rpm
Corner sander no-load speed 3300-5100 rpm
Dimensions in mm 1330-1730
Weight 4,8 kg
Type Order no.
WST 700 VV 350.311
WST 700 VV,
without suction hose
! Accessories from page 77
!
76
378.127
Standard equipment:
Round sanding head with velcro sanding
pad soft
Velcro backed abrasive paper, Select,
1 x P 60, 80, 100, 220
1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 5
Antistatic suction hose 32 mm Ø x 4 m
with snap coupling and coupling bush
for vacuum cleaner
Carry case
Vario-Giraffe® wall and ceiling sander
• VV electronic control: controlled constant speed, soft-start, overload
protection and speed selection with adjuster wheel
• Using a unique telescopic system, the Vario-Giraffe® adapts to your needs.
Length adjustable from 1330 mm - 1730 mm. Open telescope lock lever, pull
out handle and close lever. Handle rotates through 360°
• Adjustable locking screw for telescopic extension
• Ergonomic design with many different handling possibilities for fatigue-free
working. The motor is always kept between the gripping positions, ensuring a
perfect balance
• Fitted with interchangeable heads that are attached and removed with a click.
• Including triangular sanding head. This is optimally suited to sanding corners
and edges. The random orbital movement of the sanding head takes the
abrasive right up to the edges
• Backing pad with hook and loop face
• The articulating sanding head can be adjusted to every tilt and angle.
• Vacuum cleaning system: guard with a brush ring, flexible suction hose from
the sanding head to the guide tube. Connection facility at the rear of the
telescopic tube for FLEX safety vacuum cleaner
• Effective dust extraction from between the brush ring and the sanding pad
(round) and through the 10-hole extraction ports prevents clogging of the
abrasive and promotes a healthy, dust-free working environment
• The brush ring is spring-mounted so that the round sanding head accurately
follows all uneven contours. This allows the head to be applied with
fingertip precision and also prevents any dust escaping
• Ideally suited for sanding plaster boards, solid styropor insulation slabs,
preparation for painting, polishing
• This machine is also available in 110 V
SPECIFICATIONS
Power input 710 watt
Power output 420 watt
No load speed 1100-1700 rpm
Corner sander no-load speed 3300-5100 rpm
Dimensions in mm 1330-1730
Weight 4,8 kg
Type Order no.
WST 700 VV Plus 350.338
WST 700 VV Plus,
without suction hose
Accessories from page 77
374.547
Standard equipment:
Triangular sanding head
Round sanding head with velcro sanding
pad soft
Velcro backed abrasive paper, Select,
1 x P 60, 80, 100, 220
Velcro backed abrasive paper, triangular,
Select, 1 x P 60, 80, 100, 220
1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 5
Antistatic suction hose 32 mm Ø x 4 m
with snap coupling and coupling
bush for vacuum cleaner
Carry case

Accessories WST 700 VV, WSE 7
Round sanding head
Triangular sanding head
Velcro backing pad Ø 225, round
Soft sanding pad Ø 225, round
Optimally suitable for finishing large surfaces on walls and
ceilings. Effective dust extraction, high surface removal rate.
QP Order
number
1 350.346
Ideally suited for the processing of corners and edges. The
eccentric movement of the sanding head guides the sanding
tool directly up to the edge. With exchangeable protective
corners with sliding strips.
Designation QP Order
number
VSX 290x290 1 388.289
Supersoft. The sanding disc enables extremely gentle
positioning on the wall. The set consists of a backing pad,
Velcro adapter, clamping disc and screw.
Designation Type QP Order
number
KAD D225/16 Set supersoft 1 399.418
Soft. Highly flexible backing pad. Facilitates handling and
allows for sensitive working. Prevents damage (swirl marks)
when the pad touches the surface. For use with velcro backed
abrasives.
Designation Type QP Order
number
SP-S D225-10 soft 1 366.862
Medium backing pad for sanding down soft fillers. Velcro
system for fixing of abrasives.
Designation Type QP Order
number
SP-M D225-10 medium 1 352.306
Hard backing pad with high removal rate, with use with velcro
backed abrasives.
Designation Type QP Order
number
SP-H D225-10 hard 1 350.362
Soft sanding pad between grinding pad and abrasive paper.
Ideal for finishing surfaces. Improves the dust extractor action
and lengthens the service life of the sanding disks. Recommendation:
work with soft sanding pad for in-between and
final sanding involving finer grain. Do not work with soft sand
pad for rough sanding involving coarse grain and when using
sanding fleece.
Designation QP Order
number
IP D225-10 VE2 2 377.848
Velcro triangular backing pad
Hexagon socket wrench, SW 5
Storage system
Antistatic suction hose
Carry case
Case insert - lid
Case insert - bottom
Carry case
Wall and ceiling sanders
Accessories
Backing pad for plaster or hard filler compounds in drywall
construction, for use with velcro backed abrasives.
For changing the backing pads.
QP Order
number
1 354.988
QP Order
number
1 115.460
Fits on to the industrial vacuum cleaner S 47, S 47 M,
VCE 35 L AC, VCE 45 L AC, VCE 45 M AC, VCE 45 H AC for resting
the WST 700 VV Giraffe®, WST 1000 FV or MS 1706 FR wall chaser
and vacuum hose.
Designation QP Order
number
OS-VSE 35/45 1 350.370
Antistatic suction hose Ø 32 mm x 4 m with snap coupling
and coupling bush for vacuum cleaner incl. universal adapter
SAD C25-32 AS (320.188) antistatic.
Designation QP Order
number
SH-C 32x4m AS 1 354.953
Made of impact-resistant plastic for the RE 14-5 115, WSE 7.
Designation Size
( W x L x H)
QP Order
number
TK-L 609x409x201 609 x 409 x 201 1 366.641
Suitable insert for round grinding head and sandpaper
for the cover of the carrying case 366.641.
Designation QP Order
number
TKE-T WSE7 1 383.902
Suitable insert for the WSE 7, round grinding head and delta
grinding head for the base of the carrying case 366.641.
Designation QP Order
number
TKE-B WSE7 1 383.899
Made of shock-resistant plastic for the WST and WSE 7 as well
as for sanding tools and exchangeable heads.
Designation QP Order
number
TK-S WST/WSE 7 1 389.986
77

The Classic-Giraffe® can do even more.
Wall and ceiling sanders
Classic-Giraffe®
With the Classic-Giraffe® WSE 500 the established Giraffe® WS 702 VEA has been consistently developed. In addition to the
increase in the motor output to 500 watts for high removal rate, all components were developed with regards to robustness and
long service life. The established gimbal-mounted sanding head features a sanding pad. The sanding pad is available in four
degrees of hardness. Of course the FLEX extraction system, in conjunction with the FLEX safety vacuum cleaners, provides an
almost dust-free working environment.
More power
High-output 500 watt motor with overload protection
and constant speed control.
More scope
Controllable speed, always ensures that the
speed is adjusted for sanding.
More protection
On/off switch protected from dust and impacts.
More extraction power
Large extraction cross-section, securely and
quickly connected with the FLEX Clip system.
Adapter or reducing sleeve not required.
More control
The oval guide tube and the optimally positioned
motor facilitate handling and guiding the machine.
More stability
Robust connection between support tube and
oval tube by means of a collar attachment for
very high stability.
Greater flexibility
Reliable force transmission and high flexibility
thanks to the flexible drive shaft from. For decades
established “FLEX technology”. Thanks to
this design principle the weight on the head of
the Giraffe is reduced to a minimum. This facilitates
handling.
More adjustment
Gimbal-mounted sanding head provides high
flexibility and optimum adjustment for sanding
walls and ceilings.
More safety
The spring-mounted brush ring on the extraction
hood prevents unintentional sanding marks
when applying the power tool. The flexible brush
ring ensures optimum dust extraction.
More quality
Super soft sanding pad, included in the product
package. Ideal for finishing surfaces.
More healthy working
The extraction between the brush ring and the
sanding pad prevents the sanding tool from becoming
quickly clogged and provides a dust-free
and healthy working environment.
More selection
The very flexible “supersoft” sanding pad allows
sensitive work and prevents unwanted sanding
marks. Further sanding pads “soft”, “medium”,
“hard” can be selected.
79

Wall and ceiling sanders
Classic-Giraffe®
Classic-Giraffe® WSE 500.
Reliable and powerful.
Word has spread around the world about the outstanding qualities of the FLEX Giraffe® long-necked sander. For smoothing
plasterboard panels or styrofoam solid insulation panels, painting preparation, for polishing – the Classic-Giraffe® has become
the indispensable problem solver for every painter, plasterer and other professional user.
Protects the substrate
The WSE 500 with velcro sanding paper
SELECT P16 is particularly suitable for sanding
down papered surfaces (e.g. woodchip),
for the quick attachment of a wallpaper
stripper as well as for sanding surfaces
(SELECT P120-P180) which are covered in
wallpaper remnants.
80
Versatile
The WSE 500 can effortlessly and cleanly remove
adhesive protruding from polystyrene
sheets (styrofoam) used for heat insulation.
Simple to premium
In dry construction the FLEX Giraffe® is
indispensable. The WSE 500 and the appropriate
FLEX sanding tool can sand surfaces
at all quality levels from the simple surface
(Q1) to the premium surface (Q4).

WSE 500 carry case.
Robust plastic carrying case for Classic-Giraffe®.
Whether safe transportation or just sensible packaging, the
WSE 500 carrying case combines all requirements. Machine,
bail handle (accessory) and consumables – everything
has its place. The robust plastic case protects the Classic-
Giraffe® during transportation and from dust and damage
at the building site. The carrying case is suitable for the
WSE 500 and the WS 702 VEA.
Wall and ceiling sanders
Classic-Giraffe®
Just in case
Carrying case easy and convenient to open and
close.
Everything in its right place
The carrying case offers additional space for up
to four packets of FLEX sanding tools.
Compact
An additional handle (accessory) can be conveniently
stowed in the robust cover.
It can also stand up
The carrying case can be positioned horizontally
or first and foremost vertically to save space. The
Classic-Giraffe® does not have to be attached and
is immediately ready for use.
81

Wall and ceiling sanders
Overview of power tools
WSE 500
Long-neck sander, Classic-Giraffe®
• VE electronic control: with constant speed control and speed
pre-selection with adjusting wheel
• Dust extraction system with FLEX clip-on system: brush ring on
the sanding head; connecter for a FLEX safety vacuum cleaner at
the rear end of the guide tube
• Due to the spring suspension, the sanding head adjusts itself
perfectly to all unevenness. This ensures for a gentle surface
contact and also stops dust escaping
• Effective dust extraction from between the brush ring and the
sanding pad (round) prevents clogging of the abrasive and
promotes a healthy, dust-free working environment
• Easy guiding: by optimal balance between motor and sanding
head
• The universal-joint-mounted sanding head and soft backing pad
prevent grooving and scratching and ensures a perfect finish
• Ideally suited for sanding plaster boards, solid styropor insulation
slabs, preparation for painting, polishing
• This machine is also available in 110 V
SPECIFICATIONS
Power input 500 watt
Power output 270 watt
No load speed 1000-1650 rpm
Sanding disc Ø 225 mm
Length 1580 mm
Weight 4,8 kg
Type Order no.
WSE 500 373.664
WSE 500,
without suction hose
! Accessories from page 83
!
82
376.035
Standard equipment:
1 velcro sanding disc supersoft
1 FLEX clip-on connection
1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 5
1 brush ring
Velcro backed abrasive paper,
1 x P 60, 80, 100, 220
3 velcro cable clips
Antistatic suction hose 32 mm
Ø x 4 m with snap coupling and
coupling bush for vacuum cleaner
WSE 500 case
Long-neck sander, Classic-Giraffe®
• VE electronic control: with constant speed control and speed
pre-selection with adjusting wheel
• Dust extraction system with FLEX clip-on system: brush ring on
the sanding head; connecter for a FLEX safety vacuum cleaner at
the rear end of the guide tube
• Due to the spring suspension, the sanding head adjusts itself
perfectly to all unevenness. This ensures for a gentle surface
contact and also stops dust escaping
• Effective dust extraction from between the brush ring and the
sanding pad (round) prevents clogging of the abrasive and
promotes a healthy, dust-free working environment
• Easy guiding: by optimal balance between motor and sanding
head
• The universal-joint-mounted sanding head and soft backing pad
prevent grooving and scratching and ensures a perfect finish
• Ideally suited for sanding plaster boards, solid styropor insulation
slabs, preparation for painting, polishing
• This machine is also available in 110 V
SPECIFICATIONS
Power input 500 watt
Power output 270 watt
No load speed 1000-1650 rpm
Sanding disc Ø 225 mm
Length 1580 mm
Weight 4,8 kg
Type Order no.
WSE 500 case 373.672
WSE 500 case,
without suction hose
Accessories from page 83
373.192
Standard equipment:
1 velcro sanding disc supersoft
1 FLEX clip-on connection
1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 5
1 brush ring
Velcro backed abrasive paper,
1 x P 60, 80, 100, 220
3 velcro cable clips
Antistatic suction hose 32 mm
Ø x 4 m with snap coupling and
coupling bush for vacuum cleaner
1 plastic carry case

Accessories WSE 500
Velcro backing pad Ø 225, round
Soft sanding pad Ø 225, round
Padded adapter for velcro paper
Brush ring
Supersoft. The sanding disc enables extremely gentle
positioning on the wall. The set consists of a backing pad,
Velcro adapter, clamping disc and screw.
Designation Type QP Order
number
KAD D225/16 Set supersoft 1 399.418
Soft. Highly flexible backing pad. Facilitates handling and
allows for sensitive working. Prevents damage (swirl marks)
when the pad touches the surface. For use with velcro backed
abrasives.
Designation Type QP Order
number
SP-S D225-10 soft 1 366.862
Medium backing pad for sanding down soft fillers. Velcro
system for fixing of abrasives.
Designation Type QP Order
number
SP-M D225-10 medium 1 352.306
Hard backing pad with high removal rate, with use with velcro
backed abrasives.
Designation Type QP Order
number
SP-H D225-10 hard 1 350.362
Soft sanding pad between grinding pad and abrasive paper.
Ideal for finishing surfaces. Improves the dust extractor action
and lengthens the service life of the sanding disks. Recommendation:
work with soft sanding pad for in-between and
final sanding involving finer grain. Do not work with soft sand
pad for rough sanding involving coarse grain and when using
sanding fleece.
Designation QP Order
number
IP D225-10 VE2 2 377.848
Velcro system for attaching the abrasive discs.
Designation Type QP Order
number
KAD D225/16 soft 1 260.232
Stops any unintentional roughening of the surface and ensures
an optimal material removal.
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
225 Ø 1 359.882
Carry case
Hexagon socket wrench, SW 5
Cable clips (velcro tape)
Bail handle
Antistatic suction hose
Extraction connection
Wall and ceiling sanders
Accessories
For properly transporting Giraffe® WSE 500 and WS 702 VEA
as well as abrasives. With storage space for auxiliary handle
and abrasives in the lid. Case can be stored horizontally or
vertically.
For changing the backing pads.
QP Order
number
1 365.327
QP Order
number
1 115.460
QP Order
number
1 364.169
For effortless working in difficult positions (e.g. overhead
work).
QP Order
number
1 376.264
Antistatic suction hose Ø 32 mm x 4 m with snap coupling
and coupling bush for vacuum cleaner incl. universal adapter
(320.188) antistatic.
Designation QP Order
number
SH-C 32x4m AS 1 354.953
Suitable for vacuum hose with FLEX clip-system. Antistatic
equipment. For WSE 500 and WS 702 VEA.
Designation QP Order
number
SAD-C WS/WSE 1 364.460
83

From coarse to fine. The Giraffe® abrasives from FLEX.
The special selection
SELECT, the heavy-duty abrasive, is particularly
suitable for soft filler materials with
a high filler share. The corundum abrasive
grain with open coating ensures a high removal
rate. The high-grade white corundum
and synthetic resin binding ensure a long
service life.
The “solution”
The SELECT P 16 velcro abrasive is particularly
suitable for roughening wallpapered
surfaces (or ingrain wallpaper) for quickly
absorbing wallpaper stripper.
Low dust
Another feature of the SELECT abrasive is
its low clogging property. The stable carrier
material ensures a high degree of edge
stability and tearing strength. The central
perforation and edge extraction give rise to
a more effective dust extraction.
To the point of perfection
The SELECT P 150 to P 220 velcro abrasive
is ideal for preparing high-grade surfaces
(filler techniques). The FLEX superfinishing
pads are ideal all theway from polishing
marble and smoothing plaster to high-gloss
finish.
Edge stability
Wall and ceiling sanders
Abrasives
An absolute highlight is the carrier material
of the SELECT velcro abrasive. The F paper
with a 300 g/m² weight per unit area bestowsa
unique edge stability on the abrasive
sheets. This is exclusive to FLEX.
For all jobs
FLEX provides an extensive range of abrasives
for various applications. A particular
feature of the abrasives are their high
removal rates and long service lives. This
ensures economic working coupled with
qualitatively high-grade results.
85

Wall and ceiling sanders
Abrasives
There is always a solution.
With the Velcro sanding tools for the FLEX Giraffes.
Applications
Roughening wallpaper surfaces (ingrain
wallpaper)for rapid absorption of liquids
(wallpaper stripper)
Roughening polystyrene panels for heat insulation
(styrofoam)
Blending plastered surfaces in the renovation
section (existing plaster - new plaster)
Roughen loose existing coatings
Grinding completely filled areas, removing filler
burrs and smoothing uneven surfaces on filled
areas on drywall and gypsum plasterboards
Sanding stripped surfaces and removing wallpaper
residue
Smoothing down as preparation for high-grade
surfaces (filler method)
Pre-sand basic plaster
Sand down soft, smeary, not-as-yet hardened filler
points
Smooth and polish marble and smoothing plasters
(wall and ceiling structuring)
Pre-sanding, cleaning and matting
existing paint coatings prior to repainting
(large-vehicles, containers …)
Intermediate sanding of waxed, oiled or glazed
wooden floors, wood panel floors and OSB boards
(remove upright wood fibres)
SELECT
abrasive
paper
Abrasive
paper
(perforated)
P 16 P 16
P 16 P 16
P 40 - P 120 P 40
P 60 - P120 P 60 - P 120
P 100 - P 150 P 100 - P 150
P 120 - P 180 P 120 - P 180
P 150 - P 220 P 150 - P 220
Sanding
grid
K 80 - K 100
K 80 - K 100
Superfinishing
pad
S 320 - S 1200
Sanding
fleece
A 100 - A 180
P 150 - P 220 P 150 - P 220 A 180
Polishing painted surfaces soft
86
Recommendation
Polishing
sponge

Product
SELECT velcro
abrasive paper
SELECT velcro
abrasive paper
Velcro abrasive paper
(perforated)
Velcro sanding grid
Superfinishing pad
Velcro sanding fleece
Velcro polishing sponge
Dimensions
in mm
Ø 225
290 x 290
Ø 225
Ø 225
Ø 225
Ø 225
Grit
Wall and ceiling sanders
Abrasives
QP Order no.
P 16 10 350.079
P 40 20 370.924
P 60 25 348.503
P 80 25 348.511
P 100 25 348.538
P 120 25 349.216
P 150 25 349.224
P 180 25 349.232
P 220 25 348.546
5 x P 80/100/120/150/180 25 370.932
P 16 10 350.095
P 40 20 370.940
P 60 25 348.554
P 80 25 348.562
P 100 25 348.570
P 120 25 349.240
P 150 25 349.259
P 180 25 349.267
P 220 25 348.589
5 x P 80/100/120/150/180 25 370.959
P 16 10 350.079
P 40 25 280.739
P 60 25 260.233
P 80 25 260.234
P 100 25 260.235
P 120 25 282.405
P 150 25 311.995
P 180 25 311.987
P 220 25 260.236
K 80
260.237
25
K 100 260.230
S 320
281.026
10
S 1200 281.018
A 100
281.042
10
A 180 281.034
Ø 225 soft
5 280.992
87

Concrete­Giraffe® WST 1000 FV.
The unique renovation Pro for walls and ceilings.
High up
The telescopic Concrete-Giraffe® WST 1000 FV,
makes it possible to work on surfaces up to
3.50 m high without the need of ladders or
scaffolding
Well balanced
The Concrete-Giraffe® is always optimally
balanced thanks to the ergonomic design,
numerous gripping possibilities and motor
position. This allows for fatigue-free
working.
Protects the user
Wall and ceiling sanders
Concrete-Giraffe®
The Concrete-Giraffe® effortlessly removes concrete butt joints and ridges. Using the appropriate grinding discs from the FLEX
accessories programme (page 91), the WST 1000 FV easily removes paint coatings, graffiti, thermoplastic coatings, screeds,
plasters, sandstone, fire clay, asphalt, tile glue, paving slabs, natural and artificial stone, old concrete and concrete slabs. To
meet the high demands placed upon it the Concrete-Giraffe® is fitted with a powerful 1000 watt motor.
The integrated dust extraction in
association with our vacuum cleaners
(page 194) ensures a clean and healthy
working enviroment.
89

Wall and ceiling sanders
Overview of power tools and accessories
WST 1000 FV
Concrete-Giraffe® grinder for walls and ceilings
• FV electronic control: constant speed, soft-start and overload
protection
• Using a unique telescoping system, the Concrete-Giraffe® adapts
to your needs. Length adjustable from 1330-1730 mm. Open
telescope lock lever, pull out handle and close lever. Handle can
be turned full circle
• Ergonomic design with many different handling possibilities for
fatigue-free working. The motor is always kept between the gripping
positions, ensuring a perfect balance
• Vacuum dust collection: protects against abrasive dust, reduces
disc wear, keeps concrete pores for the new coat open
• Flexible rubber vacuum ring with low-wear metal ring: moves
smoothly over the surface and protects against dust and flying
stones
• Dust extraction system: with metal ring on the guard, flexible
suction hose from the scouring head to the guide tube. Connection
facility at the rear of the telescopic tube for FLEX industrial
vacuum cleaner
• The Concrete-Giraffe® with universal joint shaft and the new
grinder head have been purpose-coordinated. This tool quickly
and easily removes burrs and other unevenness from walls and
ceilings
SPECIFICATIONS
Disc Ø 125 mm
No load speed 8000 rpm
Power input 1010 watt Standard equipment:
Power output 600 watt 1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14
Tool fixture
Dimensions in mm
Weight
28 mm Ø
1330-1730
5,5 kg
Antistatic suction hose 32 mm
Ø x 4 m with snap coupling and
coupling bush for vacuum cleaner
Carry case
90
Accessories WST 1000 FV
Concrete grinder head without disc
Antistatic suction hose
Rubber extraction rings
FLEX flange
Special fixing
Ø 28 mm
Ø 23,5 mm
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
125 Ø 1 350.931
Antistatic suction hose Ø 32 mm x 4 m with snap coupling
and coupling bush for vacuum cleaner incl. universal adapter
SAD C25-32 AS (320.188) antistatic.
Designation QP Order
number
SH-C 32x4m AS 1 354.953
The flexible rubber vacuum ring moves smoothly over the
surface and provides optimum protection against dust and
flying stones.
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
125 Ø 1 257.246

Wall and ceiling sanders
Kit System
This is where to find the right WST 1000 FV kit. Simply select the right grinding disc for your applications.
The order number listed includes the WST 1000 FV in the kit consisting of machine with standard
equipment and the selected grinding disc.
Description Type QP Dimensions in mm Order no.
Turbo-Jet grinding disc for optimal stock removal.
The many diamond segments means smoother working
and a better finish. Also increasing the life of the
machine. Ideal for deburring concrete.
Thermo-Whirljet for thin coatings and lightly abrasive
materials: Thermoplastic coatings, Paint, Graffiti,
thin glue residues on concrete or screed, Rubber
based coatings. Reduced weight with the FLEX flange.
The grinding disc with the angular arranged diamond
segments allows for a quicker work rate than with
normal disc. The large dimensioned delta shaped
holes in the discs causes an air vortex that removes
all dust from the working surface and prevents the
segments from clogging or overheating and so reducing
wear. The leight weight disc reduces wear on the
motor. Not for use on edges.
Screed-Whirljet for abrasive materials: Abrasive
screeds (with quartz sand), fresh concrete, plaster,
abrasive limestone (with quartz sand) sandstone,
fire clay, asphalt. Reduced weight, with FLEX special
flange. Not to be used for working on edges.
Concrete-Whirljet the grinding disc for concrete:
old concrete, concrete slabs and stone - natural and
artificial slabs, lime sand brick hard, paving slabs, tile
glue, removing glazing from ceramic tiles. Reduced
weight, with the FLEX special flange. Not to be used
on edges.
Turbo-Jet kit WST 1000 FV, 1 Turbo-Jet
grinding disc 125 Ø, 1 FixTec
quick-clamp nut M 14, Antistatic
suction hose 32 mm Ø x 4 m with
snap coupling and coupling bush
for vacuum cleaner, Carry case
Turbo-Jet
kit without
suction hose
WST 1000 FV, 1 Turbo-Jet grinding
disc 125 Ø, 1 FixTec quickclamp
nut M 14, Carry case
355.747
378.224
Turbo-Jet 1 125 Ø x 28 x 23,5 349.623
Thermo-
Whirljet kit
Thermo-
Whirljet
kit without
suction hose
WST 1000 FV, 1 Thermo-whirljet,
1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14,
Antistatic suction hose 32 mm Ø x
4 m with snap coupling and coupling
bush for vacuum cleaner,
Carry case
WST 1000 FV, 1 Thermo-whirljet,
1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14,
Carry case
355.755
378.194
Thermo-Jet 1 125 Ø x 28 x 23,5 323.071
Screed-
Whirljet kit
Screed Whirljet
kit without
suction hose
WST 1000 FV, 1 Screed-whirljet,
1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14,
Antistatic suction hose 32 mm Ø x
4 m with snap coupling and coupling
bush for vacuum cleaner,
Carry case
WST 1000 FV, 1 Screed-whirljet,
1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14,
Carry case
355.763
378.208
Screed-Jet 1 125 Ø x 28 x 23,5 324.361
Concrete-
Whirljet kit
Concrete-
Whirljet
kit without
suction hose
WST 1000 FV, 1 Concrete-Whirljet
125 Ø, 1 FixTec quick-clamp
nut M 14, Antistatic suction
hose 32 mm Ø x 4 m with snap
coupling and coupling bush for
vacuum cleaner, Carry case
WST 1000 FV, 1 Concrete-Whirljet
125 Ø, 1 FixTec quick-clamp nut
M 14, Carry case
355.771
378.216
Concrete-Jet 1 125 Ø x 28 x 23,5 323.063
91

Wall and ceiling sanders
Giraffen-Mobil
Mobile Giraffe workstation. For all those who aim high.
The FLEX Giraffen-Mobil GM 320 is a mobile workstation for processing walls and ceilings using FLEX Giraffen. Above all, the
Giraffen-Mobil GM 320 greatly facilitates the sanding of large surfaces. As the user does not have to lift the Giraffe® himself,
he expends much less energy and therefore does not become tired quickly.
Large wheels
Large rubber wheels ensure optimal stability
and manoeuvrability on construction sites.
Additional covers on the wheel hubs provide
protection against damage to walls
Very mobile
Steering roller with locking and optimised running
characteristics. Rolls over dirt and objects,
guarantees precise and easy manoeuvring.
Stable
Weight-optimised base plate allows the
extractors to stop safely.
Clip, clap
Robust flap mechanism for compact transportation.
Tool-free design. Immediately ready for use.
More extraction power
Quick-change tool holder for use with WSE 500,
WST 700 VV and WST 1000 FV.
More control
Use the adapter included in the product package
for chucking the WST 700 VV and WST 1000 FV.
Left, right
Tool holder, which can be swivelled by 45°
on either side, for perfect sanding on sloping
surfaces.
High-precision mechanism
Corrosion-protected tool holder guarantees
maximum service life and smooth assembly and
disassembly. Cushioned swivel arm for setting
the sanding angle easily and perfectly.
Prophet
Sandpaper easy to change. The guide arm is
easily swivelled downwards.
Saves time
Lever tensioner for quick assembly and
disassembly.
Doubly secured
Dual clamped height adjustment allows safe,
tool-free adjustment of the working height.
Comfortable
Rubberized handle for maximum handling
comfort.
Order must prevail
Hose holder for greater order when working.
Always connected to the power
2 x 230 V sockets for connnection of the
extractors or other electric power tools. Cable
winder allows safe transportation.
93

Wall and ceiling sanders
Giraffen-Mobil
Giraffen-Mobil GM 320
Are you still holding it or just moving it?
Extra light
With the new Giraffen-Mobil GM 320 FLEX
offers a system which allows the user to
work persistently without being affected by
the weight of the Giraffe®. In addition, there
is a considerable saving in energy and stress
and fatigue are noticeably reduced.
3,20 m high – not a problem
Ceilings up to a height of 3.20 m can be processed
without great exertion – and always
with a secure footing.
94
Wall swiveller
The tool holder can be swivelled by 90° on
either side for processing wall surfaces.
The concrete solution
A greater deal of energy is usually required
to process concrete walls and ceilings, as
more pressure is required. The GM 320 significantly
reduces this expenditure of energy.
More comfort
Even the sanding tools can be changed with
ease.
Robust mobile device for building site
You can therefore process large surfaces
for longer and without tiring. The robust
Giraffen-Mobil GM 320 is also especially
suitable for intensive use on construction
sites.

GM 320
Mobile workstation for wall and ceiling sanders
• Mobile workstation for mounting of Giraffe® versions WSE 500,
WST 700 VV and WST 1000 FV, enabling sustained use without any
effect of the machine weight
• Significantly less user effort thanks to reduced fatigue and strain
• The mobile workstation has a durable frame for demanding applications
on construction sites. The braked steering castor with optimum
riding quality ensures easy and precise steering. With weight-optimised
base plate for the FLEX safety vacuum cleaner
• Large rubber wheels ensure optimal stability and manoeuvrability
on construction sites. Additional covers on the wheel hubs provide
protection against damage to walls
• Assembly and disassembly without any tools thanks to quick-release
clamps. Frame equipped with a robust folding mechanism for easy
transport
• Equipped with soft grip handle, hose clip and cable holder for the
7.5 m rubber cable
• Two power outlets provide the connection for power tools with
230 V/CEE
• Tilting tool fixture (90° in both directions) incl. pivot joint for optimum
ease of movement, adaptation to ceilings and walls and for a
perfect finish on slanted surfaces
• Quick change of the Giraffe® without any tools through clamping in a
robust tool fixture. The working height can also be adjusted without
tools thanks to a double clamp on the lifting rod
• Optimal contact pressure at the sanding surface due to gas strut
• The plastic sliding bush ensures smooth running as well as precise
guiding of the Giraffe over the surface
SPECIFICATIONS
Connected load 2 x 230 V
Size ( W x L x H)
1170 x 650 x
1750 mm
Tool fixture
all Giraffe types
(except WSE 7)
Max. working height 3200 mm
Weight 31,5 kg
Type Order no.
GM 320 382.167
Standard equipment:
Adapter for WST 700 VV,
WST 1000 FV
Wall and ceiling sanders
Overview of power tools
95

Drywall screwdriver
Dry wall screwdrivers from FLEX.
Handy, precise and ergonomic.
The FLEX dry wall screwdrivers are extremely powerful, durable, robust and
compact. The dry wall screwdrivers from FLEX are especially light and ergonomic.
Working overhead and on pitched roofs is therefore easy and comfortable. You can
work more quickly and precisely with the dry wall screwdrivers from FLEX. They fit
snugly in your hand, are extremely resilient and always ready for use.
The different power settings enable a wide range of materials to be fixed, no
matter whether gypsum plasterboard, gypsum fibreboard or OSB board.
The cordless dry wall screwdriver ADW 18,0-42 offers even more independence.
Weighing 1.5 kg, it is one of the lightest in its class. Cordless, handy and powerful.
Furthermore, a tool-free attachable screw magazine attachment for belted screws
is available for all FLEX dry wall screwdrivers.

Which drywall screwdriver suits best?
Aligning
substructures
Wood
Steel plate
< 0,88 mm
Steel plate
> 0,88 mm
Over head work
•••
••
•
Type of boards Screws
Plaster boards
Gypsum
fibre boards
OSB boards
Plaster boards
Gypsum
fibre boards
Plaster boards
Gypsum
fibre boards
Screw magazine attachment
ideally suited
well suited
suitable to a certain degree
Drywall screws,
coarse thread
Screws for fibre
boards
Drywall screws,
coarse thread
(Spax)
Drywall screws,
fine thread
Screws for
fibre boards
Drywall screws
with fine thread
and drill point
Drywall screws
with fine thread
and drill point
Battery drive Power system
ADW 18,0-42 DW 7-25 DW 7-45 DW 7-60
••• • •• •••
•• • ••• ••
••• ••• ••
•• • ••• ••
•• • ••• ••
••• ••• ••
•• ••• ••
Drywall screwdriver
••• •• •• ••
••• • ••• •••
97

Drywall screwdriver
High-speed drywall screwdrivers
Handy high-speed drywall screwdriver for dry construction.
The new high-speed drywall screwdrivers DW 7-25, DW 7-45 and DW 7-60 from FLEX feature a robust die-cast aluminium housing.
They ensure optimum screwdriving performance and a long service life. They are also characterised by their low weight.
The detachable depth stop with notched settings for standard screw connections and the quiet claw coupling, which automatically
switches off when the screw depth is reached, guarantee perfect screwdriving results. When working overhead, the highspeed
drywall screwdrivers show their strengths: the low weight, the ergonomic and very handy design. All high-speed drywall
screwdrivers are supplied with a rubberised 6 m power cord.
Tool-free detachable depth stop
With steel cap and magnet for standard screw
connections. With notched steps for setting the
screwing depth. The claw coupling is extremely
quiet and automatically switches off when the
screwing depth is reached.
¼” bit holder
For clamping commercially available screwdriver
bits.
Robust die-cast aluminium housing
For optimum screwdriving performance and
a long service life. The low weight also provides
effortless working conditions.
Brush switchover
Enables maximum torque for clockwise and
anti-clockwise rotation.
Belt hook
Practical belt hook ensures that the tool is
always ready to hand.
Soft handle
With rubberised press switch for pleasant
working conditions. The electronic switch with
lock is ideal for easy continuous use.
99

Drywall screwdriver
High-speed drywall screwdrivers
DW 7-25/45/60
The professionals under the drywall screwdrivers.
FLEX offers three different power settings for the wide range of applications. The user can select between three machines at either
2500 rpm with a max. torque of 20 Nm, 4500 rpm with a max. torque of 12 Nm or 6000 rpm with a max. torque of 10 Nm. All three
screwdrivers are characterised by their high torque and comfortable handling. The required screw depths can be conveniently set
with the tool-free adjustable depth stop.
100

Wall, ceiling or floor. Always in control.
It’s so easy
Weighing only 1,5 kg, the high-speed drywall
screwdrivers are easy and comfortable
to handle. One hand remains free to hold
the workpiece.
When precision is in demand
The electronic soft accelerator switch ensures
a gentle start-up and exact screwdriving.
It can also be used to optimally level
substructures.
When you have to get a move on
The M-DW screw magazine attachment
available as an accessory (see pages 103
and 105) can be used with all FLEX highspeed
drywall screwdrivers.
Always appropriate
The DW 7-45, running at 4500 rpm and with
a torque of 12 Nm, is particularly suitable
for screwing gypsum fibre boards to steel
plate.
Drywall screwdriver
High-speed drywall screwdrivers
OSB boards: Child’s play
Whether gypsum plasterboard, gypsum
fibreboard or OSB boards and no matter
what the substrate, the new high-speed
drywall screwdrivers from FLEX screw almost
effortlessly into every material.
Long power cord
The 6 m long, rubberised power cord enables
a wide working radius. Not necessary to
keep pulling on the cable.
101

Dry construction
Overview of power tools
DW 7-25 DW 7-45
Drywall screwdriver at 2500 rpm
• Handy drywall screwdriver with high torque for lining exteriors
and interiors
• Tool holder for ¼” bit tools
• Detachable depth stop with steel cap and magnetic ring for
standard screw connections, can be adjusted in notched steps
• Quiet claw coupling, automatically switches off when the screw
depth is reached
• Ergonomically shaped soft handle with on/off switch and lock for
continuous operation
• Handy, light-weight design made of robust die-cast aluminium
housing
• The brush switchover enables maximum torque for right and left
rotation
• Only 1.5 kg weight for effortless working conditions
• 6 m rubber cable for a wide operating radius
SPECIFICATIONS
No load speed 0-2500 rpm
Power input 650 watt
Power output 345 watt
Max. torque 20 Nm
Tool fixture ¼”
Sound pressure level 81 dB(A)
Clamping neck Ø 24,7 mm
Max. screw diameter wood 6,0x80 mm
Max. screw diameter metal,
self-tapping
5,5x75 mm
Weight 1,5 kg
Type Order no.
DW 7-25 390.763
! Accessories from page 103, 115
!
102
NEW
Standard equipment:
3 x depth stop for common screw
head diameters
1 bit holder UH-M 50 E6,3-C6,3
1 bit DB PH2 25 C6,3
Drywall screwdriver at 4500 rpm
• Handy high-speed drywall screwdriver for assembly work in dry
construction
• Tool holder for ¼” bit tools
• Detachable depth stop with steel cap and magnetic ring for
standard screw connections, can be adjusted in notched steps
• Quiet claw coupling, automatically switches off when the screw
depth is reached
• Ergonomically shaped soft handle with on/off switch and lock for
continuous operation
• Handy, light-weight design made of robust die-cast aluminium
housing
• The brush switchover enables maximum torque for right and left
rotation
• Only 1.5 kg weight for effortless working conditions
• 6 m rubber cable for a wide operating radius
SPECIFICATIONS
No load speed 0-4500 rpm
Power input 650 watt
Power output 345 watt
Max. torque 12 Nm
Tool fixture ¼”
Sound pressure level 81 dB(A)
Clamping neck Ø 24,7 mm
Max. screw diameter wood 6,0x80 mm
Max. screw diameter metal 4,2x55 mm
Max. screw diameter metal,
self-tapping
4,2x75 mm
Weight 1,5 kg
Type Order no.
DW 7-45 390.771
Accessories from page 103, 115
NEW
Standard equipment:
1 depth stop for common screw
head diameters
1 bit holder UH-M 50 E6,3-C6,3
1 bit DB PH2 25 C6,3

DW 7-60
Drywall screwdriver at 6000 rpm
• Handy high-speed drywall screwdriver for assembly work in dry
construction
• Tool holder for ¼” bit tools
• Detachable depth stop with steel cap and magnetic ring for
standard screw connections, can be adjusted in notched steps
• Quiet claw coupling, automatically switches off when the screw
depth is reached
• Ergonomically shaped soft handle with on/off switch and lock for
continuous operation
• Handy, light-weight design made of robust die-cast aluminium
housing
• The brush switchover enables maximum torque for right and left
rotation
• Only 1.5 kg weight for effortless working conditions
• 6 m rubber cable for a wide operating radius
SPECIFICATIONS
No load speed 0-6000 rpm
Power input 650 watt
Power output 345 watt
Max. torque 10 Nm
Tool fixture ¼”
Sound pressure level 83 dB(A)
Clamping neck Ø 24,7 mm
Max. screw diameter wood 6,0x80 mm
Max. screw diameter metal 4,2x55 mm
Max. screw diameter metal,
self-tapping
4,2x75 mm
!
Weight 1,5 kg
Type Order no.
DW 7-60 390.798
Accessories from page 103, 115
NEW
Standard equipment:
1 depth stop for common screw
head diameters
1 bit holder UH-M 50 E6,3-C6,3
1 bit DB PH2 25 C6,3
Dry construction
Overview of power tools and accessories
Accessories DW 7-25, 7-45, 7-60
Screw magazine attachment
For commercially available, belted screws: screw magazine
attachment can be rotated in 45° steps - good accessibility to
corners, tool-free screw depth adjustment via thumb wheel,
tool-free adjustable support foot for adjustment of different
screw lengths from 20-55 mm, max. shank diameter 4.2 mm,
max. head diameter 8.0 mm. Ergonomic handle – suitable for
left and right-handed people, rubberised depth stop made of
steel. Suitable for all FLEX drywall screwdrivers:
DW 7-25/7-45/7-60 and ADW 18,0/3,0-42.
Designation QP Order
number
M-DW 1 392.626
103

ADW 18,0-42. Small and handy.
Dry construction
Cordless drywall screwdriver 18,0 V
The new cordless drywall screwdriver ADW 18,0-42 from FLEX can manage up to 1340 screws or a 125 m² drywall surface with only
one battery charge. Furthermore, it is one of the lightest power tools in its class as it uses a 1.5 Ah battery which weighs 1.3 kg.
With the ADW 18,0-42 you can work conveniently, comfortably and efficiently overhead and in areas which are difficult to access.
The ADW 18,0-42 can be operated with 1.5 Ah as well as with 3.0 Ah batteries. The special air cooling system provides optimum
motor cooling and therefore a long service life. Stepless speed control enables the screws to be positioned with precision.
Tool-free detachable depth stop
With steel cap and magnet for standard screw
connections. With notched steps for setting
the screw-in depth. The claw coupling is extremely
quiet and automatically switches off
when the screw-in depth is reached.
Lithium-ion battery technology
Operation possible both with 1.5 Ah battery and
with 3.0 Ah battery. Max. charging time approx.
30 min.
Soft handle in screw axis
Rubberised press switch for pleasant working
conditions.
Battery pack with integrated LED
LED battery capacity display informs you at
a glance about the charge state of the battery
cells. Can also be used as a lamp.
Electronic switch
Stepless speed control enables the screws to be
positioned with precision. Clockwise/anti-clockwise
direction can be switched without gripping
the handle.
Screw magazine attachment M-DW
• Suitable for all FLEX drywall screwdrivers
• For belted screws
• Magazine attachment can be removed without any tools for
quickly changing from belted to loose screws
• Can be rotated in 45° steps – good accessibility to corners
• Tool-free adjustable support foot for adjustment of different
screw lengths from 20-55 mm
• Tool-free adjustable screw depth setting via thumb wheel for
exact standard screw connections
• Automatic belt transport reduces incorrect screw connections
• Open transport wheel prevents blockage by drill dust and
guarantees a long service life
• Belt guide to ensure that all belted screws move reliably
• Rubberised depth stop made of steel
• Ergonomic magazine handle – for left and right-handed users
– for exact positioning and guiding
105

Dry construction
Cordless drywall screwdriver 18,0 V
ADW 18,0-42
Typically light-weight.
The low weight, the compact design, superb handling and the high power reserves make the ADW 18,0-42 the universal cordless
drywall screwdriver. The ADW 18,0-42 shows its strengths, above all when working overhead. Tool-free detachable depth stop
with detent and magnet, quiet claw coupling, soft handle, optimised air cooling as well as stepless speed control are only some
of the technical features which make the ADW 18,0-42 the best in its class.
106

Great that so much power can be so easy.
Always on target
To ensure optimum and precise guidance,
the soft handle is situated exactly on
the screw axis. Nevertheless the rubberised,
large press switch can be reached easily and
comfortably.
Stable
The adjustable support foot of the M-DW
screw magazine attachment can be adjusted
to the different screw lengths from
20-55 mm without any tools. The screw
depth setting can also be adjusted without
any tools using a thumb wheel.
Powerful
The ADW 18,0-42 features adequate power
reserves to provide maximum load for
the screwdriving performance. The ADW
18,0-42 can be operated almost effortlessly
and is extremely stable.
Easy
The excellent belt guide and the automatic
belt transport reduce incorrect screw connections
– this saves time and money.
Dry construction
Cordless drywall screwdriver 18,0 V
Time is money
The M-DW screw magazine attachment is
particularly suitable for standard screw connections.
The screw magazine attachment
is designed for belted screws and fits all
FLEX drywall screwdrivers (see pages 103
and 105).
One hand remains free
Even with the screw magazine attachment,
the ADW 18,0-42 is still light-weight and
can be guided safely and precisely with one
hand. Therefore one hand always remains
free to hold the workpiece.
107

AD 18,0/3,0 R.
Dry construction
Cordless drywall screwdriver 18,0 V
The perfect complement to ADW 18,0-42.
Powerful cordless drill driver, compact design and low weight, for average to large screw and drill diameters. The new
AD 18,0/3,0 R links high power reserves to numerous useful functions. Amongst other things, the tool-free chuck change
facilitates the use of an angled chuck as well as a ¼” bit holder. Furthermore, 1.5 Ah and 3.0 Ah batteries can be used with
the AD 18,0/3,0 R and ADW 18,0-42. The 2-speed planetary gears are compact but have a high force transmission in a very
small space. Therefore the AD 18,0/3,0 R is particularly handy and versatile. The correct torques can be optimally set with the
20 torque settings and one drill setting. The integrated LED light provides additional working comfort.
Keyless chuck
With rotation stop, for clamping shank tools Ø 1,5-
13 mm. Can be removed without any tools. ¼" tool
fixture for insertion of bits directly into the drill
spindle, reduces the design by 6 cm. The gearbox
protective cap included in the standard equipment
protects the chuck adapter on the power tool when
working without a chuck or angle attachment.
Battery pack with integrated LED
Informs you at a glance about the charge state of
the battery cells. Can also be used as a lamp.
Battery sliding contacts
Prevent corrosion of the E-contacts on the
battery and on the screwdriver.
Lithium-ion battery technology
Operation possible both with 1,5 Ah battery and
3,0 Ah battery. No memory effect.
Ergonomic torque adjustment
20 torque settings and one drill setting. For
preselection of the correct torques.
Charger
The LED lights inform you about operational
readiness, the charging process and charge state
of the battery cells. Depending on the charge
state of the cells, the charging cycle takes max.
30 min. A power cord compartment ensures
order.
Speed selector switch
For changing from 1st to 2nd gear. Optimum
adjustment of the torques and speeds to the
application.
2-speed planetary gears
Compact design and high force transmission in
a very small space.
Clockwise/anti-clockwise
Can be switched without gripping the handle.
Ergonomic soft handle
For safe handling and high degree of working
comfort.
Angle attachment
With 45° notch for areas which are difficult to
access with ¼" bit holder and chuck adapter.
109

Dry construction
Cordless drywall screwdriver 18,0 V
AD 18,0/3,0 R
The intelligent 18.0 volt cordless screwdriver system.
In combination with ADW 18,0-42 the AD 18,0/3,0 R is the perfect complement. Preliminary work, for example substructures and
the subsequent panelling, can be performed with an 18.0 volt battery system. FLEX offers the optimum solution with the combiset
(order no. 390.852). Both power tools, including screw magazine and angle attachment as well as two battery packs 3.0 Ah,
are available in the new “Box on Box” carrying case.
110

Drilling and screwing. Even around corners.
Powerful in every position
The angle attachment with 45° notch is
particularly suitable for areas which are
difficult to access. The chuck is changed
without any tools.
Thinking around the corner
Areas which are difficult to access can be
effortlessly reached with the aid of the angle
attachment. The angle attachment can be
used as a chuck adapter from 1.5-13 mm or
as a ¼” bit holder.
Unbelievably flexible
The tool-free chuck change enables the keyless
chuck to be changed or removed quickly
and easily. By using the gearbox protective
cap, the power tool can be operated without
the chuck or angle attachment with ¼” bit
holder.
And it can also drill
The AD 18,0/3,0 R can withstand even
demanding drilling work. A powerful and
high-output tool, it drills into wood up
to 45 mm in diameter and into steel up to
13 mm in diameter.
Dry construction
Cordless drywall screwdriver 18,0 V
A real night owl
The integrated LED lamp adequately illuminates
the workplace. It is connected to
the battery pack.
Powerful and precise
The ergonomic handle ensures safe
handling, a high degree of working comfort
and precise guidance.
111

Dry construction
Overview of power tools
ADW 18,0-42 ADW 18,0-42 M
Cordless drywall screwdriver 18,0 V
• Electronic switch for stepless speed control enables the screws to
be applied with precision
• Right-left rotation; middle position: Transport stop
• Detachable depth stop with steel cap and magnetic ring for
standard screw connections, can be adjusted in notched steps
• Quiet claw coupling, automatically switches off when the screw
depth is reached
• Soft handle in screw axis and rubberised switch for pleasant and
effortless working conditions
• Integrated LED light
• Charge indicator
• Can be operated with 1.5 Ah and 3.0 Ah lithium-ion battery
SPECIFICATIONS
Battery voltage 18,0 V
Battery capacity 1,5/3,0 Ah
Max. torque 8,5 Nm
No load speed 0-4200 rpm
Tool fixture ¼”
Sound pressure level 87 dB(A)
Max. screw diameter wood 5x70 mm
Max. screw diameter metal 4,2x45 mm
Max. screw diameter metal,
self-tapping
4,2x16 mm
Weight with battery 1,6 kg
Type Order no.
ADW 18,0-42 390.836
! Accessories from page 114
!
112
NEW
Standard equipment:
1 depth stop for common screw
head diameters
1 battery AP-T 18,0/1,5
1 battery AP-T 18.0/3.0
1 battery charger CA-T 18,0/3,0
1 bit DB PH2 25 C6,3
1 bit holder UH-M 50 E6,3-C6,3
1 carrying case TK-L BoB-1
1 case insert TKE AD/ADW
Cordless drywall screwdriver 18,0 V with screw
magazine attachment
• Electronic switch for stepless speed control enables the screws to
be applied with precision
• Right-left rotation; middle position: Transport stop
• Detachable depth stop with steel cap and magnetic ring for
standard screw connections, can be adjusted in notched steps
• Quiet claw coupling, automatically switches off when the screw
depth is reached
• Soft handle in screw axis and rubberised switch for pleasant and
effortless working conditions
• Integrated LED light
• Charge indicator
• Can be operated with 1.5 Ah and 3.0 Ah lithium-ion battery
1.5 Ah battery available as accessory
• Screw magazine attachment can be removed without any tools
SPECIFICATIONS
Battery voltage 18,0 V
Battery capacity 1,5/3,0 Ah
Max. torque 8,5 Nm
No load speed 0-4200 rpm
Tool fixture ¼”
Sound pressure level 87 dB(A)
Max. screw diameter wood 5x70 mm
Max. screw diameter metal 4,2x45 mm
Max. screw diameter metal,
self-tapping
4,2x16 mm
Weight with battery 1,6 kg
Type Order no.
ADW 18,0-42 M 390.844
Accessories from page 114
NEW
Standard equipment:
1 depth stop for common screw head
diameters
2 batteries AP-T 18,0/3,0
1 battery charger CA-T 18,0/3,0
1 bit DB PH2 25 C6,3
2 bits DB PH2 175 E6,3
1 bit holder UH-M 50 E6,3-C6,3
1 screw magazine attachment M-DW
1 carrying case TK-L BoB-1
1 case insert TKE AD/ADW
1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4

AD 18,0/3,0 R
2-speed cordless drill driver 18,0 V with lithium-ion
technology
• Electronic switch for stepless speed control enables the screws to
be applied with precision
• Ergonomically designed, non-slip, soft grip handle for safe,
comfortable working
• Clockwise and counterclockwise rotation; middle setting: safety
lock
• 20 torque and 1 drill setting
• ¼” tool holder for insertion of bits directly into the drill spindle.
This reduces the design by 6 cm
• Integrated LED light
• Charge indicator
• Ideally suited for drilling in wood, metal, drilling out spot welding,
rivets, for screwdriving and assembly work, placing wall
plugs in sand-lime or masonry, drilling with diamond drill bits in
tiles, fine stoneware, mixing light mixtures
SPECIFICATIONS
Battery voltage 18,0 V
Battery capacity 1,5/3,0 Ah
Torque max. (drill setting) 40/60 Nm
Torque positions 20+1
No load speed 1st gear 0-360 rpm
No load speed 2nd gear 0-1500 rpm
Chuck Ø 1,5-13 mm
Tool fixture ¼”
Max. drill hole Ø in wood 45 mm
Max. drill hole Ø in steel 13 mm
Max. screw diameter 12 mm
Weight with battery 1,4 kg
Type Order no.
AD 18,0/3,0 R 390.828
!
Accessories from page 114
NEW
Standard equipment:
1 angle attachment WV-R AD
18,0/3,0 R
1 chuck BF-R AD 18,0/3,0 R
2 batteries AP-T 18,0/3,0
1 battery charger CA-T 18,0/3,0
1 bit DB PH2 25 C6,3
1 gearbox protective cap
1 carrying case TK-L BoB-1
1 case insert TKE AD/ADW
Dry construction
Cordless drywall screwdriver 18,0 V/Cordless drill driver 18,0 V
The combi-set for the drywall professional.
ADW 18,0-42 M + AD 18,0/3,0 R
Standard equipment combi-set:
1 ADW 18,0-42
1 AD 18,0/3,0 R
1 screw magazine attachment M-DW
1 depth stop for common screw head
diameters
1 angle attachment WV-R AD 18,0/3,0 R
1 chuck BF-R AD 18,0/3,0 R
1 gearbox protective cap
2 batteries AP-T 18,0/3,0
1 battery charger CA-T 18,0/3,0
1 bit holder UH-M 50 E6,3-C6,3
1 bit DB PH2 25 C6,3
2 bits DB PH2 175 E6,3
1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4
1 carry case TK-L BoB-2
1 case insert TKE AD+ADW
Type Order no.
ADW 18,0-42 M + AD 18/3,0 R 390.852
113

Dry construction
Accessories
Accessories AD 18,0/3,0 R, ADW 18,0/42 M
Battery pack
Rapid charger
Keyless chuck
Angle attachment
114
Battery pack Li-Ion 18,0 V / 1,5 Ah for the drywall screwdriver
ADW 18,0-42 and AD 18,0/3,0 R.
Designation QP Order
number
AP-T 18,0/1,5 1 393.320
Battery pack Li-Ion 18,0 V / 3,0 Ah for the drywall screwdriver
ADW 18,0-42 and AD 18,0/3,0 R.
Designation QP Order
number
AP-T 18,0/3,0 1 393.339
Charging time 30 min for the batteries AP-T 18,0/1,5 Ah and
AP-T 18,0/3,0 Ah Li-ion.
Designation QP Order
number
CA-T 18,0/30 1 393.312
Tool-free quick-change system, for the drill insert 1.5-13 mm,
can be removed without any tools. With steel jaws and guard
ring.
Designation QP Order
number
BF-R AD 18,0/3,0 R 1 394.548
Tool-free quick-change system when drilling and screwdriving
in areas which are difficult to access. With magnetic drill
spindle for holding drill and screwdriver bits and for holding
the keyless chuck (only for AD 18,0/3,0 R).
Designation QP Order
number
WV-R AD 18,0/3,0 R 1 394.661
Carrying case box-on-box system
Case insert
Screw magazine attachment
The carrying case system ensures order and utilises the space
perfectly. Thanks to the elaborate inserts, the machines, accessories
and consumables are clearly arranged. Simply attach
the boxes – they lock automatically. Thanks to the innovative
Duo-Click system, the boxes can be connected, stacked
and quickly disconnected again. Rigid drill holes have been
prepared for the use of a padlock. The boxes can be loaded
up to 90 kg. Without insert.
Designation Size
( W x L x H)
QP Order
number
TK-L BoB-1 464 x 335 x 142 1 392.634
TK-L BoB-2 464 x 335 x 212 1 392.642
Suitable insert for carrying case TK-L BoB-1. For the drywall
screwdriver AD or ADW.
Designation QP Order
number
TKE AD/ADW 1 392.820
Suitable insert for carrying case TK-L BoB-2. For the FLEX
drywall screwdrivers ADW and drill drivers AD 18,0.
Designation QP Order
number
TKE AD+ADW 1 394.068
For commercially available, belted screws: screw magazine
attachment can be rotated in 45° steps - good accessibility to
corners, tool-free screw depth adjustment via thumb wheel,
tool-free adjustable support foot for adjustment of different
screw lengths from 20-55 mm, max. shank diameter 4.2 mm,
max. head diameter 8.0 mm. Ergonomic handle – suitable for
left and right-handed people, rubberised depth stop made of
steel. Suitable for all FLEX drywall screwdrivers:
DW 7-25/7-45/7-60 and ADW 18,0/3,0-42.
Designation QP Order
number
M-DW 1 392.626

Screws, bits
Bit
Bit holder
Design PH size 2, C 6,3.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
DB PH2 25 C6,3 VE5 25 5 395.927
Design PH size 2, E 6,3. Can be used with screw magazine attachment
M-DW.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
DB PH2 175 E6,3 VE2 175 2 395.900
Magnetic, design PH size 2, E 6,3.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
UH-M 50 E6,3-C6,3 50 1 395.919
Drywall screws, fine thread
Drywall screws, coarse thread
Drywall screws, drill point
Belted drywall screws. Suitable for screw magazine attachment
M-DW. Content 20 belts consisting of 50 pieces each. For use on
metal support section.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
SBS-G 3,9x25 F PH2 3,9x25 1 396.087
SBS-G 3,9x35 F PH2 3,9x35 1 396.095
SBS-G 3,9x45 F PH2 3,9x45 1 396.109
Belted drywall screws. Suitable for screw magazine attachment
M-DW. Content 20 belts consisting of 50 pieces each. For use in
construction of wooden supports.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
SBS-G 3,9x25 G PH2 3,9x25 1 396.117
SBS-G 3,9x30 G PH2 3,9x30 1 396.125
SBS-G 3,9x35 G PH2 3,9x35 1 396.133
Belted, self-tapping drywall screws. Suitable for screw
magazine attachment M-DW. Content 20 belts consisting of
50 pieces each.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
Dry construction
Accessories
QP Order
number
SBS-G 3,5x25 B PH2 3,5x25 1 396.141
SBS-G 3,5x35 B PH2 3,5x35 1 396.192
115

CSE 55 T. Perfect cutting of dry wall elements.
Drywall saw
CSE 55 T
A low-dust working environment owes as much to the special features of the CSE 55 T as to the double clamping of the angle
adjustment which provides greater precision and safety. Perfect visible edges can be obtained with the swivel range from -1° to
48° for undercuts as well as with the scoring function. The control electronics enable the cutting speeds to be optimally adjusted
to the materials and applications and the range of applications of the CSE 55 T to be extended as required. Applications involving
gypsum or concrete fibre boards can be handled just as perfectly as saw cuts through wood materials, such as chipboard or
OSB boards. Even metal support sections can be processed without difficulty.
Packed with power
Powerful and reliable 1400 watt motor for
cutting different materials, such as wood, board
materials, aluminium, acrylic glass …
Everything is ideally controlled
The controllable speed from 1700-3400 rpm ensures
cutting speeds can be set to the material.
Magnesium cast bench top
Robust and extremely stable but light-weight.
With 0° and 45° guide grooves for reliable and
precise guidance when making chop and mitre
cuts on the FLEX guide rail system.
Always at the correct angle
The angle scale from 0°- 48° is easy to read
and can be set exactly with non-slip clamping
elements. The swivel segment is also double
clamped. This prevents the saw blade from
jamming and therefore the risk of recoil.
Safety switch
Prevents unintentional plunge cuts and therefore
provides greater safety.
Precise cutting depth setting
By simply loosening the cutting depth stop, it
can be set to the required depth on the scale. The
upper edge indicates the cutting depth without
the guide rail and the lower edge the cutting
depth on the guide rail.
Flip riving knife
Saves you the time-consuming removal of the
riving knife for plunge cuts and it does not get
lost.
Spindle lock
For changing the saw blade simply and quickly.
Low dust
The extraction system has an anti-static feature.
An adapter for the FLEX Clip system is included in
the product package.
Be doubly sure
The parallel stop is double clamped. This
prevents the operating saw from wandering
and ensures safe control when used as a table
extension.
Parallel
The double clamped parallel stop (available as an
accessory) can also be used as a table extension.
Height-adjustable inspection window
Optimises the extraction space when used with
and without rail system.
117

Drywall saw
CSE 55 T
Quite dry.
The CSE 55 T extracts everything.
The CSE 55 T cuts cleanly and precisely with the appropriate precision saw blade and the appropriate FLEX guide rail system.
Especially indoors the highly efficient dust extractor ensures a comfortable and dust-free working environment. The CSE 55 T is
packed in the Systainer suitable for on-site use. The adapter for connection to the FLEX Click system is included in the product
package.
118

Saws almost anything.
Tear-free
By using the FLEX guide rails GRS 80 and
GRS 160, tear-free saw cuts and plunge
cuts are child’s play – and without time-
consuming removal of the riving knife.
On the left or on the right
The stop (available as an accessory) can
be mounted on the left or right side of
the bench. The double clamping guarantees
a parallel cutting path. The stop can also
be used as a table extension and therefore
increases the support of the saw on the
workpiece.
Good at an angle
The CSE 55 T not only makes extremely
precise separating cuts, but also perfect
mitre cuts within the range of -1° to 48°.
“Diamond” saw blade
A specialist for gypsum and cement fibre
boards in dry construction. Thanks to
the four diamond-tipped cutting edges,
the saw blade D160x2,2x20 DIA Z4-S generates
little dust and has an almost neverending
service life.
The all-rounder
Drywall saw
CSE 55 T
The control electronics enable the cutting
speeds to be optimally adjusted to the
materials. Therefore gypsum or concrete
fibre boards can be handled just as perfectly
as chipboard or OSB boards. Even metal
support sections can be processed.
Can also cut plastic
Even plastic can be sawn almost perfectly
and tear-free with the saw blade
D160x1,8x20 HW Z48-FZ/TR.
119

Dry construction
Overview of power tools
CSE 55 T
Plunge saw for dry construction
• VR electronic control: stepless speed selection, tachogenerator-controlled constant speed,
overload protection, re-start inhibit and temperature monitoring.
• Guide grooves 0° and 48°. For reliable and precise guidance when making chop and mitre cuts
on the FLEX rail system
• Dual clamped swivel element prevents the saw blade from jamming when making mitre cuts and
therefore the risk of recoil
• Angle scale from 0° to 48°. Easy to read and can be set exactly with non-slip clamping elements
• Swivel range from -1° to 48° for undercuts as well as scoring function for perfect visible edges,
also suitable for sawing materials surfaces with sensitive coatings, such as HPL, CPL
• Flip wedge for tear-free saw and plunge cuts without time-consuming removal of the riving knife
• Precise cutting depth adjustment by simply pressing on the cutting depth stop. Easy-to-read
cutting depth thanks to a 180° rotating cutting depth indicator
• Dual clamped parallel stop prevents the saw from wandering and ensures safe control when used
as a table extension
• Spindle lock: for quick replacement of blades
• Possible to connect external dust extraction
• Ideal for traditional applications in dry construction and refurbishing, e.g. for making saw cuts
through plasterboard, concrete fibre boards, wood materials, such as chipboard or OSB boards
SPECIFICATIONS
No load speed 1700-3400 rpm
Power input 1350 watt
Power output 850 watt
Pivoting range -1° - 48°
Blade Ø 160 mm
Saw blade holder 20 mm
Cutting depth 0 - 55 mm
Cutting depth / with guide rail 0-49 mm
Depth of cut - mitre cut 0-38 mm
Depth of cut - mitre cut with
guide rail
0-32 mm
Weight 4 kg
Type Order no.
CSE 55 T DIA Z4-S 386.804
CSE 55 T/DIA Z4+GRS160 Kit 388.300
CSE 55 T Z24-WZ 386.812
CSE 55 T/Z24-WZ+GRS160 Kit 388.297
!
Accessories page 121
120
NEW
Standard equipment CSE 55 T DIA Z4-S:
1 vacuum adapter
1 saw blade DIA Z4-S
1 plastic system case
1 case insert
Standard equipment CSE 55 T/DIA Z4+GRS160 Kit:
1 vacuum adapter
1 saw blade DIA Z4-S
1 guide rail GRS 160
1 plastic system case
1 case insert
Standard equipment CSE 55 T Z24-WZ:
1 vacuum adapter
1 saw blade Z 24-WZ
1 plastic system case
1 case insert
Standard equipment CSE 55 T/Z24-WZ+GRS160 Kit:
1 vacuum adapter
1 saw blade Z 24-WZ
1 guide rail GRS 160
1 plastic system case
1 case insert

Accessory CSE 55 T
Standard circular saw blade with alternating teeth
For making long cuts and for sawing wood materials, such as
chipboard, OSB, MDF boards.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
D160x1,8x20 HM Z24-WZ 160 Ø x 20 1 386.790
Fine cut circular saw blade with flat, trapezoidal tooth
Diamond circular saw blade
For making cross cuts in solid wood and tear-free cuts in laminated
wood materials, such as chipboard, MDF boards
Designation Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
D160x1,8x20 HM Z48-FZ/TR 160 Ø x 20 1 386.774
For maximum service life, for making cuts in plasterboard and
cement fibre boards.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
D160x2,2x20 DIA Z4-S 160 Ø x 20 1 386.766
Metal circular saw blade with alternating teeth
Guide rail GRS
Connector for guide rail GRS
For making cuts in metal profiles and metal composites.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
D160x1,8x20 HM Z38-WZ 160 Ø x 20 1 386.782
Precise aluminium profile with anodized sliding coating and
guide rib.. Plugged rubber lip as contact edge at the marking,
anti slip protection on the bottom. Connector 353.272 can be
used to extend the guide rails as required.
Designation Length
in mm
QP Order
number
GRS 80 800 1 353.280
GRS 160 1600 1 359.351
Precise metal connector for connecting two guide rails GRS.
When not in use, the connector can be parked in the guide rail
with the included tool wrench SW 5 - screw driver.
QP Order
number
1 353.272
Anti-splinter guard
Antislip profile
End caps
Parallel stop
Plastic system case
Insert for systainer
Replacement parts for GRS 80/160 guide rails
Replacement parts for GRS 80/160 guide rails
Replacement parts for GRS 80/160 guide rails
Dry construction
Accessories
QP Order
number
3,4 m 366.846
QP Order
number
6,8 m 366.854
QP Order
number
2 364.967
Designation QP Order
number
PA-CS 1 396.788
Systainer for machine and accessories.
Designation Size
( W x L x H)
QP Order
number
TK-L/Sys 281x360x272 281 x 360 x 272 1 353.302
Insert for CSE 55 T, suitable for Systainer 353.302.
Designation QP Order
number
TKE CSE 55 T 1 398.667
121

Renovation machines
Effective floor and wall finishing
with the specialists from FLEX.
Whether it is a matter of removing plaster, concrete, screed or render coatings,
FLEX has just the right solution on hand for each and every task. No obstacles
stand in the way of FLEX renovation grinders and scourers – whether the talk
is of large/small areas, corners or edges. All renovation grinders and scouring
machines are fitted with powerful, sturdy motors which can withstand the high
demands placed on them. It goes without saying that all machines have effective
dust extraction. The extraction and filter systems of the FLEX vacuum cleaners are
perfectly matched to FLEX machines to prevent harmful dusts contaminating the
surrounding air.
In the form of the innovative RETECFLEX RE 14-5 115 you have available a widely
diverse tool for those numerous jobs in renovation and modernization work. The
RETECFLEX can be quickly and easily adapted to your own requirements. Whether
it is to be used with a scouring head, perforator, diamond grinding disc or a
sanding/polishing pad, just a few movements of the hand suffice to convert to any
tool. Let yourself be won over by the wide scope of application possibilities of the
new RETECFLEX RE 14-5 115.
A large and comprehensive range of specially coordinated high quality accessories
are available for a multitude of applications.

–
Power input in watts
Max. working width mm
Dust extraction system
Suction hose adapter
FLEX suction hose with snap connection
Interchangeable head system
Grinding close to edges
Diamond grinding head
Carbide metal scouring head
Perforator
Velcro backing pad
Corundum sanding discs
Standard equipment
available as an accessory
not available
Renovation
grinder, scourer
LD 1709 FR
Renovation
grinder, scourer
LDC 1709 FR
Renovation
grinder, scourer
LD 3206 C
1400 1400 2500 1200 1400
125 125 180 150 115
– – – –
– – – –
– – –
– – –
Scouring
machine
HPI 603
– – – –
– – – –
– – – –
–
Renovation machines
RETECFLEX
RE 14-5 115
123

The RETECFLEX. The specialist for grinding, sanding,
scouring, perforating and polishing.
Renovation machines
RETECFLEX
The speed controller ensures that the speed is correctly adjusted for grinding and polishing. The speed stays constant under load.
The RE 14-5 115 has a soft start for a jerk-free start-up. Temperature monitoring prevents any fused windings. The completely
cast electronic components and special winding protection prevent damage due to metal dust.
Packed with power
Powerful, strong 1400 watt motor for quick
working progress.
Extremely adjustable
Electronically controllable speed. Whatever the
various tools and heat-sensitive materials, the
right speed can always be set.
Silence itself
Damping element between spindle and tool.
Reduces vibration, raises smooth running,
improves guidance and increases the service
life of the machine.
Everything extracted
Effective dust extraction for clean air and
uninterrupted vision.
FLEX Clip system
Large extraction cross-section; simple, quick
connection using the FLEX clip system. No
adapters or reducing sleeves required.
Up to the edge
Swivelling brush segment for quick adjustment
for working close to edges.
Extraction guard D 115 with brush ring
Tool-free height adjustment for quick and easy
guard adjustment to the required working depth.
Adjustable base D80
Tool-free changeable and height-adjustable
base D 80 for milling tool and perforator, for
optimum control of the machine and effective
dust extraction.
Spindle stop
Easy tool change with the integrated spindle
stop.
Always held correctly
Optimum handling position for various working
situations.
125

Renovation machines
RETECFLEX
RETECFLEX
The quick-change artist amongst the renovation grinder.
The RETECFLEX is a tool with a very wide variety of applications for refurbishing, renovating and modernizing work.The compact
construction makes the tool ideal to handle. The RETECFLEX is perfect for working smaller surfaces. Whether with base or dust
extraction guard withbrush ring, working close to the edge is assured by both the attachments. The brush ring-equipped dust
extraction guard has a tool-free adjustable edge segment.The ideal tool for smaller workshops. The universal tool for many
applications. And each one with dust extraction.
126

Easily and quickly converted whatever the requirements.
The power pack
The RETECFLEX has no trouble at all in
getting to grips with severely weathered
concrete.
Sands almost anything
Together with velcro backing pad and
sanding discs, the RETECFLEX is ideal for
sanding old paints and wood - in association
with dust extraction.
Open to everything
The tool-free, swivelling brush segment is
ideal for working close to edges. Even with
the brush segment open, the dust extractor
still performs wholehearted work.
Perfect handling
Thanks to its low weight and excellent
handling, the RETECFLEX can optimally
work on walls.
Tough performer
Renovation machines
RETECFLEX
The scouring head with its 12 carbide metal
discs is perfect for removing tile glue.
Jack of all trades
The cutting wheels of the innovative
perforator open up any wallpapers sealed by
paint. Allowing liquid (wallpaper stripper
solution) to penetrate much quicker.
127

Renovation machines
RETECFLEX
RETECFLEX
Especially versatile.
128
Material Applications
Grind concrete parts / pre-grind concrete parts (concrete face-lifting)
Scouring concrete
Remove shuttering protrusions and concrete runs on used concrete / pre-sand weathered old concrete
Remove shuttering protrusions and concrete runs on freshly concreted surfaces
Scouring fresh (green) concrete
Breaking edges at fresh concrete components
Remove minor unevenness and protrusions on concrete components
Remove any contaminations on concrete
Grinding hard cement render with a high sand proportion
Pre-grinding hard cement render
Grinding soft plaster
Pre-grinding synthetic resin plaster
Scouring soft plaster
Scouring hard plaster
Remove synthetic resin plaster (top coat)
Remove plaster on wooden beams (framework)
Grinding tile glue on soft plaster
Remove tile glue on screed
Scouring tile glue residues
Grinding existing tile layer before laying new tiles
Remove latex and oil paints from plaster
Remove paint coatings on plaster
Sanding old weathered paint coatings
Remove flexible protective coatings from concrete and plaster
Thermo-elastic coatings
Removing soft PU coatings
Grinding screed and coatings on screed floors
Remove hardened epoxy resin coatings
Remove sintering layer, other coatings on concrete
Remove foam and adhesive residues
Remove grout and fillers
Remove aged filling compounds and fillers
Sanding unevenness on filled-in surfaces
Sanding plastics and fibre-glass reinforced parts
Open wallpapers sealed by paints for absorbing liquid (wallpaper stripper)
Sanding weathered wooden parts
Sanding wooden beams/framework in restoration work
Removing weathering from natural stone
Sanding granite worktops in the natural stone area
Bevelling fine stoneware tiles on cut edge
Electronic
setting
4-6
4-6
6
4-6
4-6
6
4-6
4-6
6
6
3-5
3-5
4-6
4-6
4-6
4-6
3-6
6
4-6
6
4-6
3-6
2-4
4-6
2-4
4-6
6
6
4-6
4-6
3-5
3-5
2-4
2-4
3-4
2-4
2-4
1-2
1-2
1-2

Extraction hood D 115 Adjustable base D 80
Concrete-Jet Screed-Jet Surface-Jet TC-Jet PCD-Jet
S couring
discs,
pointed
Scouring
discs,
flat
Perforator
Renovation machines
RETECFLEX
Extraction hood D 115
+ Velcro backing pad
Corundum
sanding
discs
Diamond
grinding
pad
• • • 1-2
•
• • 1-2
• •
•
•
•
• • 1-2
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
• •
• •
• •
• •
•
• • • •
• • •
•
• • •
•
• •
•
•
• •
• • •
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
! Tip: Keep the speed down when working on heat-sensitive paint coatings and coverings. In this way you will avoid the
scouring/grinding tools becoming clogged/smeared.
129

Renovation machines
Overview of power tools
RE 14-5 115
RETECFLEX - the universal tool for renovation and
modernization
• VR electronic control: speed pre-selection, tachogeneratorcontrolled
constant speed, soft-start, overload protection and
temperature monitoring.
• Motor: powerful, strong motor for quick working progress
• With damping element between spindle and tool being used: this
reduces vibration, aids for smooth running, improves guidance and
increases the service life of the machine
• Completely cast electronic components prevents damage due to
metal dust. The 3-fold winding protection reduces motor wear,
increases service life
• Special gearbox: special gear ratio for high torque in the medium
and low speed range
• Dust-proof on/off switch
• Effective dust extraction thanks to a large extraction cross-section.
Simple, rapid connection using the FLEX clip system. No adapters or
reducing sleeves are required
• Vacuum guard: with stepless height adjustment
• Universal tool system can be adapted for a large number of
renovation and modernisation applications. Compact, handy and
ideal for working on small surfaces and on the edges of larger areas
• Spindle lock
SPECIFICATIONS
Max. disc diameter 115 mm
Max. milling head Ø 80 mm
No load speed 1800-5200 rpm
Power input 1400 watt
Power output 880 watt
Tool fixture M 14
Size ( W x L x H) 198x390x150 mm
Weight 3,1 kg
130
Standard equipment:
1 SoftVib handle
1 extractor guard grinding Ø 115 mm
with a brush ring
1 adjustable base scouring Ø 80 mm
1 velcro backing pad Bowl Ø 115/M14
Corundum sanding disc set Ø 115
1 case insert
1 plastic carry case
1 pin wrench
1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4

Accessories RETECFLEX
Velcro backing pad Ø 115, Bowl
Velcro sanding paper PURFLEX
Diamond grinding pad
Base for scouring work
Dust extraction guard
Brush ring
Backing pad Bowl with velcro face for securing the abrasives
with the velcro system. As damping elements 12 mm cellular
rubber pads ensure uniform pressure distribution.
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
115 Ø 1 366.609
Ideally suited to working wood and metal.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
D115 Pu-P24 VE25 115 Ø P 24 25 381.195
D115 Pu-P40 VE50 115 Ø P 40 50 381.209
D115 Pu-P60 VE50 115 Ø P 60 50 381.217
D115 Pu-P80 VE50 115 Ø P 80 50 381.225
D115 Pu-P100 VE50 115 Ø P 100 50 381.233
D115 Pu-P120 VE50 115 Ø P 120 50 381.241
D115 Pu-P150 VE50 115 Ø P 150 50 381.268
D115 Pu-P180 VE50 115 Ø P 180 50 381.276
For use with velcro grinding disc 115 Ø. Grinding pads for dry
grinding, a great advantage in the repair and renovation areas.
Suitable for grinding and polishing granite worktops, fine
stoneware tiles, floor tiles, concrete surfaces in the field of
vision, natural stone on windowsills, cover panels, sculptures,
steps.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
DP 50 DRY D115 115 Ø 50 1 386.197
DP 100 DRY D115 115 Ø 100 1 386.200
DP 200 DRY D115 115 Ø 200 1 386.219
DP 400 DRY D115 115 Ø 400 1 386.227
DP 800 DRY D115 115 Ø 800 1 386.235
DP 1500 DRY D115 115 Ø 1500 1 386.243
DP 3000 DRY D115 115 Ø 3000 1 386.251
DP 10000 DRY D115 115 Ø 10000 1 386.278
Tool-free interchangeable protective guard for optimally
guiding the machine and effective dust extraction.
Diameter
in mm
QP Order
number
80 Ø 1 369.314
With swivel segment and brush ring for grinding work.
Diameter
in mm
QP Order
number
115 Ø 1 366.528
Brush ring for dust extraction hood - contains two segment parts.
QP Order
number
1 369.454
Carry case
Insert for carry case
SoftVib side handle
Face pin spanner
Renovation machines
Accessories
Made of impact-resistant plastic for the RE 14-5 115, WSE 7.
Designation Size
( W x L x H)
QP Order
number
TK-L 609x409x201 609 x 409 x 201 1 366.641
Matching insert for RE 14-5 115 for carry case 366.641.
Designation QP Order
number
TKE RE14-5 1 366.633
SoftVib handle with vibration cushioning, significantly
reducing the vibration transmitted to hands and arms and
reducing the risk of vibration-related injury to the operator.
Type QP Order
number
M 8 1 325.376
Special spanner for removing the scouring and grinding heads.
“Perforator” tool head with HSS cutting wheels
HSS cutting wheels
Clip adapter
QP Order
number
1 366.536
Tool head with 4 hardened and ground cutters on a steel axle
for perforating wall coverings such as in-grain wallpaper. The
surface is opened for rapid penetration of wallpaper strippers.
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
80 Ø 1 366.757
4 replacement cutting wheels for the “perforator” tool head –
for perforating coverings.
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
38 Ø 4 366.765
For connecting a FLEX power tool to extraction units from other
manufacturers. Suitable for hoses inside Ø 27 mm, outside
Ø 36 mm.
Designation Diameter
in mm
QP Order
number
Adapter Clip D36/27 42/37 1 380.377
131

Renovation machines
Kit System
132
This is where to find the right RETECFLEX kit. Simply select the right scouring or grinding head for your
applications. The order number listed includes the RE 14-5 115 in the kit consisting of machine with
standard equipment and the selected tool head.
Description Type QP Dimensions
in mm
Complete with 12 pointed tungsten
carbide scouring discs. For removing
hard plaster, concrete, foam backing
and adhesive residues, paint on plaster,
epoxy plaster, flexible protective
coatings, plaster on wooden beams
and latex/oil paints on plaster.
12 pointed carbide scouring discs with
fixing bolts and guide discs.
Fitted with 12 flat tungsten carbide
scouring discs. For removing soft
materials, including plaster, green
concrete, foam backing and adhesive
residues, soft PU coatings, paint
coatings on plaster, plaster on wooden
beams and latex/oil paint on plaster,
shuttering protrusions and concrete
runs on fresh concreted surfaces. The
flat form leaves the surface smooth
(pull cutting).
12 flat carbide scouring discs with
fixing bolts and guide discs.
Diamond grinding head equipped with
a concrete jet grinding disc. Suitable
for grinding concrete parts, roughing
old weathered concrete, hard cement
plaster, removing shuttering protrusions
and concrete runs, hardened
epoxy resin coatings and the natural
sintering on concrete components.
Replacement grinding disc pad for the
diamond grinding head complete with
fixing bolts.
Diamond grinding head equipped
with an Screed-Jet grinding disc. For
removing shuttering protrusions and
concrete runners on freshly concreted
surfaces, and tile adhesive on floor
screed. For grinding screed floors,
coatings, hard render with a high sand
content, and de-burring edges of new
concrete parts.
Replacement grinding disc pad for the
diamond grinding head complete with
fixing bolts.
Pointed
scouring
head kit
Scouring
head
complete,
pointed
TC scouring
discs,
pointed
Flat
scouring
head kit
Scouring
head
complete,
flat
TC scouring
discs,
flat
1 pointed scouring head Ø 80, M 14, 1 SoftVib handle, 1 extractor
guard grinding Ø 115 mm with a brush ring, 1 adjustable
base scouring Ø 80 mm, 1 velcro backing pad Bowl Ø 115/M14 ,
Corundum sanding disc set Ø 115, 1 case insert, 1 plastic carry
case, 1 pin wrench, 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4
1 scouring head, flat, Ø 80, M 14, 1 SoftVib handle, 1 extractor
guard grinding Ø 115 mm with a brush ring, 1 adjustable
base scouring Ø 80 mm, 1 velcro backing pad Bowl Ø 115/M14 ,
Corundum sanding disc set Ø 115, 1 case insert, 1 plastic carry
case, 1 pin wrench, 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4
Order no.
369.217
1 80 Ø 366.552
366.501
369.225
1 80 Ø 366.560
366.617
Concrete- 1 Concrete-Jet diamond grinding head , 1 SoftVib handle,
369.233
Jet grinding 1 extractor guard grinding Ø 115 mm with a brush ring,
head kit 1 adjustable base scouring Ø 80 mm, 1 velcro backing pad Bowl
Ø 115/M14 , Corundum sanding disc set Ø 115, 1 case insert,
1 plastic carry case, 1 pin wrench, 1 hexagon socket wrench,
SW 4
Concrete-
Jet diamond
grinding
head
1 115 Ø 366.668
Concrete-
Jet diamond
grinding
disc
1 115 Ø 367.044
Screed-Jet
grinding
head kit
Screed-Jet
diamond
grinding
head
Screed-Jet
diamond
grinding
disc
1 Screed-Jet diamond grinding head , 1 SoftVib handle,
1 extractor guard grinding Ø 115 mm with a brush ring,
1 adjustable base scouring Ø 80 mm, 1 velcro backing pad Bowl
Ø 115/M14 , Corundum sanding disc set Ø 115, 1 case insert,
1 plastic carry case, 1 pin wrench, 1 hexagon socket wrench,
SW 4
369.241
1 115 Ø 366.676
1 115 Ø 367.052

Renovation machines
Kit System
Description Type QP Dimensions
in mm
Diamond grinding head equipped with
a Surface-Jet grinding disc vacuum
diamond coated. For removing coatings
on concrete parts, slight unevenness
and protrusions on concrete components,
contamination, flexible protective
coatings on concrete and hard
plaster, latex and oil paints on plaster
and cosmetic concrete finishing.
Replacement grinding disc pad for the
diamond grinding head complete with
fixing bolts.
Tungsten carbide grinding head
equipped with a TC-Jet grinding disc
with soldered carbide cutters For
grinding soft plaster, removing paint
and tile adhesive on soft plaster, grout
and fillers, aged fillers and sealants
and for sanding tile adhesive on soft
plaster.
Replacement grinding disc for the
carbide grinding head complete with
fixing bolts.
Grinding head fitted with a grinding
disc consisting of 4 PCD segments
(polycrystalline diamond). For the
removal of thermally sensitive coatings
as well as adhesives, sealants,
plastic coatings, bitumen coatings
from hard substrates. The PCD segments
enable problematic coatings
to be removed quickly and effectively
without sticking.
Replacement grinding disc for the
PCD grinding head, complete with
fastening screws.
Surface-Jet
grinding
head kit
Surface-Jet
diamond
grinding
head
Surface-Jet
diamond
grinding
disc
TC-Jet
grinding
head kit
TC-Jet
carbide
grinding
head
TC-Jet
carbide
grinding
disc
Sanding
head
PCD-Jet
kit
PCD grinding
head
PCD
grinding
disc
1 Surface-Jet diamond grinding head, 1 SoftVib handle,
1 extractor guard grinding Ø 115 mm with a brush ring,
1 adjustable base scouring Ø 80 mm, 1 velcro backing pad Bowl
Ø 115/M14 , Corundum sanding disc set Ø 115, 1 case insert,
1 plastic carry case, 1 pin wrench, 1 hexagon socket wrench,
SW 4
Order no.
369.268
1 115 Ø 366.684
1 115 Ø 367.036
1 TC-Jet carbide grinding head, 1 SoftVib handle, 1 extractor
guard grinding Ø 115 mm with a brush ring, 1 adjustable base
scouring Ø 80 mm, 1 velcro backing pad Bowl Ø 115/M14 ,
Corundum sanding disc set Ø 115, 1 case insert, 1 plastic carry
case, 1 pin wrench, 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4
369.276
1 115 Ø 366.692
1 115 Ø 367.028
1 sanding head PCD-Jet, 1 SoftVib handle, 1 extractor guard
grinding Ø 115 mm with a brush ring, 1 adjustable base scouring
Ø 80 mm, 1 velcro backing pad Bowl Ø 115/M14 , Corundum
sanding disc set Ø 115, 1 case insert, 1 plastic carry case, 1 pin
wrench, 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4
389.587
1 115 Ø 386.162
1 115 Ø 386.170
133

Renovation machines
Overview of power tools and accessories
LD 1709 FR
Concrete grinding machine for surfaces, 125 mm
• FR electronic control: with tachogenerator constant speed control,
soft start, overload protection and temperature monitoring
• Vacuum dust collection: protects against abrasive dust, reduces
disc wear, keeps concrete pores for the new coat open
• Flexible rubber vacuum ring with low-wear metal ring: moves
smoothly over the surface and protects against dust and flying
stones
• Vacuum attachment: 32 mm exterior Ø
• Spindle lock
• Ideal for point work and large-area stripping
• Suction hose not included in delivery package
SPECIFICATIONS
Disc Ø 125 mm
No load speed 10000 rpm
Power input 1400 watt
Power output 950 watt
Tool fixture M 14
Weight 2,9 kg
134
Standard equipment:
Clamping nut
Clamping flange SW 14
Guard
Bail handle
Cable clip
Hose clip
Vacuum ring
Vacuum hose extension
1 adapter 32/36 mm Ø
1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4
Wrench holder
1 metal carrying case
Accessories LD 1709 FR
Rubber extraction rings
The flexible rubber vacuum ring moves smoothly over the
surface and provides optimum protection against dust and
flying stones.
Dimensions
in mm
Disc guard with removable edge segment
QP Order
number
125 Ø 1 257.246
Retrofitting kit, consisting of a protective guard with removable
edge segment and special clamping flange SW 14 (Order no.
305.022). For LD 1709 FR.
Surface-Jet diamond grinding disc
Adapter
Special adapter
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
125 Ø 1 305.235
Special diamond grinding disc for concrete cosmetics and
removal of graffiti with vacuum diamond coating.
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
125 Ø 1 359.424
Suitable for suction hoses using the FLEX clip system.
Anti-static design.
Designation QP Order
number
SAD-C D32 AS 1 393.398
Suitable for suction hoses with 32 mm Ø without FLEX clip
system and for the suction hose extension (SHV-C 32x0.5 m).
Designation QP Order
number
SAD D32 WS/WSK 1 340.790

This is where to find the right LD 1709 FR kit. Simply select the correct grinding disc for your applications.
The order number listed includes the LD 1709 FR in a kit consisting of machine with standard equipment
and the selected grinding disc.
Description Type QP Dimensions in mm Order no.
Turbo-Jet grinding disc for optimal stock removal.
The many diamond segments means smoother
working and a better finish. Also increasing the life
of the machine. Ideal for deburring concrete, for
LD 1709 FR, LDC 1709 FR.
Thermo-Jet Plus grinding disc: 20% increased grinding
output, 20% higher segments. For coatings and
low-abrasive materials, for thermo-plastic coatings,
paint coatings, graffiti, thin adhesive residues on concrete
or screed, rubber coatings. For hard materials
and old concrete. High grinding capacity and service
life from the innovative 9 mm segment design.
Screed-Jet plus diamond grinding disc for abrasive
materials: abrasive screed (with quartz sand), screed,
green concrete, render, cement, abrasive lime stone
(with quartz sand) lime stone, firebrick, asphalt.
The new dimension for removing thermal coatings,
suitable for fast, effortless stripping of problem coatings.
3 times quicker than normal diamond discs. The
PCD segments remove problem coatings quickly and
effectively without clogging.
Turbo-Jet kit 1 Turbo-Jet grinding disc 125 Ø,
1 clamping nut M14, Clamping
flange SW 14, Guard, Bail handle,
Cable clip, Hose clip, Vacuum
ring, Vacuum hose extension,
1 adapter 32/36 mm Ø, 1 hexagon
socket wrench, SW 4, Wrench
holder, 1 metal carrying case
Renovation machines
Kit System
355.704
Turbo-Jet 1 125 Ø 348.899
Thermo-Jet
Plus kit
Thermo-Jet
plus
Screed-Jet
Plus kit
Screed-Jet
plus
PCD grinding
disc kit
PCD grinding
disc
1 Thermo-Jet Plus, 1 clamping
nut M14, Clamping flange SW 14,
Guard, Bail handle, Cable clip,
Hose clip, Vacuum ring, Vacuum
hose extension, 1 adapter
32/36 mm Ø, 1 hexagon socket
wrench, SW 4, Wrench holder,
1 metal carrying case
355.682
1 125 Ø 359.378
1 Screed-Jet Plus, 1 clamping
nut M14, Clamping flange SW 14,
Guard, Bail handle, Cable clip,
Hose clip, Vacuum ring, Vacuum
hose extension, 1 adapter
32/36 mm Ø, 1 hexagon socket
wrench, SW 4, Wrench holder,
1 metal carrying case
355.690
1 125 Ø 359.394
1 PCD disc, 1 clamping nut M14,
Clamping flange SW 14, Guard,
Bail handle, Cable clip, Hose clip,
Vacuum ring, Vacuum hose extension,
1 adapter 32/36 mm Ø,
1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4,
Wrench holder, 1 metal carrying
case
355.712
1 125 Ø 359.416
135

Renovation machines
Overview of power tools and accessories
LDC 1709 FR
125 mm grinding machine for dust-free grinding close
to edges
• FR electronic control: with tachogenerator constant speed control,
soft start, overload protection and temperature monitoring
• Vacuum dust collection: protects against abrasive dust, reduces
disc wear, keeps concrete pores for the new coat open
• Spindle lock
• Guard with pivoting segment to allow grinding right up to the
wall. Height-adjustable to the disc height and for optimum dust
extraction
SPECIFICATIONS
Disc Ø 125 mm
No load speed 10000 rpm
Power input 1400 watt
Power output 950 watt
Tool fixture M 14
Weight 2,9 kg
136
Standard equipment:
1 clamping nut M14
Guard with pivoting edge segment
1 SoftVib handle
3 cable clips
Hose clip
Wrench holder
1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4
1 pin wrench
1 metal carrying case
1 clamping flange SW14
1 vacuum adapter
Vacuum hose extension
Accessories LDC 1709 FR
Brush ring
For LDC 1709 FR.
Dust guard with pivoting edge segment
For LDC 1709 FR.
Surface-Jet diamond grinding disc
Adapter
Special adapter
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
1 348.422
QP Order
number
125 Ø 1 376.027
Special diamond grinding disc for concrete cosmetics and
removal of graffiti with vacuum diamond coating.
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
125 Ø 1 359.424
Suitable for suction hoses using the FLEX clip system.
Anti-static design.
Designation QP Order
number
SAD-C D32 AS 1 393.398
Suitable for suction hoses with 32 mm Ø without FLEX clip
system and for the suction hose extension (SHV-C 32x0.5 m).
Designation QP Order
number
SAD D32 WS/WSK 1 340.790

Renovation machines
Kit System
This is where to find the right LDC 1709 FR kit. Simply select the correct grinding disc for your
applications. The order number listed includes the LDC 1709 FR in a kit consisting of machine with
standard equipment and the selected grinding disc.
Description Type QP Dimensions in mm Order no.
Turbo-Jet grinding disc for optimal stock removal.
The many diamond segments means smoother
working and a better finish. Also increasing the life
of the machine. Ideal for deburring concrete, for
LD 1709 FR, LDC 1709 FR.
Thermo-Jet Plus grinding disc: 20% increased grinding
output, 20% higher segments. For coatings and
low-abrasive materials, for thermo-plastic coatings,
paint coatings, graffiti, thin adhesive residues on concrete
or screed, rubber coatings. For hard materials
and old concrete. High grinding capacity and service
life from the innovative 9 mm segment design.
Screed-Jet plus diamond grinding disc for abrasive
materials: abrasive screed (with quartz sand), screed,
green concrete, render, cement, abrasive lime stone
(with quartz sand) lime stone, firebrick, asphalt.
The new dimension for removing thermal coatings,
suitable for fast, effortless stripping of problem coatings.
3 times quicker than normal diamond discs. The
PCD segments remove problem coatings quickly and
effectively without clogging.
Turbo-Jet kit 1 Turbo-Jet grinding disc 125 Ø,
Guard with pivoting edge segment,
1 SoftVib handle, 3 cable
clips, Hose clip, Wrench holder,
1 clamping nut M14, 1 clamping
flange SW14, 1 hexagon socket
wrench, SW 4, 1 vacuum adapter,
Vacuum hose extension, 1 pin
wrench, 1 metal carrying case
Thermo-Jet
Plus kit
Thermo-Jet
plus
1 Thermo-Jet Plus, Guard with
pivoting edge segment, 1 SoftVib
handle, 3 cable clips, Hose clip,
Wrench holder, 1 clamping nut
M14, 1 clamping flange SW14,
1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4,
1 vacuum adapter, Vacuum hose
extension, 1 pin wrench, 1 metal
carrying case
355.674
Turbo-Jet 1 125 Ø 348.899
Screed-Jet
Plus kit
355.658
1 125 Ø 359.378
1 Screed-Jet Plus, Guard with
pivoting edge segment, 1 SoftVib
handle, 3 cable clips, Hose clip,
Wrench holder, 1 clamping nut
M14, 1 clamping flange SW14,
1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4,
1 vacuum adapter, Vacuum hose
extension, 1 pin wrench, 1 metal
carrying case
355.666
Screed-Jet plus 1 125 Ø 359.394
PCD grinding
disc kit
PCD grinding
disc
1 PCD disc, Guard with pivoting
edge segment, 1 SoftVib
handle, 3 cable clips, Hose clip,
Wrench holder, 1 clamping nut
M14, 1 clamping flange SW14,
1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4,
1 vacuum adapter, Vacuum hose
extension, 1 pin wrench, 1 metal
carrying case
378.259
1 125 Ø 359.416
137

Renovation machines
Overview of power tools and accessories
LD 3206 C Accessories LD 3206 C
Grinding machine for large areas, 180 mm
• Flexible rubber vacuum ring with low-wear metal ring: moves
smoothly over the surface and protects against dust and flying
stones
• Vacuum dust collection: protects against abrasive dust, reduces
disc wear, keeps concrete pores for the new coat open
• Vacuum attachment: 32 mm exterior Ø
• Spindle lock
• Ideal for large areas
• Cushioning element between the motor and rear handgrip:
significantly reduces vibrations, reducing operator fatigue
• Optimum guidance by rear shaft handle with integrated switch
and bail handle
• Suction hose/adapter not included in delivery package
SPECIFICATIONS
Disc Ø 180 mm
No load speed 6500 rpm
Power input 2500 watt
Power output 1700 watt
Tool fixture M 14
Weight 7,6 kg
138
Standard equipment:
Clamping nut
1 clamping flange SW 17
Guard
Bail handle
Cable clip
Vacuum ring
1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 6
1 pin wrench
1 pin spanner
1 plastic carry case
Rubber extraction rings
Plastic multi-carrying case
Adapter
Special adapter
The flexible rubber vacuum ring moves smoothly over the
surface and provides optimum protection against dust and
flying stones.
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
180 Ø 1 258.626
Perfect fitting, impact resistant carrying case for LD 3206 C,
BH 612 VR, BHI 822 VR, BHW 812 VV, BH 812 VV, SR 602 VV,
SK 602 VV.
Designation QP Order
number
TK-S Multi 1 329.908
Suitable for suction hoses using the FLEX clip system.
Anti-static design.
Designation QP Order
number
SAD-C D32 AS 1 393.398
Suitable for suction hoses with 32 mm Ø without FLEX clip
system and for the suction hose extension (SHV-C 32x0.5 m).
Designation QP Order
number
SAD D32 WS/WSK 1 340.790

Renovation machines
Kit System
This is where to find the right LD 3206 C kit. Simply select the correct grinding disc for your applications.
The order number listed includes the LC 3206 C in a kit consisting of machine with standard equipment
and the selected grinding disc.
Description Type QP Dimensions in mm Order no.
Screed-Jet plus diamond grinding disc for abrasive
materials: abrasive screed (with quartz sand), screed,
green concrete, render, cement, abrasive lime stone
(with quartz sand) lime stone, firebrick, asphalt.
Thermo-Jet Plus grinding disc: 20% increased grinding
output, 20% higher segments. For coatings and
low-abrasive materials, for thermo-plastic coatings,
paint coatings, graffiti, thin adhesive residues on concrete
or screed, rubber coatings. For hard materials
and old concrete. High grinding capacity and service
life from the innovative 9 mm segment design.
Screed-Jet
Plus kit
1 Screed-Jet Plus, 1 clamping nut
M14, 1 clamping flange SW 17,
Guard, Bail handle, Cable clip,
Vacuum ring, 1 hexagon socket
wrench, SW 6, 1 pin wrench, 1 pin
spanner, 1 plastic carry case
355.739
Screed-Jet plus 1 180 Ø 359.408
Thermo-Jet
Plus kit
Thermo-Jet
plus
1 Thermo-Jet Plus, 1 clamping
nut M14, 1 clamping flange SW
17, Guard, Bail handle, Cable clip,
Vacuum ring, 1 hexagon socket
wrench, SW 6, 1 pin wrench, 1 pin
spanner, 1 plastic carry case
355.720
1 180 Ø 359.386
139

Renovation machines
Overview of power tools
HPI 603
Plaster ”Hedgehog“ scouring machine for plaster,
concrete and screed
• Soft start
• Switch: with lock-off / lock-on switch
• Vacuum guard: with stepless height adjustment
• Connection to external dust extractor using the supplied adapter
• Sturdy scouring discs: from high quality carbide
• 7 scouring axes with 28 flat-toothed milling discs
• Ideal for working on large areas: stripping plaster, roughening
concrete, smoothing shuttering joints and screed
SPECIFICATIONS
Scouring head Ø 150 mm
Max. scouring depth 5 mm
No load speed 2400 rpm
Power input 1200 watt
Power output 700 watt
Weight 6,8 kg
Type Order no.
HPI 603 344.257
!
Accessories page 141
140
Standard equipment:
28 flat toothed scouring discs
1 side handle
1 socket wrench
1 mandrel
1 pull-off fixture
Vacuum hose extension
1 vacuum adapter
1 metal carrying case

Accessories HPI 603
Carbide scouring discs
Adapter
28 replacement flat milling discs, solid carbide. For light soft
plaster and removing carpet adhesive residues when a clean
smooth surface is required.
QP Order
number
28 256.587
35 replacement pointed solid carbide milling discs for removing
hard plaster and cement. Also for removing carpet adhesive
residues when a roughened surface is required.
QP Order
number
35 256.589
For connection of 32 mm Ø suction hoses and suction hose
extension SHV-C 32x0.5 m (296.953) to the device.
Designation QP Order
number
SAD D32-36 1 257.169
Renovation machines
Accessories
141

Screwing and drilling
Lithium-ion technology
with convincing arguments.
FLEX lithium-ion technology is characterised by its numerous advantages. For
one thing the batteries allow the construction of very light-weight and compact
machines. Thanks to a very low discharge rate (without memory effect), they are
always ready for use. Furthermore, the batteries are recharged within a very short
time. The batteries for the machines can be replaced within one battery class.
In addition to the handy and light-weight ALi 10.8 G, FLEX offers 14.4 and
18.0 volt drill drivers and impact drivers with 3.0 Ah. All power tools are compact
in design, have excellent ergonomics, are easy to handle and have a very long
service life. For optimum illumination of the work area, all cordless power tools
feature an integrated and connectable LED light.
And to prevent damage in transit, all power tools are delivered in stable carrying
cases.

10,8 V 14,4 V 18,0 V
ALi 10,8 G AD 14,4/3,0 ADH 14,4/3,0
AID 14,4/3,0
¼”
AID 14,4/3,0
½”
Screwing and drilling
Screw-driving, drilling or impact drilling? Who can do what?
AD 18,0/3,0 R ADW 18,0-42
can be found on Page 145 Page 150 Page 150 Page 150 Page 150 Page 113 Page 112
Battery voltage
Battery capacity
Torque max. (drill setting)
Torque positions
No load speed 1st gear
No load speed 2nd gear
Blows per minute
Chuck Ø
Tool fixture
Weight with battery
10,8 V 14,4 V 14,4 V 14,4 V 14,4 V 18,0 V 18,0 V
1,3 Ah 3,0 Ah 3,0 Ah 3,0 Ah 3,0 Ah 1,5/3,0 Ah 1,5/3,0 Ah
38 Nm 60 Nm 60 Nm 145 Nm 230 Nm 40/60 Nm 8,5 Nm
20+1 25+1 25+1 – – 20+1 –
0-345 rpm 0-350 rpm 0-350 rpm 0-2400 rpm 0-2200 rpm 0-360 rpm 0-4200 rpm
0-1240 rpm 0-1800 rpm 0-1800 rpm – – 0-1500 rpm –
– – 0-27000 rpm – – – –
0,8-10 mm 1-13 mm 1-13 mm – – 1,5-13 mm –
– – – ¼” ½” ¼” ¼”
1,1 kg 1,8 kg 1,9 kg 1,4 kg 1,5 kg 1,4 kg 1,6 kg
143

Screwing and drilling
Cordless drill driver 10,8 V
ALi 10,8 G
10,8 volts can be so powerful.
Designed for professional continuous operation constructed appropriately robust – e.g solid, yet light aluminium gear housing
and completelymetal drill chucks on the cordless drills and hammer drills ensure lasting stability and long service life. The user
friendliness is exemplary: with non-slip rubber grip to improve the feel in the hand and an ultra-sensitive accelerator trigger
switch with quick stop.
Let there be light!
ALi 10.8 G includes an LED lamp as standard
equipment and is powered by the auxiliary
battery.
144
Simple battery change
The easy-change battery pack reduces work
interruptions to a minimum. Two speeds on
the ALi 10.8 G ensure optimum speed selection
for drilling and screwdriving.
Advantages of lithium ion
technology
– No memory effect
– Powerful: full battery power from
the first to the last screw
– Low weight, lighter than conventional
batteries, better to handle
– Protection System: protects from
overloading, overheating and deep
discharge.

ALi 10,8 G
2 speed cordless drill/screwdriver with lithium ion
technology
• 20 torque and 1 drill setting
• Quick-action chuck with spindle lock
• Exchangeable lithium ion battery 1,3 Ah
• No memory effect
• Integrated LED light
• Rapid battery charger (charge time 60 min)
• Small machine with lots of power
• Ergonomically designed, non-slip, soft grip handle for safe,
comfortable working
• Perfect for drilling in wood, plywoods, plastics and metal.
Thanks to its compact design it is especially good when working
in restricted spaces
SPECIFICATIONS
Battery voltage 10,8 V
Battery capacity 1,3 Ah
Torque max. (drill setting) 38 Nm
Torque positions 20+1
No load speed 1st gear 0-345 rpm
No load speed 2nd gear 0-1240 rpm
Chuck Ø 0,8-10 mm
Weight with battery 1,1 kg
Type Order no.
ALi 10,8 G 338.583
Standard equipment:
2 battery pack
1 rapid battery charger
1 LED light
Bit set
1 plastic carry case
Screwing and drilling
Overview of power tools and accessories
Accessories ALi 10,8
Rapid charger
LED light
Battery pack
Charging time 60 min for battery pack 10.8 V/1.3 Ah Li-Ion.
QP Order
number
1 336.327
Battery not included. The standard auxiliary battery in the
ALi 10.8 V series or battery pack 336.319 can be used.
Li-Ion battery pack 10.8 V/1.3 Ah for ALi 10.8 series
QP Order
number
1 336.335
QP Order
number
1 336.319
145

146

The new FLEX 14.4 V battery range with 3.0 Ah.
Screwing and drilling
Cordless drill driver/impact drill 14,4 V
The new 14.4 volt cordless power tools from FLEX are characterised above all in applications which require a universally applicable,
compact and powerful cordless power tool for screwdriving, drilling and impact drilling. Ideally suitable for finishing and
installation work with small to medium drill and screw diameters. The power tools are characterised by their compact design,
optimum ergonomics, excellent handling and a very long service life.
Keyless chuck AD/ADH
With rotation stop, for clamping shank tools
Ø 1-13 mm.
2-speed gearbox AD/ADH
Always the optimum speeds for screwdriving and
drilling.
Torque adjustment AD/ADH
25 torque settings plus one drill setting. So
that the force of the cordless screwdriver can be
dosed correctly.
Impact drilling function ADH
For drilling in masonry, stone and concrete.
LED light AD/ADH
Integrated and can be connected for optimum
illumination of the work area.
LED light AID
Integrated and can be connected for optimum
illumination of the work area.
Belt clip
Practical belt hook ensures that the tool is always
ready to hand. Available as an accessory
(order no. 395.722).
Tool holder AID 14.4/3.0 ¼”
For holding ¼” bits.
Tool holder AID 14.4/3.0 ½”
For holding ½” attachable tools.
Charging capacity display and LED light
Integrated in the power tool. Informs you at
a glance about the charge state of the battery
cells. On/Off button for integrated LED light.
Soft handle
For safe, comfortable and non-slip handling.
Clockwise/anti-clockwise
Can be switched without gripping the handle.
Lithium-ion battery technology
Battery technology with 14.4 volts 3.0 Ah.
No memory effect. Battery easy to change.
Side handgrip
Suitable for all FLEX 14.4 volts cordless power
tools from 07/2012. Available as an accessory.
147

Screwing and drilling
Cordless drill driver/impact drill 14,4 V
FLEX cordless screwdriver.
More power thanks to new high-performance motors.
The FLEX 14.4 volt cordless drill drivers and impact drivers offer an optimum combination of easy handling and professional
performance thanks to their low weight and slender design. With a maximum torque of 60 newton metres (in a hard screwdriving
case) the 2-speed cordless drill drivers AD 14.4/3.0 and ADH 14.4/3.0 are characterised by powerful screwdriving and drilling
performance. However, particularly sensitive materials can be spot drilled precisely and gently thanks to the accelerator switch.
All 14.4 volt power tools are supplied with two batteries. The charging time is maximum 60 minutes.
148

Precise, powerful and versatile.
Perfect handling
Whether cordless drill driver AD 14.4/3.0 or
cordless impact drill driver ADH 14.4/3.0,
both power tools are characterised by perfect
handling thanks to their ergonomic
design.
Universally applicable
With a chuck width of 1–13 mm even size 8
and size 10 mixing paddles can be inserted.
Always the correct speed
Both the cordless drill driver AD 14.4/3.0
and the cordless impact drill driver
ADH14.4/3.0 feature 25 torque settings
and one drill setting. Therefore the correct
speed is always available depending on the
application.
The choice is yours
The cordless impact driver AID 14.4/3.0 ¼”
features a ¼” bit holder, the AID 14.4/3.0 ½”
a ½” holder for attachable tools.
Screwing and drilling
Cordless drill driver/impact drill 14,4 V
Drilling with precision
The accelerator switch enables precise and
gentle spot drilling particularly in sensitive
materials.
They really get to grip
Both cordless impact drivers are adequately
powerful. They are characterised by
145 Nm (AID 14.4/3.0 ¼”) and 230 Nm
(AID 14.4/3.0 ½”).
149

Screwing and drilling
Overview of power tools
AD 14,4/3,0; ADH 14,4/3,0 AID 14,4/3,0 ¼”; AID 14,4/3,0 ½”
2-speed cordless drill driver 14,4 V with lithium ion
technology
• Keyless chuck and motor stop
• Clockwise and counterclockwise rotation; middle setting: safety lock
• Charge indicator
• Rapid battery charger (charge time 60 min)
• Integrated LED light
• Ergonomically designed, non-slip, soft grip handle for safe,
comfortable working
• Two speeds for excellent results in drilling wood, composite wood
products, plastic and metal
2-speed cordless impact drill 14,4 V with lithium ion
technology
Equipement see AD 14,4/3,0
additional:
• Hammer drilling function
! Accessories page 151
!
150
NEW
SPECIFICATIONS
Battery voltage 14,4 V
Battery capacity 3,0 Ah
Max. torque 60 Nm
Torque positions 25+1
No load speed 1st gear 0-350 rpm
No load speed 2nd gear 0-1800 rpm
Blows per minute 0-27000 bpm
Chuck Ø 1 - 13 mm
Weight with battery AD 1,8 kg
Weight with battery ADH 1,9 kg
Type
AD 14,4/3,0
Standard equipment:
Order no.
2 batteries AP-K 14,4/3,0
379.492
1 rapid charger CA-K 14,4/60
ADH 14,4/3,0 1 plastic carry case 379.514
Cordless impact driver 14,4 V with lithium-ion
technology
• Clockwise and counterclockwise rotation; middle setting: safety lock
• Charge indicator
• Rapid battery charger (charge time 60 min)
• Integrated LED light
• Tool holder for ¼” bit tools
• Ergonomic design
• Ergonomically designed, non-slip, soft grip handle for safe,
comfortable working
Cordless impact driver 14,4 V with lithium-ion
technology
Equipement see AID 14,4/3,0 ¼”
instead of tool holder for ¼” bit tools:
• Tool holder for ½” attachable tools
SPECIFICATIONS
Battery voltage 14,4 V
Battery capacity 3,0 Ah
Max. torque 230 Nm
No load speed 0-2200 rpm
Tool fixture ½”
Weight with battery 1,5 kg
Type Order no.
AID 14,4/3,0 ½” 379.530
Accessories page 151
NEW
SPECIFICATIONS
Battery voltage 14,4 V
Battery capacity 3,0 Ah
Max. torque 145 Nm
No load speed 0-2400 rpm
Tool fixture ¼”
Weight with battery 1,4 kg
Type Order no.
AID 14,4/3,0 ¼” 379.522
Standard equipment:
2 batteries AP-K 14,4/3,0
1 rapid charger CA-K 14,4/60
1 plastic carry case

Accessories AID, AD/ADH 14,4
Rapid charger
Battery pack
Charging time 60 mins. for Li-Ion battery 14,4 V.
Designation QP Order
number
CA-K 14,4/60 1 348.694
Battery pack Li-Ion 14,4 V / 3,0 Ah for AID 14,4 and
AD/ ADH 14,4.
Designation QP Order
number
AP-K 14,4/3,0 1 391.018
Diamond dry drill bits
For drilling without water using cordless drill drivers or drills. Ideal for drilling
dowel holes in fine stoneware tiles (up to hardness 5), granite and marble.
Advantages at a glance
• low technical effort in comparison with wet drilling, only
cordless screwdriver required
• no noise nuisance
• no dirty water
• no contamination of the tile grout with drilling sludge
• subsequent cleaning and drying of the work area not required
Tips and tricks:
The service life of the drill bit is increased many times if the drill
bit is cooled down briefly in water after each drilling process. To
work effectively and economically, the DD-DRY should be used
exclusively for drilling through hard coverings. Dowel holes in
masonry or concrete should be made with HW drill bits.
Optimum cooling by
wax filling. The wax
is melted by the heat
generated during the
drilling process and
therefore cools the diamond
impregnation.
The multi-layered
diamond impregnation
ensures a maximum
service life and rapid
work progress.
Diamond impregnation
in the hollow spindle
crushes the drill
core and reduces the
Designation D
in mm
T
T
in mm
L
in mm
QP Order no.
DD-DRY D6x30 HEX 6 30 80 1 386.286
DD-DRY D8x30 HEX 8 30 80 1 386.294
DD-DRY D10x30 HEX 10 30 80 1 386.308
DD-DRY D14x30 HEX 14 30 80 1 386.316
Handle
Screwing and drilling
Cordless drill driver/impact drill 14,4 V
Auxiliary handle for AD/ADH 14,4.
Belt clip for AID, AD/ADH 14,4
Designation QP Order
number
HZ-S AD/ADH 14,4/3,0 1 395.897
Designation QP Order
number
GC AD/ADH/AID 14,4/3,0 1 395.722
Tile drill bits
For drilling without water using cordless drill drivers or drills.
The extremely hard tip of the drill bit is pressed gently onto
the surface of the tile. This makes a precision mark for the required
drill hole. As the drill bit is self-centring, it cannot slip
on hard surfaces. Ideally suited for drilling dowel holes in tiles
and fine stoneware up to hardness 3.
Tips and tricks:
The drill bit drills through the covering (e.g. tile) only.
A suitable carbide drill bit should be used for the material
(masonry, concrete, etc.) under the covering. Insert tile drill
bit TD clockwise only.
D=Ø D
drilling resistance.
Absolutely precise spot
The hollow shank
reduces the weight
and stores the coolant.
Hexagonal shank AF
for clamping in 13 mm
drilling. The carbide
drill point breaks the
surface coating and
prevents the drill bit
from wandering.
T
chuck, prevents over-
The vacuum-welded
tightening in the chuck
carbide cutting edge
L and damage to the
ensures maximum
L
shank.
service life and a
The three chuck jaws
durable connection.
are positioned fully on
Cutting edge with
the clamping surfaces
diamond cut allows
and provide the best
exact spot drilling and
grip.
tear-free drilled holes.
Designation D
in mm
T
in mm
The spiral spindle
guarantees quick
removal of the drilling
dust.
The hardened shank
reduces damage and
guarantees optimum
concentricity.
L
in mm
QP Order no.
TD D5x50 D10 5 50 110 1 386.324
TD D6x50 D10 6 50 110 1 386.332
TD D8x50 D10 8 50 110 1 386.340
151

Screwing and drilling
2,5 kg rotary hammer drill
CHE 2-26 SDS-plus
The compact multi-talent.
The light 2.5 kg and compact 800 watt CHE 2-26 SDS-plus hammer drill and chisel is ideal for drilling, hammer-drilling in
masonry and concrete, for plugs, anchoring systems and through-holes. The 2.5 kg hammer drill is ideal for light-duty chiselling
work and removal of plaster and tiles.
Handy, precise and powerful
The CHE 2-26 SDS-plus has no trouble at
all in dealing with plug holes and throughholes
up to 26 mm for electrical cables and
tubes.
152
Simple tool change with SDS plus
No tools are needed to change drills and
chisels thanks to SDS-plus. As a result, the
CHE 2-26 SDS-plus can be rapidly set to all
the requirements.
Small but really fine
Even wall tiles present no difficulty for the
CHE 2-26 SDS-plus thanks to its chiselling
function. The chisel can be set in all
positions.

CHE 2-26 SDS-plus
Universal rotary hammer drill, 2,5 kg, SDS-plus
• Light 800 watt hammer drill and chisel hammer, pistol design
with the clockwise/anticlockwise rotation function
• Hammer drilling
• Depth limit gauge: for precision drilling
• Rotation stop for chiselling
• Max. drilling range up to 26 mm
• Accelerator switch with lock-on function
• Ideal for drilling and hammer drilling, diameters from 4-18 mm
in masonry and concrete for dowel fixings or through-holes.
• For light-duty chiselling work when removing plaster and tiles
SPECIFICATIONS
No load speed 0-1100 rpm
Blows per minute 0-5200 bpm
Single impact energy
(EPTA)
2,3 J
Max. drill hole Ø in concrete 26 mm
Max. drill hole Ø in masonry
(drill bit)
68 mm
Max. drill hole Ø in wood 30 mm
Power input 800 watt
Tool fixture SDS-plus
!
Weight 2,5 kg
Type Order no.
CHE 2-26 SDS-plus 365.904
Accessories from page 158
Standard equipment:
1 handle
1 drill depth stop
Carry case
Screwing and drilling
Universal rotary hammer drill, 2,5 kg
Versatile
Easy-to-operate switch for the
following functions:
1 Drilling without hammer
2 Drilling with hammer
3 Continuous chisel positioning
4 Hammer function for chiselling
Accelerator trigger switch
Acceleration trigger, lock-on
function and a clockwise/anticlockwise
function.
A firm grip
The soft grip ensures a secure
hold.
This one has a smart head on
its shoulders
The additional handle with
an integrated depth stop can
be easily rotated and locked
at the desired position. With
the SDS-plus you can quickly
change both drills and chisels
without any tools.
153

Screwing and drilling
Rotary hammer drill
CHE 5-45 SDS-max
Handy 5 kg combined hammer drill.
The handy and powerful 1100 watt CHE 5-45 SDS-max hammer drill and chisel in L form has a hammer-impact drill function,
chisel function and a rotation stop for chiselling with vibrationdampened handle. It also has a service display. Regular maintenance
greatly extends the life of the machine.
He works flat out
The CHE 5-45 SDS-max is particularly
suitable for trimming work to remove
plaster, masonry and light concrete.
154
Rough but cordial
The vibration-proof handle protects the
user especially when performing heavy-duty
trimming and drilling work.
Through thick and thin
The CHE 5-45 SDS-max effortlessly drills and
hammer-drills in masonry and concrete. For
example, for drilling holes for compound
anchor attachments and through-holes.

CHE 5-45 SDS-max
Universal rotary hammer drill, 5 kg, SDS-max
• Handy L-design 1100 watt rotary hammer drill and chisel hammer
• Hammer drilling
• Rotation stop for chiselling
• Max. drilling range: up to 45 mm with hammer drill, 80 mm drilling
with a core drill, 90 mm drilling with carbide metal drill bit
• With a variable speed setting for optimum speed depending on
requirement and tool
• With supplementary handgrip and vibration-dampened handle
• Ideal for hammer-drilling, diameter 10-32 mm in masonry and
concrete for composite or injection anchoring systems and
through-holes
• Suitable for light-duty chiselling work to remove plaster, masonry
and lightweight concrete
• The integrated service display indicates the next change for
carbon brushes as well as the service interval
SPECIFICATIONS
No load speed 235-500 rpm
Blows per minute 1350-2870 bpm
Single impact energy
(EPTA)
7,1 J
Chisel positions 12
Max. drill hole Ø in concrete 45 mm
Max. drill hole Ø in masonry
(drill bit)
105 mm
Power input 1100 watt
Tool fixture SDS-max
!
Weight 5,9 kg
Type Order no.
CHE 5-45 SDS-max 365.912
Accessories from page 159
Standard equipment:
1 drill depth stop
1 handle
1 tube of grease
Carry case
Screwing and drilling
Universal rotary hammer drill, 5 kg
It’s all in the head
The additional handle with
an integrated depth stop can
be easily rotated and locked
at the desired position. With
the SDS-max you can quickly
change both drills and chisels
without any tools.
Always in the correct
position
Setting of the 12 chisel
positions.
A turn for the better
Easy-to-operate switch for the
following functions: Drilling
with hammer and chisel
functions.
Anti-vibration
The vibration-dampened and
anti-slip handle ensures a
secure hold and eases strain
on the user.
At the turn of a dial
With a variable speed setting
for optimum speed depending
on requirement and tool
The perfect service
The CHE 5-45 SDS-max has
both a power system (green)
and service display. Send the
machine to FLEX customer
service should the service
display (red) light up.
Keeping to the maintenance
intervals clearly extends the
life of the machine.
155

Screwing and drilling
Demolition hammer, 5 kg
DH 5 SDS-max
The powerful 5 kg demolition hammer.
The DH 5 SDS-max 5 kg demolition hammer is very handy and compact. With its powerful and sturdy 1050 watt motor it is ideal for
medium-duty chiselling work in concrete and masonry particularly in walls and ceilings, for concrete face-lifting, tile and plaster
removal and for through holes in walls and floors.
Anti-vibration
The rear grip is equipped with vibration
damping. This allows the user to work longer
without tiring – even in continuous use.
156
Always held correctly
It has a radially and axially hinged auxiliary
handle. This enables the operator to always
set the handle in the optimum position.
In perfect position
Thanks to the 12 tool-free adjustable chisel
positions, the tool can always be optimally
positioned.

DH 5 SDS-max
Demolition hammer, 5 kg, SDS-max
• Very handy and compact L-design 1050 watt chisel hammer
• With side handle, can be both radially and axially rotated and
vibration-dampened handle
• Ideal for medium-duty chiselling work in concrete and masonry,
especially in walls. Concrete face-lifting, removal of tiles and
plaster and knocking-through in walls and floors
SPECIFICATIONS
Blows per minute 3500 bpm
Power input 1050 watt
Single impact energy
(EPTA)
6,7 J
Chisel positions 12
Tool fixture SDS-max
!
Weight 5 kg
Type Order no.
DH 5 SDS-max 365.920
Accessories from page 159
Standard equipment:
1 handle
1 tube of grease
Carry case
Screwing and drilling
Demolition hammer, 5 kg
Anti-vibration
The vibration-dampened and
anti-slip handle ensures a
secure hold and eases strain
on the user.
Always in the correct
position
Setting of the 12 chisel
positions.
Axially and radially
The additional handle is axially
and radially adjustable,
always for finding an optimal
hold. For an optimum hold
and precision guidance.
157

Screwing and drilling
Accessories
Accessories CHE 2-26 SDS-plus
SDS 2-plus drill
SDS-plus flat chisel
SDS-plus sharp chisel
158
Drill with 2 solid carbide alloy cutters, reinforcement chamfer
and centering point for easy, precision-point working. Asymmetrical,
high-capacity double conveyor spirals for quick transfer
of the drill dust. Core reinforcement for maximum energy
transfer from hammer drill to drill tip. Vibration-damping and
also conveys more energy to the cutting bit. Ideal for drilling in
concrete, masonry and natural stone.
Designation Diameter Length
in mm in mm
QP Order
number
HD 2-C D4x110 SDS-plus 4 110 1 367.931
HD 2-C D5x110 SDS-plus 5 110 1 367.958
HD 2-C D6x110 SDS-plus 6 110 1 367.966
HD 2-C D5x160 SDS-plus 5 160 1 367.974
HD 2-C D6x160 SDS-plus 6 160 1 367.982
HD 2-C D8x160 SDS-plus 8 160 1 367.990
HD 2-C D10x160 SDS-plus 10 160 1 368.008
HD 2-C D12x160 SDS-plus 12 160 1 368.016
HD 2-C D6x210 SDS-plus 6 210 1 368.024
HD 2-C D8x210 SDS-plus 8 210 1 368.032
HD 2-C D10x210 SDS-plus 10 210 1 368.040
HD 2-C D12x210 SDS-plus 12 210 1 368.059
HD 2-C D14x210 SDS-plus 14 210 1 368.067
HD 2-C D16x210 SDS-plus 16 210 1 368.075
HD 2-C D8x260 SDS-plus 8 260 1 368.083
HD 2-C D10x260 SDS-plus 10 260 1 368.091
HD 2-C D12x260 SDS-plus 12 260 1 368.105
HD 2-C D14x260 SDS-plus 14 260 1 368.113
HD 2-C D16x310 SDS-plus 16 310 1 368.121
HD 2-C D18x200 SDS-plus 18 200 1 368.148
HD 2-C D20x200 SDS-plus 20 200 1 368.156
HD 2-C D18x450 SDS-plus 18 450 1 368.164
HD 2-C D20x450 SDS-plus 20 450 1 368.172
HD 2-C D22x450 SDS-plus 22 450 1 368.180
HD 2-C D25x450 SDS-plus 25 450 1 368.199
Extremely hard, ideal for demolition work.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
flat 20 x 250 1 368.490
Extremely hard, ideal for demolition work.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
pointed 250 1 368.504
SDS-plus broad-flat chisel
SDS-plus tile chisel
Chisel/drill set SDS-plus
The broad flat chisel is excellent for stripping plastered
walls. Higher removal rate due to wedge effect. More material
removal per chisel stroke.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
spat 40 x 250 1 368.512
The tile chisel is suited for renovation work. It has a large leaf
width, can be optimally placed in joints and also preserves the
underground.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
cambered 40 x 250 1 368.628
Set consisting of.
SDS 2-plus drills
1x 5 Ø x 110 mm,
1x 6 Ø x 110 mm,
1x 6 Ø 160 mm,
1x 8 Ø x 160 mm,
1x 10 Ø x 160 mm,
1x sharp chisel SDS-plus 250 mm,
1x flat chisel SDS-plus 250 mm.
Quick-release drill chuck for CHE 2-26 SDS-plus
SDS-plus adapter
Diameter
in mm
QP Order
number
1 368.571
QP Order
number
1,5-13 1 272.639
Adapter for ½” drill chuck (Order No. 272.639).
QP Order
number
1 368.652

Accessories CHE 5-45 SDS-max
SDS 2-max drill
SDS 4-max drill
Drill with 2 sharp carbide cutters. For drilling in concrete,
masonry and natural stone.
Designation Diameter Length
in mm in mm
QP Order
number
HD 2-C D12x340 SDS-max 12 340 1 368.202
HD 2-C D14x340 SDS-max 14 340 1 368.210
HD 2-C D15x340 SDS-max 15 340 1 368.229
HD 2-C D12x540 SDS-max 12 340 1 368.237
HD 2-C D14x540 SDS-max 14 540 1 368.245
HD 2-C D15x540 SDS-max 15 540 1 368.253
The drill tipped 4-cut head design ensures centric guidance
in the drill hole. Two additional secondary cutters protect the
drill from impacting on any steel reinforcement. Moreover, the
special spiral design reduces vibrations. Highly suitable for
drilling in reinforced concrete.
Designation Diameter Length
in mm in mm
QP Order
number
HD 4-C D16x340 SDS-max 16 340 1 368.261
HD 4-C D18x340 SDS-max 18 340 1 368.288
HD 4-C D20x320 SDS-max 20 320 1 368.296
HD 4-C D22x320 SDS-max 22 320 1 368.318
HD 4-C D25x320 SDS-max 25 320 1 368.326
HD 4-C D28x370 SDS-max 28 370 1 368.334
HD 4-C D30x370 SDS-max 30 370 1 368.342
HD 4-C D32x370 SDS-max 32 370 1 368.350
HD 4-C D35x370 SDS-max 35 370 1 368.369
HD 4-C D16x540 SDS-max 16 540 1 368.377
HD 4-C D18x540 SDS-max 18 540 1 368.385
HD 4-C D20x520 SDS-max 20 520 1 368.393
HD 4-C D22x520 SDS-max 22 520 1 368.407
HD 4-C D24x520 SDS-max 24 520 1 368.415
HD 4-C D25x520 SDS-max 25 520 1 368.423
HD 4-C D28x570 SDS-max 28 570 1 368.431
HD 4-C D30x570 SDS-max 30 570 1 368.458
HD 4-C D32x570 SDS-max 32 570 1 368.466
HD 4-C D35x570 SDS-max 35 570 1 368.474
HD 4-C D40x570 SDS-max 40 570 1 368.482
Accessories CHE 5-45, DH 5 SDS-max
SDS-max flat chisel
SDS-max sharp chisel
SDS-max broad-flat chisel
SDS-max tile chisel
SDS-max chisel set
Drill dust adapter
Drill dust adapter
Extremely hard, ideal for demolition work.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
flat 25 x 400 1 368.539
Extremely hard, ideal for demolition work.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
pointed 400 1 368.547
The broad flat chisel is excellent for stripping plastered
walls. Higher removal rate due to wedge effect. More material
removal per chisel stroke.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
spat 50 x 400 1 368.555
The tile chisel is suited for renovation work. It has a large leaf
width, can be optimally placed in joints and also preserves the
underground.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
cambered 50 x 300 1 368.563
Set consisting of 1x sharp chisel 400 mm SDS-max, 1x flat
chisel SDS-max 25 x 400 mm.
QP Order
number
1 368.601
The drill dust extractor is connected to the suction hose of the
FLEX vacuum cleaners or to different adapters so that the dust
is extracted directly through the drill hole. There is no dust
residue. For drilling applications up to Ø 24 mm.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
Screwing and drilling
Accessories
QP Order
number
SAD BS D32 290 x 65 1 394.025
159

Screwing and drilling
Dry core drilling
Core drilling
Drilling where low noise, no dust or vibration is requested.
Without vibration, a concrete core is cut out with absolute precision - even reinforcing bars pose no problem. Ideal for drilling
and through hole work in sensitive areas, such as hospitals, laboratories, computer facilities, office buildings and schools, etc.
With our range of dry and wet core drills and the complementary accessory range, we provide you with the tools for effective,
low-vibration and economical working.
Perfect extraction system
The innovative extraction system in
conjunction with the FLEX safety vacuum
cleaners reduces the production of healthharmful
drilling dust to a minimum.
160
Right on the spot
Centring star for pinpoint accuracy. To
ensure the optimum positioning of the centring
bar in each drill bit, the FLEX accessory
programme includes the matching centring
star.
Quick-Snap system
Only the FLEX Quick-Snap system
with its removable extractor ring
allows work to be done with and
without dust extraction using the
same basic holder. Core bits: no
special core bits are required. All
core bits with a standard M16 thread
can be used. (Special core bits are
needed when dust extraction is
used.)

BH 812 VV
2-speed core drill for dry drilling
• VV electronic control: constant speed control, soft start
with continuous speed control trigger, overload protection,
temperature monitoring and speed selection
• Long additional handle: turns and latches in pre-set positions to
absorb high torque in freehand operation
• Safety slip clutch: offers protection if the core drill is jammed
• Clamping neck: 53 mm, suitable for application in drilling stands
• Ideal for dry drilling
• Mechanical 2-speed gear unit and variable, electric speed setting
provide optimum speeds for a wide range of drilling diameters
SPECIFICATIONS
Power input 1800 watt
Power output 1200 watt
Speed under load
1st/2nd gear
0-1000 / 0-3800 rpm
Tool fixture ⅝”-16 UN / M 16
Max. drilling Ø masonry 180 mm
Weight 4,2 kg
Type Order no.
BH 812 VV 260.190
!
Accessories from page 162
Standard equipment:
1 handle
1 open-ended wrench SW 24
1 open-ended wrench SW 22
1 wrench case
1 drill depth stop
1 clamp fitting with ratchet clip
1 adapter ⅝”-16UN/M16
1 plastic carry case
Screwing and drilling
Overview of power tools
161

Screwing and drilling
Accessories
Accessories BH 612 VR, BH 812 VV
Diamond drill bit with dust extraction, universal
Dry, M 16 internal thread, for masonry, with
dust extractor for quick-snap system, useful
length 80 mm.
Diamond drill bit with dust extraction, abrasive
Dry, M 16 internal thread, for masonry, with
dust extractor for quick-snap system, useful
length 80 mm.
Diamond drill bit with dust extraction, specially soldered
Dry, M 16 internal thread, for dense sand-lime
bricks, with dust extractor for quick-snap
system, useful length 80 mm.
Diamond drill bits with dust extractor for Quick-Snap
Dry, M 16 inner thread, for masonry, with dust
extraction for Quick-Snap system, effective
length 400 mm.
Suction rotor Quick-Snap
Extracts health-hazardous dusts and thereby
increases the drill bit's service life. Connection
for standard drill bits M 16, by tool-free
drill bit exchange. Light rotor with excellent
suction power; dry drilling is also possible
with the same system without extraction.
Quick and simple cleaning by tool-free
removal of the suction unit. Connection
dimensions ⅝” UN 16. Consisting of: Rotor
and 1 drill adapter 340.235.
Drill adapter Quick-Snap
For screwing onto the drill bits / drill bits for
socket outlets. Connection: M 16.
Centering mount Quick-Snap
Diamond drill bit for socket outlets, magnetic
with drill.
suitable
– not suitable
162
Diameter
in mm
Segments QP Order
number
BH 612 VR
BH 812 VV
68 Ø 3 1 349.062
82 Ø 4 1 349.070
68 Ø 3 1 349.100
82 Ø 4 1 349.119
68 Ø 3 1 349.127
82 Ø 4 1 349.135
68 Ø 1 349.143
102 Ø 1 349.151
152 Ø 1 349.178
1 340.243
1 340.235
1 340.227

Accessories BH 612 VR, BH 812 VV
Centering bar Quick-Snap
For diamond drill bits, effective length
400 mm, magnetic with drill. Without
centring star.
Centering star Quick-Snap
For centring bar 340.200, fits drill bit
Ø 68 mm.
For centering bar 340.200, fits drill bit
Ø 102 mm.
For centering bar 340.200, fits drill bit
Ø 152 mm.
Suction adapter for Quick-Snap
Adapter 32/36 mm, can be rotated, tapered,
hard. To connect the 32 mm hose with the
suction rotor 340.243.
Adapter
Adapter ⅝”-16 UN to M 16 for connecting the
machine directly to the drill bit.
Centering aid with clamp fitting
For drill bits with an effective length of
180 mm.
Extension for centering aid
For drill bits with an effective length of
400 mm.
Plastic multi-carrying case
Perfect fitting, impact resistant carrying
case for LD 3206 C, BH 612 VR, BHI 822 VR,
BHW 812 VV, BH 812 VV, SR 602 VV, SK 602 VV.
Designation Durchmesser
in mm
Screwing and drilling
Accessories
QP Order
number
BH 612 VR
BH 812 VV
1 340.200
68 Ø 1 340.162
102 Ø 1 340.146
152 Ø 1 340.111
1 340.081
1 255.424
1 259.491
1 255.468
TK-S Multi 1 329.908
163

Special tool
Wall chaser
The FLEX wall chaser.
It does you a good turn.
Cutting slots with 2 parallel running FLEX high-performance
diamond cutting discs. The middle partition can
then be broken out using the supplied slot breaker. Only
the FLEX wall chaser allows changeover from vertical pull
cutting to horizontal push cutting. Unlock, swivel the
motor, lock - finished! Fatigue-free working in both directions!
Working direction
164
Working direction
At the turn of a dial
It does not matter in which direction you are
cutting. The swivelling vacuum hose adapter
allows for hinderence free working.
Tool-free and simple
The disc guard can be opened and the
quick-clamp nut loosened without any additional
tools. In this way you can change
the diamond cutting discs and quickly adjust
the distance rings according to the desired
groove width.
The trick is in the swivel
Patented swivel-mounted motor (EP1693169)
allows for push and pull cutting.
Easy depth setting
You can use the scale - which is divided into
5 mm increments - on the disc guard to set
how deep the milled cut should be.
Working direction
MS 1706 FR Set
Wall chaser for push and pull cutting
• FR electronic control: with tachogenerator constant speed control,
soft start, overload protection and temperature monitoring
• Patented swivel-mounted motor (EP1693169) allows for push
and pull cutting.
• Optimal dust extraction and maximum safety due to enclosed
guard
• Tool-free blade changing and slit width adjustment
• Rotating adaptor for dust extractor
• Tool-free cutting depth adjustment
• Plunge cut stop
• Chases two parallel slots up to 35 mm deep and 30 mm wide
• Slot breaker for easy removal of the remaining material without
a hammer
• This machine is also available in 110 V
SPECIFICATIONS
Cutting depth 0-35 mm
Groove width 10-30 mm
Disc Ø 140 mm
No load speed 7500 rpm
Power input 1400 watt
Power output 950 watt
Tool fixture M 14
Weight 4,6 kg
Type Order no.
MS 1706 FR Set 329.673
Standard equipment:
2 Diamantjet VI-Speedcut-cutting
disc 140 mm Ø
1 side handle
1 SDS-Clic quick-clamp nut M 14
Distance spacers
Stacking discs
Clamping flanges
1 web remover
1 adapter for dust extractor
Cable clip
1 plastic carry case

F 1109
710 watt gutter support groove cutter
• Rugged motor
• 4 HSS reversible cutters: the cutters can be reversed, allowing
them to be used four times
• Cutting head: 80 mm diameter, M 14 tool fixture
• Controlled chip channelling
• Adjustable to 6 mm and 8 mm thick gutter supports
SPECIFICATIONS
Power input 710 watt
Power output 420 watt
No load speed 10000 rpm
Planer width 40 mm
Planer depth 6 / 8 mm
No. of cutters 4 pieces
Weight 3,9 kg
Type Order no.
F 1109 251.338
Standard equipment:
1 set HHS reversible cutters
(4 pieces)
1 metal carrying case
1 torx wrench
1 open-ended wrench SW 30/17
Special tool
Overview of power tools and accessories
Accessories MS 1706 FR Set
Diamantjet VI - Speedcut
For cuts in walls, limestone, concrete and porous concrete.
Due to the innovative HDS (high density sintered) technology,
which can be recognised by the high density and homogeneity
of the binding components, the Speedcut cutting disc stands
out because of its uniform light cutting action, its long life
span and the overheating protection it offers. Due to the ribbed
form, only minimal pressure needs to be applied and the debris
is removed quickly: the workpiece is cut cleanly and smoothly.
Dimensions
in mm
Accessories F 1109
Reversible blades
QP Order
number
140 Ø 1 334.464
HM reversible blades
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
21 x 21 4 229.555
HSS reversible blades
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
21 x 21 4 241.091
165

Surface finishing sanding
FLEX. Sands and sands and sands…
Everything starts with sanding. Since 1922 everything at FLEX has revolved around
sanding. Whether angle grinder, polisher, renovation sander or even long-necked
sander – the main focus has always been on the perfect sanding result. Thanks to
its many years of experience, FLEX today is the perfect partner for the trade when
it comes to professional sanding machines.
The angle grinders from FLEX are a synonym for a complete category of tools.
A sign of quality, reliability and power of the sanding tools from FLEX.
It is always about the quick and easy removal of different materials from a wide
range of surfaces. And more than ever the focus is on the health of the user. This
is why the SUPRAFLEX SE 14-2 125 was developed. It is characterised by very high
material removal and optimum extraction. Gearbox, smooth running and motor
output make the SUPRAFLEX the specialist for the efficient sanding of a wide scope
of materials such as metal, stone, paint and wood.
FLEX sanding system
To ensure that the work can be
performed easier and quicker,
FLEX offers accessories suitable
for the sanders, such as Velcro
sanding pads and sanding tools.
The intelligent and powerful
FLEX extraction systems provide
for a low-dust workplace.
Organisation system.
Machine and accessories are
securely and clearly arranged
with the new box-on-box system
from FLEX. More information on
the new Box on Box system from
FLEX starting on page 282.
Sanding accessories.
The FLEX Velcro systems
are characterised
by secure adhesion of
the sanding tool, high
temperature resistance
and long service life.

Application overview of sanding
Surfaces
Curves
Corners/edges
Profiles
SUPRAFLEX
SE 14-2 125
WSE 500
Rotary sander
WST 700 VV
Vario
WSE 7
Vario Set
LL 1107 VEA
RETECFLEX
RE 14-5 115
• • • • • • • • •
ORE 125-2
X 1107 VE
• •
OSE 80-2
WST 700 VV
Vario Plus
WSE 7
Vario Plus
• • • • •
Sanding tools.
The best results can be obtained
with suitable sanding tools
only. FLEX sanding tools stand
for a long service life, high
sanding performance and best
surface quality.
Random-orbit
sander
Suction hose.
With anti-static feature for
increased safety and greater
working comfort. The FLEX Clip
system simplifies connection –
no adapters or reducing sleeves
required.
Palm
sander
Surface finishing sanding
Triangular sander
ODE 100-2
•
Safety vacuum cleaners.
The filter systems of the FLEX
safety vacuum cleaners reliably
separate out dust, in classes
L, M and H (even harmful
substances).
167

The new SUPRAFLEX. The smooth running power pack.
SUPRAFLEX – this means: virtually dust-free sanding of a wide range of materials and surfaces with a uniquely high removal rate.
Thanks to a two-stage gearbox, the new SUPRAFLEX SE 14-2 125 has high torques, even at the lower speed range, for speeds
which are appropriate for the material. The two-stage gearbox in this class provides for a unique smooth running performance
and optimum cooling of the motor. Apart from the inner values, the new SUPRAFLEX is characterised by perfect handling, as well
as its ergonomics and compact design.
Grip hood with SoftGrip
Ergonomically shaped for optimum and precise
control of the machine. A side handle can be
screwed on if required.
Compact and ergonomical
Thanks to the ergonomical and low design and
the low weight, even areas which are difficult to
access can be processed easily.
Simple operation
Sliding switch for single-hand operation. Also
approved for processing metal and stone.
Removal without end
Powerful and high-output 1400 watt motor for
greater removal rate than traditional eccentric
sanders.
Controllable speed of 600–2100 rpm
The speed controller ensures that the speed is
correctly adjusted for grinding and polishing.
Extremely quiet
The gearbox of the SUPRAFLEX is an innovative
combination of planetary and lapped angular
gears. Planetary gears can transmit very high
torques despite their very compact design.
Extremely low noise generation thanks to sound
optimization, even under load.
Surface finishing sanding
SUPRAFLEX
Extraction hood with swivel segment
Enables you to work near edges at maximum extraction
power. Can be opened without any tools.
Easy and without any tools
Height adjustment and removal of the extraction
guard hood without additional tool.
FLEX Clip system
For fixed hose connection. Adapter with FLEX
Clip connection for Ø 32 mm snap connection
included in the standard equipment.
Spindle lock
Ideally positioned to prevent improper operation
and does not interfere with the grip area.
Intelligent air flow
The optimised air flow ensures the best possible
cooling of gearbox and motor. And there is no
annoying exhaust air for the user.
Good for your health
The 8-hole system ensures a virtually dust-free
workplace.
169

Surface finishing sanding
SUPRAFLEX
SUPRAFLEX SE 14-2 125
The specialist for painted surfaces.
Demanding customers are focussing more and more on high-quality surfaces. Optimum preparation and appropriate technology
are required to achieve this. The SUPRAFLEX and the matching sanding tools achieve the best results. The new SUPRAFLEX stands
for high removal rate and optimum surface quality. It runs extremely quietly and features a unique extractor. In combination with
the FLEX safety vacuum cleaners the working environment is virtually dust-free.
170

More power for more results.
Convincing extraction power
In conjunction with the FLEX safety vacuum
cleaners the SUPRAFLEX, thanks to its
unique extraction power, ensures a virtually
dust-free workplace.
Extremely quiet running
Motor and gearbox are characterised in
this class by a unique smooth running
performance. Furthermore, the noise
generation is considerably reduced by sound
optimisation.
Precise and safe control.
With the ergonomically shaped grip hood
with SoftGrip the SUPRAFLEX can be guided
precisely and safely.
Up to the edge
The extraction hood of the SUPRAFLEX
enables you to work near edges at maximum
extraction power. The segment can be
opened quickly and without any tools.
Surface finishing sanding
SUPRAFLEX
Unique removal rate
1400 watts provide adequate power reserves
at all speed ranges. This allows unique
removal rates on all materials.
Traditional eccentric sanders
Sanding performance per minute
The SUPRAFLEX has a 300% greater removal
rate than traditional eccentric sanders
(source: FLEX test workshop).
171

Surface finishing sanding
SUPRAFLEX
SUPRAFLEX SE 14-2 125
The specialist for stainless steel and steel alloy.
The stepless speed control adjusts speeds from 600 to 2100 rpm for sanding and polishing steel, stainless steel, steel alloy and
aluminium. The speeds remain constant even under load. The SUPRAFLEX features a soft start to ensure a smooth start. The temperature
monitor prevents windings from burning through. The restart interlock prevents the machine from starting unintentionally
after a power failure. The completely encapsulated electronics module is protected from damage by metal dust.
172

The SE 14-2 125 knows no limits.
Gentle removal on any surface
Old paints and varnishes on metal surfaces
can be removed effortlessly with the
SUPRAFLEX. Despite its high removal rate,
it protects the surfaces.
CERAFLEX
The new sanding tool CERAFLEX is characterised
by a high removal rate with low heat
generation and above all by its special ceramic
grit on the fabric base. This prolongs
the service life significantly and increases
the cost-effectiveness.
Versatile applications
Polishing flap discs for sanding, cleaning
and finishing work can also be used for
processing stainless steel. The required
accessories, clamping flange and clamping
nut, are included in the stainless steel set
393.428.
CORKFLEX
The coarse structure of CORKFLEX reduces
heat generation on the surface, above all
when fine sanding. As a result, the service
life is three times longer than comparable
sanding tools. The cork accessory also provides
a better deep cleaning of the surface.
For a greater gloss and better haptics.
Surface finishing sanding
SUPRAFLEX
Suitable for processing aluminium
The excellent extraction power and the low
speeds also allow aluminium and galvanised
steel to be processed.
It stays cold
The optimised air flow ensures the best
possible cooling of gearbox and motor.
And there is no annoying exhaust air for
the user.
173

Surface finishing sanding
SUPRAFLEX
SUPRAFLEX SE 14-2 125
The specialist for natural and artificial stone.
For 90 years FLEX has been your competent and innovative partner for processing natural and artificial stone. The longstanding
competence of FLEX also includes the knowledge which its engineers have about the nature of stone, its characteristics and
sensitivities. Therefore, it goes without saying that the new SUPRAFLEX does not damage or soil valuable natural stone, but
processes it professionally and appropriate to the particular material.
174

Why wet when dry is just as good?
Working in all positions
The ergonomics and especially the handling
of the SUPRAFLEX also facilitate the processing
of difficult areas. Particularly where
details are important.
Make something new from something old!
Worn or damaged natural or artificial stone
for steps, window sills, floor tiles, exposed
concrete areas, etc. can be processed effortlessly
with the SUPRAFLEX and the suitable
accessories.
Close to the surface
The SUPRAFLEX has a very flat gear head to
keep the distance from the surface as small
as possible. This facilitates precise control
of the machine.
Also outstandingly powerful
Despite the opened guard hood, the extraction
power of the SUPRAFLEX remains
constant. This avoids constantly opening
and closing the hood when processing small
areas near edges.
Surface finishing sanding
SUPRAFLEX
Diamond pads for dry sanding
Without using water. This has a huge advantage
for repair and renovation work indoors.
In conjunction with the dust extractor there
is almost no debris.
Brilliant result up to the edge
The guard hood of the SUPRAFLEX was designed
in such a way that the upright surface
is not damaged when sanding and polishing
near edges.
175

Surface finishing sanding
SUPRAFLEX
SUPRAFLEX SE 14-2 125
The specialist for wood processing.
In addition to the processing of painted surfaces, stainless steel and steel alloy and natural and artificial stone, the SUPRAFLEX
is also particularly suitable for sanding wood surfaces. The SUPRAFLEX is characterised by its advantages in this respect as well.
This applies in particular to handling, the size of the housing, the unique extraction power, the quiet running characteristics
and the option of working near edges. And when material is to be removed quickly, it provides more than enough power with the
1400 watt motor output and the two-stage gearbox.
176

From sanding to polishing.
Optimum handling
When sanding, the right feel is always
important. The rubberised grip hood of
the SUPRAFLEX ensures the perfect grip and
safe control.
Two-stage gearbox
The innovative two-stage gearbox of the
SUPRAFLEX reaches a high torque even
at low speeds. This ensures rapid work
progress.
When things get tight
Thanks to the low height of the housing,
the SUPRAFLEX can also be guided effortlessly
in confined areas.
Pianissimo
The SUPRAFLEX is also characterised by its
very low noise generation. This makes work
even more pleasant.
Surface finishing sanding
SUPRAFLEX
From sanding to polishing
Remove the guard hood easily and without
any tools, set the optimum speed and
the sander becomes a polisher. It can’t be
simpler.
Polishing felt pads
Made from natural raw materials. Ideally
suited for polishing stainless steel, nonferrous
metals, wood surfaces, mineralbased
materials, paints, glass, acrylic glass
(in conjunction with the correct polishes/
agents and oils for sealing and care).
177

Surface finishing sanding
Overview of power tools
SE 14-2 125 Set
SUPRAFLEX, the sanding specialist for metal, stone, painted
surfaces, wood
• VR electronic control: stepless speed selection, tachogenerator-controlled constant
speed, overload protection, re-start inhibit and temperature monitoring.
• Powerful 1400 watt motor with highly-efficient ventilator for optimum cooling
• Optimised air ducting for optimum cooling of motor and gear. No annoying exhaust
air for the user
• Innovative combination of planetary and angular gears reduces noise to an
absolute minimum
• Flat gear head reduces distance to the surface. The machine can therefore be
operated safely in any position.
• Grip hood: ergonomically shaped with SoftGrip. The machine can be controlled with
precision and is always comfortable yet secure to hold.
• Completely cast electronic components prevents damage due to metal dust.
Protective guard on the winding end of the armature and plated winding on the
armature. The 3-fold winding protection reduces motor wear, increases service life.
• Epoxy-coated winding on the field coil
• Guard with pivoting edge segment
• Genuine operation thanks to conveniently placed and dust-protected on/off switch
• 4 metres PUR H07-BQF cable: wear-resistant, flexible and highly resistant to cuts
and abrasions
• Spindle lock
• Sanding specialist for refurbishing, renovating, modernising, processing stainless
steel, metal, natural/artificial stone, wood surfaces, painted surfaces
SPECIFICATIONS
Max. back-up pad diameter 125 mm
No load speed 600-2100 rpm
Power input 1400 watt
Power output 880 watt
Tool fixture M 14
Dimensions (L x W x H,
including extraction hood)
370x170x140 mm
Weight 2,6 kg
Type Order no.
SE 14-2 125 Set 391.174
!
Accessories from page 190
178
NEW
Standard equipment:
1 guard hood SG D125 SE
1 Adapter SAD-C D32 AS
1 auxiliary handle SE 14-2 125 M8
1 velcro sanding pad SP D125-8 H/F
1 carry case TK-L BoB-2
1 case insert TKE SE 14-2 125
4 sheets of sandingpaper Ø 125 mm
1 offset face spanner
1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4
1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 5 long
3 cable clips

SUPRAFLEX SE 14-2 125
The suitable set for each application.
SUPRAFLEX
Standard equipment
Carrying case TK-L BoB-1
Carrying case TK-L BoB-1
1 1 1
+ Case insert
+ Case insert
10
10
10
10
10
1
1
Paint-Set
QP
Guard Adapter Velcro backing pad Side handgrip Carry case TK-L BoB-2
Order no. Order no.
393.436
Inox-Set
393.428
ZIRCOFLEX
D125-8 ZI-A40 VE25
ZIRCOFLEX
D125-8 ZI-A60 VE25
ZIRCOFLEX
D125-8 ZI-A80 VE25
SELECTFLEX
D125-8 SE-P120 VE50
SELECTFLEX
D125-8 SE-P180 VE50
MESHFLEX
D125-8 ME-A100 VE5
MESHFLEX
D125-8 ME-A280 VE5
1 Natural fibre felt pad hard 1
1 Natural fibre felt pad soft 1
3
3
3
10
10
10
1
1
1
1
1
CORKFLEX
D125 CO-P280 VE15
CORKFLEX
D125 CO-P400 VE15
CORKFLEX
D125 CO-P800 VE15
CERAFLEX
D125 CE-K80 VE50
CERAFLEX
D125 CE-K120 VE50
CERAFLEX
D125 CE-K180 VE50
Velcro sanding fleece coarse
Velcro sanding fleece medium
Velcro sanding fleece very fine
Clamping flange CF SE 14-2
Clamping nut
1
1
1
1
1
Stone-Set
Designation QP
Bezeichnung
QP
Surface finishing sanding
SUPRAFLEX
Order no.
393.444
Bezeichnung
Carrying case TK-L BoB-1
+ Case insert
Natural fibre felt pad hard
Natural fibre felt pad soft
Diamond grinding pad
DP 50 DRY D125
Diamond grinding pad
DP 100 DRY D125
Diamond grinding pad
DP 400 DRY D125
Diamond grinding pad
DP 800 DRY D125
Diamond grinding pad
DP 3000 DRY D125
179

Surface finishing sanding
FLEX palm, delta and random orbit
sanders. The compact power tools for
small areas, corners and edges.
Your demanding customers are focussing more and more on high-quality surfaces.
Optimum preparation and corresponding technology are required to achieve this.
The best results are obtained with the single-hand sanders from FLEX and the
matching sanding tools. Whether a palm, delta or random orbit sander – all machines
run extremely quietly and feature an integrated extractor. In combination
with the FLEX safety extractors your working environment will be almost dust-free.

Always the correct choice.
Shapes/radii
Abrasion
Surface quality
Surface finishing sanding
Palm sander OSE 80-2 Delta sander ODE 100-2 Random-orbit sander ORE 125-2
Corners/edges
181

182

For the perfect finish.
Surface finishing sanding
Palm, delta and random orbit sanders
The FLEX palm sanders OSE 80-2 and FLEX delta sanders ODE 100-2 are particularly suitable for sanding small areas, corners
and edges. The FLEX random orbit sander ORE 125-2 is ideal for sanding shapes and radii. All FLEX single-hand sanders are
characterised by a very high surface quality particularly when used for fine sanding.
The FLEX single-hand sanders are extremely robust thanks to the dustproof bearing. A special balancing system ensures low-
vibration operation – this protects joints when working. The highly precise machining of all components considerably reduces
noise generation. The compact and particularly light-weight single-hand power tools with optimum ergonomics provide
comfortable working conditions.
Softgrip
Always safe stop and good guidance of the device
thanks to easy-to-use handle cap with Softgrip
insert.
Single-hand operation
Genuine single-hand operation thanks to
conveniently placed and dust-protected On/Off
switch.
Always the correct tempo
Sanding speed to suit the material due to speed
control. No more damaged workpieces
They are hard-wearing
All single-hand sanders feature sanding plates
made of a very hard-wearing special material.
High extraction power
Clean workplace and good health protection
thanks to integrated extractor or connection of
an extractor.
Environmentally aware
No environmental pollution due to damaged filter
bags. Protection by cassette made of impact-resistant
plastic.
183

Surface finishing sanding
Palm, delta and random orbit sanders
FLEX single-hand sanders
Handy, low-vibration and powerful.
The FLEX single-hand sanders are characterised by their excellent handling and lightweight properties. Whether you want to
sand down old paint on wood, grout, wood floors, metal surfaces or wall paints – you are always master of the situation with the
FLEX single-hand sanders.
184

Fast and furious sanders.
Genuine single-hand operation
Genuine single-hand operation possible
thanks to the ergonomic design and the
optimally positioned On/Off switch. The
Softgrip insert also supports comfortable
handling.
Light-weight
Even when working overhead, the singlehand
sanders from FLEX are characterized by
their easy handling and low weight.
Effective integrated extraction
The integrated dust extractor ensures greater
cleanliness at the workplace and provides
effective protection for your health.
Either with filter cassette or with connection
(Ø 27 mm) for extractors.
Totally perfect
The FLEX random orbit sander ORE 125-2 is
the ideal solution for sanding shapes and
radii.
Surface finishing sanding
Palm, delta and random orbit sanders
Corner specialist
The FLEX delta sanders OD 100-2/ODE 100-2
easily access the smallest corner. Any additional
manual work is therefore unnecessary.
For the perfect surface
When sanding with the ORE 125-2, the
random orbit technology and the disc brake
produce an optimum surface quality.
185

Surface finishing sanding
Overview of power tools
OSE 80-2
Palm sander with speed control
• Sanding speed to suit the material due to speed control. No more
damaged workpieces
• Ergonomically designed, handy grip cover with soft grip insert
ensures a secure grip and good guidance
• Small and particularly light one-handed unit with excellent
ergonomics and special balancing for low-vibration operation to
make work effortless and reduce the stress on joints of the user
• Integrated dust extraction and reliable disposal of the sanding
dust using large volume filter bag made of tear-resistant paper.
The filter bag is protected by an impact-resistant plastic cassette
case
• Possible to connect external dust extraction
• Long service life backing plate made of special tough material
• Especially for sanding small surfaces and edges
• Especially suitable for overhead work
SPECIFICATIONS
Power input 200 watt
No load speed 8000 - 13000 rpm
Orbit rate, no load 16000 - 26000 opm
Orbit 2,0 mm
Backing plate 80 x 130 mm
Sanding media fixing hook and loop
Dust extraction connection Ø 27 mm
Weight 1,2 kg
Type Order no.
OSE 80-2 379.034
OSE 80-2 Set 379.158
! Accessories from page 192
!
186
Standard equipment
OSE 80-2:
1 velcro backing plate, 80x130 8F
1 filter cassette + 1 filter bag
Standard equipment
OSE 80-2 Set:
1 velcro backing plate, 80x130 8F
1 filter cassette + 1 filter bag
Sanding paper SELECTFLEX
25x P 80, 25x P 120
Carry case
Case insert
ODE 100-2
Delta sander with speed control
• Sanding speed to suit the material due to speed control. No more
damaged workpieces
• Ergonomically designed, handy grip cover with soft grip insert
ensures a secure grip and good guidance
• Small and particularly light one-handed unit with excellent
ergonomics and special balancing for low-vibration operation to
make work effortless and reduce the stress on joints of the user
• Integrated dust extraction and reliable disposal of the sanding
dust using large volume filter bag made of tear-resistant paper.
The filter bag is protected by an impact-resistant plastic cassette
case
• Possible to connect external dust extraction
• Long service life backing plate made of special tough material
• Especially for sanding on corners and edges
• Especially suitable for overhead work
SPECIFICATIONS
Power input 200 watt
No load speed 8000 - 13000 rpm
Orbit rate, no load 16000 - 26000 opm
Orbit 2,0 mm
Backing plate 100 x 150 mm
Sanding media fixing hook and loop
Dust extraction connection Ø 27 mm
Weight 1,2 kg
Type Order no.
ODE 100-2 379.050
ODE 100-2 Set 379.085
Accessories from page 193
Standard equipment
ODE 100-2:
1 velcro backing plate
1 filter cassette + 1 filter bag
Standard equipment
ODE 100-2 Set:
1 velcro backing plate
1 filter cassette + 1 filter bag
Sanding paper SELECTFLEX
25x P 80, 25x P 120
Carry case
Case insert

ORE 125-2
Random-orbit sander with speed control
• Sanding speed to suit the material due to speed control. No more
damaged workpieces
• Ergonomically designed, handy grip cover with soft grip insert
ensures a secure grip and good guidance
• Small and particularly light one-handed unit with excellent
ergonomics and special balancing for low-vibration operation to
make work effortless and reduce the stress on joints of the user
• Integrated dust extraction and reliable disposal of the sanding
dust using large volume filter bag made of tear-resistant paper.
The filter bag is protected by an impact-resistant plastic cassette
case
• Possible to connect external dust extraction
• Long service life backing plate made of special tough material
• Equipped with disc brake, as a result no unwanted sanding marks
are produced on the workpiece and expensive corrective finishing
is not required
• Especially for working round shapes
• Especially suitable for overhead work
SPECIFICATIONS
Power input 200 watt
No load speed 8000 - 13000 rpm
Orbit rate, no load 16000 - 26000 opm
Orbit 2,0 mm
Backing pad Ø 125 mm
Sanding media fixing hook and loop
Dust extraction connection Ø 27 mm
Weight 1,2 kg
Type Order no.
ORE 125-2 379.069
ORE 125-2 Set 379.077
Standard equipment
ORE 125-2:
1 velcro backing pad
1 filter cassette + 1 filter bag
Standard equipment
ORE 125-2 Set:
1 velcro backing pad
1 filter cassette + 1 filter bag
Sanding paper SELECTFLEX
25x P 80, 25x P 120
Carry case
Case insert
! Accessories from page 191
!
Triple set OSE+ODE+ORE
Palm sander with speed control in set
• Description see OSE, ODE, ORE
SPECIFICATIONS
Power input 200 watt
No load speed 8000 - 13000 rpm
Orbit rate, no load 16000 - 26000 opm
Orbit 2,0 mm
Backing plate 80x130, 100x150, Ø125
Sanding media fixing hook and loop
Dust extraction connection Ø 27 mm
Type Order no.
Triple set OSE+ODE+ORE 398.373
Accessories from page 191
Surface finishing sanding
Overview of power tools
Standard equipment
Triple set OSE+ODE+ORE:
3 velcro backing plates
3 filter cassettes + 3 filter bags
Sanding paper SELECTFLEX
75x P 80, 75x P 120
1 carry case TK-L BoB-2
Case insert
187

Surface finishing sanding
Overview of power tools
LL 1107 VEA X 1107 VE
Flounder 710 watt flat-head sander
• VE electronic control: with infinately adjustable speed control
• Ideally suited to confined spaces from 15 mm gap width, e.g.
window shutters, that are inaccessible with conventional grinders
• Handy, lightweight design
• Special accessory: metal carrying case (order no. 303.224)
SPECIFICATIONS
Power input 710 watt
Power output 420 watt
No load speed 700-2300 rpm
Max. disc diameter 115 mm
Sanding head level 13 mm
Weight 2,7 kg
Type Order no.
LL 1107 VEA 289.434
! Accessories page 189
!
188
Standard equipment:
1 side handle
Sand paper P 50, 115 Ø
Sand paper P 80, 115 Ø
Sand paper P 120, 115 Ø
1 velcro velours with foam coating
80 mm Ø
710 watt random-orbit sander with dust extraction
• VE electronic control: with infinately adjustable speed control
• Rugged, highly efficient motor
• Vacuum fitting: for connecting to vacuum cleaner, diameter 28 mm
• Suitable for coarse and fine sanding of wood and grinding
painted metal surfaces and car body work
• Counterweight ensures low-vibration operation
• Plastic grip guard allows extremely sensitive guiding
• 150mm, 6-hole hook and loop grinding pad for low-dust extraction
SPECIFICATIONS
Power input 710 watt
Power output 420 watt
Orbit 8,8 mm
Orbit rate, no load 4300-13000 opm
Max. disc diameter 150 mm
Sanding media fixing hook and loop
Weight 2,7 kg
Type Order no.
X 1107 VE 218.669
Accessories page 189
Standard equipment:
1 side handle
Velcro sand paper, with
6 perforations, P 40, 150 Ø
Velcro sand paper, with
6 perforations, P 80, 150 Ø
Velcro sand paper, with
6 perforations, P 120, 150 Ø
Velcro sand paper, with
6 perforations, P 180, 150 Ø
Velcro sand paper, with
6 perforations, P 320, 150 Ø
1 open-ended wrench SW 14
1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4
1 grip cover
1 velcro pad (hard) 150 Ø

Accessories X 1107 VE
Velcro backing pad
Velcro sanding paper
With 6 perforations.
Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
150 Ø hard 1 228.176
150 Ø soft 1 228.184
With 6 perforations. Main application: wood. Other applications:
steel, stainless steel, plastic, paint/varnish/fillers.
Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
150 Ø P 40 10 302.988
150 Ø P 80 10 302.996
150 Ø P 120 10 303.003
150 Ø P 180 10 303.011
150 Ø P 320 10 303.038
Accessories LL 1107 VEA
Velcro sanding paper PURFLEX
Velcro velours
Surface finishing sanding
Accessories
Ideally suited to working wood and metal.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
D115 Pu-P24 VE25 115 Ø P 24 25 381.195
D115 Pu-P40 VE50 115 Ø P 40 50 381.209
D115 Pu-P60 VE50 115 Ø P 60 50 381.217
D115 Pu-P80 VE50 115 Ø P 80 50 381.225
D115 Pu-P100 V50 115 Ø P 100 50 381.233
D115 Pu-P120 VE50 115 Ø P 120 50 381.241
D115 Pu-P150 VE50 115 Ø P 150 50 381.268
D115 Pu-P180 VE50 115 Ø P 180 50 381.276
With foam coating.
Dimensions
in mm
Small metal carrying case
QP Order
number
80 Ø 1 296.155
For all angle grinders with disc Ø up to 125 mm.
QP Order
number
1 303.224
189

Surface finishing sanding
Accessories
Accessories SUPRAFLEX SE 14-2 125
Paint-Set
Inox-Set
Stone-Set
Diamond grinding pad
190
Set for processing painted surfaces for the SUPRAFLEX.
Consisting of 1 carrying case TK-L BoB-1, 1 case insert
accessories TKE 4xD130/1x135x295, 10 sheets of velcro
sandpaper ZIRCOFLEX, grit sizes A 40, A 60, A 80, 10 sheets
of velcro sandpaper SELECTFLEX P 120, P 180, 1 sheet of
velcro sandpaper MESHFLEX A 100, A 280.
Designation QP Order
number
P-Box SE 14-2 125 1 set 393.436
Set for processing metal surfaces for the SUPRAFLEX.
Consisting of: 1 carrying case TK-L BoB-1, 1 case insert
accessory TKE 4xD130/ 1x135x295, 3 sheets of velcro sandpaper
CORKFLEX, grit sizes P 280, P 400, P 800, 10 sheets of
velcro sandpaper CERAFLEX K 80, K 120, K 180, 1 SC fleece disc
in coarse, medium, very fine, 1 hard felt pad, 1 soft felt pad,
1 clamping flange CF SE 14-2, 1 clamping nut.
Designation QP Order
number
I-Box SE 14-2 125 1 set 393.428
Stone processing set for the SUPRAFLEX.
Consisting of: 1 carrying case TK-L BoB-1, 1 case insert
accessory TKE 4xD130/ 1x135x295, 1 diamond grinding pad,
grit sizes 50, 100, 400, 800, 3000, 1 hard felt pad, 1 soft felt
pad.
Designation QP Order
number
S-Box SE 14-2 125 1 set 393.444
For use with velcro grinding disc 125 Ø. Grinding pads for dry
grinding, a great advantage in the repair and renovation areas.
Suitable for grinding and polishing granite worktops, fine
stoneware tiles, floor tiles, concrete surfaces in the field of
vision, natural stone on windowsills, cover panels, sculptures,
steps.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
DP 50 DRY D125 125 Ø 50 1 382.817
DP 100 DRY D125 125 Ø 100 1 382.825
DP 200 DRY D125 125 Ø 200 1 382.833
DP 400 DRY D125 125 Ø 400 1 382.841
DP 800 DRY D125 125 Ø 800 1 382.868
DP 1500 DRY D125 125 Ø 1500 1 382.876
DP 3000 DRY D125 125 Ø 3000 1 382.884
DP 10000 DRY D125 125 Ø 10000 1 382.965
Velcro backing pad
With 8-hole system for optimum dust extraction for all FLEX
velcro sanding tools Ø 125 mm. The 3 mm cellular rubber
damping reduces the shearing forces between support pad
and sanding tool. Thanks to long velcro hooks, there is greater
temperature resistance at a high load.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
SP D125-8 H/F 125 Ø 1 391.727
Dust guard with pivoting edge segment
Brush ring
Adapter
Antistatic suction hose
Enables you to work near edges at maximum extraction power.
Tool-free height adjustment via clamping lever allows quick
adjustment of the extraction hood to the tool height.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
Carrying case box-on-box system
QP Order
number
SG D125 SE 125 Ø 1 393.363
Brush ring for dust extraction hood - contains two segment parts.
Designation QP Order
number
BK-H SE 14-2 125 1 394.076
Suitable for suction hoses using the FLEX clip system.
Anti-static design.
Designation QP Order
number
SAD-C D32 AS 1 393.398
Antistatic suction hose Ø 32 mm x 4 m with snap coupling
and coupling bush for vacuum cleaner incl. universal adapter
SAD C25-32 AS (320.188) antistatic.
Designation QP Order
number
SH-C 32x4m AS 1 354.953
The carrying case system ensures order and utilises the space
perfectly. Thanks to the elaborate inserts, the machines,
accessories and consumables are clearly arranged. Simply
attach the boxes – they lock automatically. Thanks to the
innovative Duo-Click system, the boxes can be connected,
stacked and quickly disconnected again. Rigid drill holes have
been prepared for the use of a padlock. The boxes can be loaded
up to 90 kg. Without insert.
Designation Size
( W x L x H)
QP Order
number
TK-L BoB-1 464 x 335 x 142 1 392.634
TK-L BoB-2 464 x 335 x 212 1 392.642

Case insert
Side handgrip
Clamping flange
Clamping nut M 14
Face pin spanner
Suitable accessories insert for carrying case TK-L BoB-1
392.634.
Designation QP Order
number
TKE 4x D130/1x 135x295 1 392.243
Suitable insert for carrying case TK-L BoB-2 392.642.
For the SUPRAFLEX SE 14-2 125.
Designation QP Order
number
TKE SE 14-2 125 1 392.235
Side handle, thread M 8.
Designation QP Order
number
SE 14-2 125 M8 1 391.581
For use with flap sanding discs Ø 125 mm.
Designation QP Order
number
CF SE 14-2 1 393.371
For use with flap sanding discs Ø 125 mm.
QP Order
number
1 100.080
Offset special key, for loosening velcro sanding pad and
clamping nut.
Hexagon socket wrench, SW 5 long
For changing the backing pads.
Hexagon socket wrench, SW 4
QP Order
number
1 392.537
QP Order
number
1 392.731
For re-adjusting the clamping screw on the extraction hood.
QP Order
number
1 102.229
Velcro sandingpaper ZIRCOFLEX
Velcro sandingpaper CERAFLEX
Ideally suited for high removal rates and high load on wood
and metal substrates. The support fabric is extremely tearresistant
and is characterised by high cost-effectiveness. Can
be used with velcro pad max. Ø 125 mm.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
D125-8 ZI-A40 VE25 125 Ø A 40 25 393.185
D125-8 ZI-A60 VE25 125 Ø A 60 25 393.193
D125-8 ZI-A80 VE25 125 Ø A 80 25 393.207
Ideal for sanding stainless steel surfaces and grinding weld
seams. The support fabric is extremely tear-resistant. Low heat
generation and longer service life ensure high cost-effectiveness.
Can be used with Velcro pad max. Ø 125 mm.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
Velcro sandingpaper CORKFLEX
Natural fibre felt pad
SC-Fleece velcro backed disc
Grit QP Order
number
D125 CE-K80 VE50 125 Ø K 80 50 393.215
D125 CE-K120 VE50 125 Ø K 120 50 393.223
D125 CE-K180 VE50 125 Ø K 180 50 393.231
Ideal for deep cleaning the surface, the cork accessory
provides a greater gloss and better haptics. Fine sanding tool
with coarse structure and stable fabric base. Reduces heat
generation on the surface and 3 times longer service life than
comparable sanding tools. Can be used with velcro pad max.
Ø 125 mm.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
Surface finishing sanding
Accessories
Accessories SUPRAFLEX SE 14-2 125, ORE 125-2
Grit QP Order
number
D125 CO-P280 VE15 125 Ø P 280 15 393.258
D125 CO-P400 VE15 125 Ø P 400 15 393.266
D125 CO-P800 VE15 125 Ø P 800 15 393.274
Ideally suited for polishing stainless steel, non-ferrous metals,
wood surfaces, mineral-based materials, paints, glass, acrylic
glass (in conjunction with the correct polishes/agents and oils
for sealing and care).
Designation Type Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
FP D125 H VE5 hard 125 Ø 5 393.347
FP D125 S VE5 soft 125 Ø 5 393.355
For removing minor damage, scratches, tarnish, flash rust,
scale and dirt. Removing tarnish at welds without heat
distortion at thin plates. For grinding, cleaning and finishing
stainless steel, steel, titanium alloys, light metals, non-ferrous
metals and plastics.
Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
125 Ø coarse 10 358.614
125 Ø medium 10 358.622
125 Ø very fine 10 358.630
191

Surface finishing sanding
Accessories
Velcro sanding paper SELECTFLEX
Velcro sanding paper PURFLEX
192
Ideally suited to redevelopment, renovation and modernisation,
especially for working paints, varnishes, stopping, filler.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
D125 Se-P40/50 125 Ø P 40 50 380.520
D125 Se-P60/50 125 Ø P 60 50 380.539
D125 Se-P80/50 125 Ø P 80 50 380.547
D125 Se-P100/50 125 Ø P 100 50 380.555
D125 Se-P120/50 125 Ø P 120 50 380.563
D125 Se-P150/50 125 Ø P 150 50 380.571
D125 Se-P180/50 125 Ø P 180 50 380.598
D125 Se-P220/50 125 Ø P 220 50 380.601
D125 Se-P320/50 125 Ø P 320 50 380.628
D125 Se-P400/50 125 Ø P 400 50 380.636
Ideally suited to working wood and metal.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
Velcro sanding fleece MESHFLEX
Grit QP Order
number
D125 Pu-P40/50 125 Ø P 40 50 380.644
D125 Pu-P60/50 125 Ø P 60 50 380.652
D125 Pu-P80/50 125 Ø P 80 50 380.660
D125 Pu-P100/50 125 Ø P 100 50 380.679
D125 Pu-P120/50 125 Ø P 120 50 380.687
D125 Pu-P150/50 125Ø P 150 50 380.695
D125 Pu-P180/50 125 Ø P 180 50 380.709
Ideally suited to roughing, cleaning, degreasing, matt finishing
on all materials.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
D125 Me-100/5 125 Ø A 100 5 380.717
D125 Me-280/5 125 Ø A 280 5 380.725
D125 Me-1500/5 125 Ø S 1500 5 380.733
Accessories ORE 125-2
Velcro backing pad
Backing pad made of tough special material with extraction
perforation (8x). Pitch circle Ø 90 mm.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
SP D125-8 125 Ø 1 379.379
Accessories OS 80-2/OSE 80-2
Velcro backing pad
Standard backing plate made of tough special material with
extraction perforation (8x). Distance between centres of series
of holes 54 mm. Extraction perforation FLEX and Festool.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
SP 80x130-8F 80 x 130 1 379.344
Backing plate made of tough special material with extraction
perforation (8x). Distance between centres of series of holes
42 mm. Extraction perforation Rupes and 3M.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
Velcro sanding paper SELECTFLEX
Velcro sanding paper PURFLEX
QP Order
number
SP 80x130-8R 80 x 130 1 379.352
Ideally suited to redevelopment, renovation and modernisation,
especially for working paints, varnishes, stopping, filler.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
80x133 Se-P40/50 80 x 133 P 40 50 380.741
80x133 Se-P60/50 80 x 133 P 60 50 380.768
80x133 Se-P80/50 80 x 133 P 80 50 380.776
80x133 Se-P100/50 80 x 133 P 100 50 380.784
80x133 Se-P120/50 80 x 133 P 120 50 380.792
80x133 Se-P150/50 80 x 133 P 150 50 380.806
80x133 Se-P180/50 80 x 133 P 180 50 380.814
80x133 Se-P220/50 80 x 133 P 220 50 380.822
80x133 Se-P320/50 80 x 133 P 320 50 380.830
80x133 Se-P400/50 80 x 133 P 400 50 380.849
Ideally suited to working wood and metal.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
Velcro sanding fleece MESHFLEX
Grit QP Order
number
80x133 Pu-P40/50 80 x 133 P 40 50 380.857
80x133 Pu-P60/50 80 x 133 P 60 50 380.865
80x133 Pu-P80/50 80 x 133 P 80 50 380.873
80x133 Pu-P100/50 80 x 133 P 100 50 380.881
80x133 Pu-P120/50 80 x 133 P 120 50 380.903
80x133 Pu-P150/50 80 x 133 P 150 50 380.911
80x133 Pu-P180/50 80 x 133 P 180 50 380.938
Ideally suited to roughing, cleaning, degreasing, matt finishing
on all materials.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
80x133 Me-100/5 80 x 133 A 100 5 380.946
80x133 Me-280/5 80 x 133 A 280 5 380.954
80x133 Me-1500/5 80 x 133 S 1500 5 380.962

Accessories OD 100-2/ODE 100-2
Velcro backing pad Delta
Delta backing plate made of tough special material with
extraction perforation.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
Velcro sanding paper SELECTFLEX
Velcro sanding paper PURFLEX
QP Order
number
SP 100x150-7 100 x 150 1 379.360
Ideally suited to redevelopment, renovation and modernisation,
especially for working paints, varnishes, stopping, filler.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
100x150 Se-P40/50 100 x 150 P 40 50 380.970
100x150 Se-P60/50 100 x 150 P 60 50 380.989
100x150 Se-P80/50 100 x 150 P 80 50 380.997
100x150 Se-P100/50 100 x 150 P 100 50 381.004
100x150 Se-P120/50 100 x 150 P 120 50 381.012
100x150 Se-P150/50 100 x 150 P 150 50 381.020
100x150 Se-P180/50 100 x 150 P 180 50 381.039
100x150 Se-P220/50 100 x 150 P 220 50 381.047
100x150 Se-P320/50 100 x 150 P 320 50 381.055
100x150 Se-P400/50 100 x 150 P 400 50 381.063
Ideally suited to working wood and metal.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
Velcro sanding fleece MESHFLEX
Grit QP Order
number
100x150 Pu-P40/50 100 x 150 P 40 50 381.071
100x150 Pu-P60/50 100 x 150 P 60 50 381.098
100x150 Pu-P80/50 100 x 150 P 80 50 381.101
100x150 Pu-P100/50 100 x 150 P 100 50 381.128
100x150 Pu-P120/50 100 x 150 P 120 50 381.136
100x150 Pu-P150/50 100 x 150 P 150 50 381.144
100x150 Pu-P180/50 100 x 150 P 180 50 381.152
Ideally suited to roughing, cleaning, degreasing, matt finishing
on all materials.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
100x150 Me-100/5 100 x 150 A 100 5 381.160
100x150 Me-280/5 100 x 150 A 280 5 381.179
100x150 Me-1500/5 100 x 150 S 1500 5 381.187
Additional accessories
Paper filter bags
Filter bags made of tear-resistant paper for OSE/ODE/ORE.
Designation QP Order
number
FT-OSE/ODE/ORE 5 379.336
Antistatic suction hose
Adapter
Carry case
Case insert
Surface finishing sanding
Accessories
Antistatic suction hose Ø 27 mm x 4 m with connections for
vacuum cleaner and power tool with rotary coupling.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
SH 27x4m AS 27 Ø x 4m 1 379.395
Antistatic sleeve Ø 27 mm, suitable for suction hose 379.395.
Designation QP Order
number
SAD 27 AS 1 382.736
Without insert. For the machines L 3709, LE 9-10 125,
L 10-10 125 select insert no. 378.305. For the machines
OS / OSE 80-2, OD/ODE 100-2, ORE 125-2 select insert no.
379.387.
Designation Size
( W x L x H)
Carrying case box-on-box system
Case insert
QP Order
number
TK-L 360x228x135 360 x 228 x 135 1 376.094
Suitable insert for carry case 376.094. For OS/OSE 80-2,
OD/ ODE 100-2, ORE 125-2.
Designation QP Order
number
TKE OSE/ODE/ORE 1 379.387
The carrying case system ensures order and utilises the space
perfectly. Thanks to the elaborate inserts, the machines, accessories
and consumables are clearly arranged. Simply attach
the boxes – they lock automatically. Thanks to the innovative
Duo-Click system, the boxes can be connected, stacked
and quickly disconnected again. Rigid drill holes have been
prepared for the use of a padlock. The boxes can be loaded
up to 90 kg. Without insert.
Designation Size
( W x L x H)
QP Order
number
TK-L BoB-2 464 x 335 x 212 1 392.642
Suitable insert for carrying case TK-L BoB-2 392.642 for the
Triple Set OSE, ODE, ORE and accessories.
Designation QP Order
number
TKE OSE+ODE+ORE Triple 1 398.381
193

Safety vacuum cleaner
FLEX safety vacuum cleaner.
For your good health!
The filter system of the FLEX safety vacuum cleaners intercept all dust and even
health-harmful substances. This provides even more safety during dry and wet
operation. And before the filter becomes clogged, it is automatically cleaned without
interrupting the work process. The suction power remains constant, and there is no
down time for filter cleaning!
The 13 best advantages of the FLEX safety vacuum cleaners.
1. Integrated flat-fold filter*
Is extremely flat and, different from
cartridge filters, does not protrude into the
container. Thus the container can be used
100% and the filter remains absolutely dry
even during wet vacuuming.
2. Filter cleaning
Automatic, time-controlled filter cleaning
of the main filter. Enables constantly high
suction power and significantly longer
working times in comparison with manual
cleaning.*/**
3. Reinforced paper bags
Extra rip-proof and safe even with
sharp-edged and abrasive objects.
4. Deposit tray and holders
Keep hoses and accessories tidy.
5. Bayonet connector*
The suction hose connection rotates and
is fastened by bayonet: no twisting, no
accidental loosening of the suction hose
during operation.
6. Drive motor with bypass ventilator
Vacuum air and motor cooling air blow
separately in two channels. Dirty vacuum
air is not fed through the motor. This protects
the motor and increases the vacuum
performance.
7. Power take off
To connect power tools. Starts and stops the
safety vacuum as the machine is switched
on and off. With 15-second automatic
after-running.*
8. Housing
The impact-resistant, recyclable plastic
housing is tough, light, easy to clean, and
corrosion-free.
9. Smooth-running carriage
Two large wheels and two double-castoring
rollers with locking brakes.
10. Sound insulation hood*
The suction turbine is encapsulated;
operating noise is greatly reduced.
11. Dust class L
– Dust with OEL values > 1 mg/m 3
12. Dust category M
– Dust with OEL values > 0.1 mg/m 3
– Mineral dusts 1)
– Wood dust (also beech and oak)
13. Dust class H
– Dust with OEL values < 0.1 mg/m 3
– carcinogenic dust
– dust containing pathogens
– tested and approved for asbestos use
1) Mineral dusts arise when construction material
is worked on (grinding, cutting, drilling...). That
is why M dust class equipment is prescribed for
working on concrete, stone, masonry, screed and
plaster, for instance. The sand component contained
specially as quartz sand in these materials
is responsible for this classification.
* except VC 25 L MC/** except VC 35 L MC
OEL=Occupational Exposure Limit

•
–
Order no.
Dust class
Power input in watts
Max. volume flow l/min
Max. vacuum Pascal
Container capacity in litres
Liquid capacity in litres
Weight kg
Complete antistatic equipment
Filter cleaning
Suction control
Automatic switch-on/off with 15 sec. run-on
Connection for power tools
4-m suction hose 32 mm Ø
included
not included
Compact class Construction/workshop class
VC 25 L MC VC 35 L MC VCE 35 L AC VCE 45 L AC VCE 45 M AC VCE 45 H AC
385.468 369.799 369.780 369.802 369.810 379.093
L L L L M H
1400 1380 1380 1380 1380 1150
3600 3660 3660 3660 3660 2300
19000 23000 23000 23000 23000 22000
25 34 34 43 43 43
15 19 19 30 30 30
5,7 9,50 12,50 13,50 13,50 13,50
– – • • • •
manually manually automatically
– – • • • •
• • • • • •
• • • • • •
3,5 m •
Safety vacuum cleaner
automatically automatically automatically
antistatic antistatic antistatic antistatic
195

Safety vacuum cleaner
Compact class
VC 25 L MC. The “Small one” from FLEX has powerful suction.
The FLEX safety vacuum cleaner VC 25 L MC is a handy and compact vacuum cleaner, simple to use and easy to transport. It is ideal
for cleaning offices, storage rooms, workshops and vehicles . For this work the VC 25 L MC features an extensive range of suction
tubes and nozzles. The VC 25 L MC is authorized for dust class L and is therefore ideal for all dust with OEL values > 1 mg/ m³.
For extraction work on smaller electric power tools, such as palm, delta and random orbit sanders, jigsaws, etc., the device is
equipped with important features, such as device socket, automatic switch-on, manual filter cleaning, PET filter material, fleece
filter bag and waste bag. The VC 25 L MC is also suitable for extracting liquids. The level monitor with installed float valve, stops
the suction process when maximum level is reached.
Extremely high suction power
The high-performance turbine provides high
suction power and high underpressure. For an
excellent suction result.
Connection for power tools
Safety vacuum cleaner and power tools (100-
1800 watt) work automatically with electronic
remote on/off switching.
Manual filter cleaning
By actuating manual filter cleaning, dust
deposited in the filter element is removed by
a targeted blast of air.
Safe disposal
Highly tear-proof fleece for trouble-free disposal
of the extracted dust.
Very mobile
Two swivel casters see to ease of movement in
the workshops and on the sites.
PET filter
Easy to clean filter element made of PET with a
dirt-repellent surface for dust classes L and M.
Clever solution
To facilitate transportation, the handle of the
VC 25 L MC is recessed. Suitable for suction tubes
with a diameter of 36 mm.
The “transporter”
The “Small one” has everything at hand. Light
and compact – this facilitates transportation.
Order must prevail
Cable and hose holder for compact storage to
optimise transportation.
Tidy
Suction nozzles can be stored conveniently in the
tool depot.
Everything included
The safety vacuum cleaner VC 25 L MC, as a
universal device, features extensive accessories
for all-round cleaning work.
197

Flat-fold filter system with cleaning function.
Flat folded
filter
Fine dust
Coarse dust
The innovative flat-fold filter system with the flat-fold filter at the top allows full use of the container volume. The flat-fold filter
is automatically cleaned by a percussive pressure reversal every 15 seconds. There is no loss of suction at the end of the hose
throughout the cleaning process. Downtimes for filter cleaning/changing are therefore a thing of the past. The fold-out filter
cover provides easy access to the main filter element to the clean-air side, it is not necessary to remove the suction head from the
dirt container.
198

Safety vacuum cleaner
Construction/workshop class
Whether 35 or 45 litres. Whether manual or automatic.
The FLEX safety vacuum cleaners are always convincing.
The high-performance turbines of the FLEX safety vacuum cleaners ensure an excellent suction performance. All safety vacuum
cleaners feature an automatic filter cleaning system (except VC 25 L MC and VC 35 L MC). Targeted blasts of air remove dust
deposited in the flat pleated filter. This guarantees optimum suction power without interrupting work. Filter cleaning can be
switched on and off. As dust is reliably removed from the filter pores, the flat pleated filter also has a long service life. Thanks
to the design principle of the flat pleated filter, the container volume is optimally used. All devices have an anti-static feature
(except VC 25 L MC and VC 35 L MC).
Connection for power tools
Safety vacuum cleaner and power tools
(100-2200 watt) work automatically with
electronic remote on/off switching.
Running smoothly
Thanks to the large wheels, all FLEX safety
vacuum cleaners have excellent running
properties on uneven surfaces.
Simple operation
To dispose of the extracted material, a slight
turn of the hand opens the container.
Tidy
The suction hose can be easily wound up on the
holders envisaged for this very purpose. This
eases handling/transport.*
Controllable suction power
Continuous control for suction power to suite the
attached tool.*
Mobile
Two swivel casters see to ease of movement in
the workshops and on the sites.
Ergonomic
The ergonomic handle makes it easy to move the
vacuum cleaner around.
Practical
Practical storage of suction nozzles and vacuum
tubes at the back.
The correct volume
Class M safety vacuum cleaner: suitable for all
dusts with > 0.1 mg/m³ OEL values. Airflow sensonr
technology. If the suction power (airflow)
falls below the madatory minimum an acoustic
tone is sounded.
Just in case
All class M, H safety vacuum cleaners are provided
with a special cap lock. This stops any
dust escaping when the cleaner is being moved
around.
Who takes the rubbish out?
Convenient disposal of the extracted material
either with a filter bag or disposal bag. Recommendation:
working with filter bag turn off filter
cleaning system. Working with disposal sack turn
system on.*
Storage option
Easy and secure stacking of tools on the vacuum
cleaner top. For stacking Vario-Giraffe® and wall
chaser, the special storage system is available as
an accessory.*
*Specific to model
199

Safety vacuum cleaner
Construction/workshop class
Safety vacuum cleaner VCE 45 H AC.
The professional against toxic dust.
Fusty odour, unsatisfactory ambient temperature, black stains on walls: Everyone knows these typical stains in corners of
rooms and on interior furnishings. This is an unmistakable sign of mildew infestation. Frequently the danger is “hiding” behind
furniture. If the furniture is moved aside, you’ll get a big surprise. Here only the qualified technician can help. And for this case
he needs a FLEX safety vacuum cleaner of class H.
Mildew is actually a collective name for around 180,000 types of fungi which constantly surrounds us. It has since been scientifically
proven that mildew causes a wide range of diseases, from allergies and asthma through chronic fatigue to rheumatism.
Usually the human body can tolerate a natural exposure to mildew. However, this exposure increases dramatically in buildings
which are infested with mildew. There is a considerable risk of illness.
Comparison between the classifications of dust-removing machines.
Suitable for dry, harmful,
non-flammable dust
Before 01.01.2005
with TVA values
> 1 mg/m 3
with TVA values
> 0,1 mg/m 3
with TVA values
with TVA values +
carcinogenic substances
(§ 35 GefStoffV)
with TVA values +
carcinogenic substances
(§ 35 and § 15a GefStoffV)
with TVA values > 0.1 mg/
m 3 + carcinogenic substances
(§ 35 and § 15a
GefStoffV) including
asbestos
Until 1998
(transition period until 2003)
according to ZH 1/487
Use
category
At least U
At least S
At least G
At least C
K1, K2
K1, K2 +
suitability for
use according
to TRGS 519
Max.
transmittance
At least L
≤ 5 %
with OEL value
> 1 mg/m
< 1 %
3
≤ 1 %
≤ 0,5 %
Suitable for dry, harmful,
non-flammable dust
Since 01.01.2005
with OEL value
≥ 0,1 mg/m 3
Dust
class
At least M
< 0,1 %
≤ 0,1 % with OEL value
< 0,1 mg/m
< 0,005 %
3
≤ 0,05 %
Hazardous carcinogenic
substances according to
GefStoffV § 11. TRGS 905
or TRGS 906 (German
regulations)
< 0,005 %
H + suitability
for use
Asbestos
according to
≤ 0,005 %
according to TRGS 519
TRGS 519* < 0,005 %
Note: The OEL value (Occupational Exposure Limit) replaced the TVA/MAK value (Workplace Exposure Limit) in the past.
TRGS 519 is obligatory for Germany.*
200
Applicable dust classes
according to DIN EN 60335-2-69
Appendix A4
H
Max.
transmittance
Main applications
Aluminium oxide, street dust,
corundum, fibre dust, lime
Wood dust (beech, oak, hard
woods), cement dust, ceramic
and paint dust, chromium
compounds, plastic dust,
coarse copper
Carcinogenic dust (lead,
nickel, cobalt, tar, copper
swarf, cadmium, etc.)
Mildew, bacteria, spores,
germs, formaldehyde and its
compounds
Asbestos dust from nightstorage
heaters, insulation
or fire protection walls/
materials
Source: Staubklassen für Industriesauger,
Entstauber, etc. July 2011, www.dguv.de

H for maximum safety.
Safe disposal of dust
Safe disposal of dust in the double-walled
safety filter bag.
Securely packed
The accessories contaminated with toxic
dust are packed and protected for transportation
as specified.
Perfectly coordinated
Suction power adjusted to the connected
tool and hose connection Ø by stepless
control.
Everything sealed
When the device is transported, the intake
opening is sealed with the non-detachable
locking sleeve.
Safety vacuum cleaner
Construction/workshop class
Optimum extraction for greater safety
The plaster is milled off. The resulting dirt
and dust are optimally extracted with the
FLEX safety vacuum cleaner VCE 45 H AC.
The “problem solvers”
The FLEX safety vacuum cleaner VCE 45 H AC
is particularly successful at solving problems
when used with the FLEX renovation devices.
201

Safety vacuum cleaner
Suction systems
FLEX Suction systems
Cleaning technology
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
8
10 Extension tube V 36x500 AL VE2 .................................... 385.522
11 Extension tube V 36x500 ME VE2 .................................... 385.514
12 Crevice nozzle CN 36x300 ............................................. 385.530
13 Upholstery nozzle PN 36x115 ........................................ 385.549
14 Combination floor nozzle KN 36x260 .............................. 385.565
15 Round brush RN 36x120 ............................................... 385.646
16 Brush nozzle BN 36x220 .............................................. 385.557
17 Floor nozzle CNW 36x300 ............................................. 300.659
18 Brush strip BL-CNW 36x300 VE2 ..................................... 300.675
6
1
9 9
Antistatic suction hose SH 32x4m AS .............................. 354.953
Suction hose SH 32x4m ............................................... 338.508
Suction hose with module SH-M 32x4m ........................... not available as accessory
Antistatic suction hose SH 27x4m AS .............................. 379.395
Suction hose with elbow SH 32x3,5m ............................. 385.484
Adapter SAD-C 32 AS ................................................... 369.861
Adapter SAD D27-32 ................................................... 385.506
Elbow K-C 32 KU AS ..................................................... 398.446
Elbow K 32 ME ............................................................ 369.853
202
10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 20
19
18
2
3
4
21
22

24
9
7
19 Rubber strip GL-CNW 36x300 VE2 ................................... 300.683
20 Clip floor nozzle with rollers CNW 36x400 ........................ 385.573
21 Brush strip BL-CNW 36x400 VE2 ..................................... 385.581
22 Rubber strip GL-CNW 36x400 VE2 ................................... 385.603
23 Height-adjustable floor nozzle FN-K 36x450 .................... 385.611
24 Rubber strip GL-FN-K 36x450 ........................................ 385.638
25 Floor nozzle with rollers FN-AL 36x370 ........................... 369.896
26 Brush strip BL-FN-AL 36x370 ........................................ 374.075
27 Rubber strip GL-FN-AL 36x370 ...................................... 374.083
28 Suction hose extension SHV-C 32x0,5m .......................... 296.953
29 Extraction connection SAD-C WS/WSE** ......................... 364.460
30 Adapter SAD-C 25-32 AS .............................................. 320.188
31 Adapter SAD-CD 32 AS ................................................. 393.398
32 Adapter SAD 25-32 AS* ............................................... 259.827
33 Special adapter SAD 32 WS/WSK* .................................. 340.790
34 Adapter rotating SAD 32-32* ........................................ 328.308
35 Adapter SAD 32-28* .................................................... 251.847
* with internal thread 32 mm
** not directly connected to Pos. 3
23 25
26
27
5
29
6
30
31
32
33
34
35
7
28
Safety vacuum cleaner
Suction systems
With FLEX Clip-System
Without FLEX Clip-System
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
203

Safety vacuum cleaner construction/workshop class
Overview of power tools
VC 25 L MC VC 35 L MC
Safety vacuum cleaner with manual filter cleaning
system, 25 L, class L
• Handy and compact vacuum cleaner, easy to use and easy to
transport
• The high-performance turbine ensures both a high suction
capacity and a high vacuum. The outcome is an excellent
extraction result
• By actuating manual filter cleaning, dust deposited in the filter
element is removed by a targeted blast of air.
• Level monitor, no malfunctions when drawing in liquids thanks to
installed float valve
• With appliance socket and electronic automatic switch on/off
• With accessories magazine for suction nozzles and suction tubes
on the back
• Equipped with large wheels and two swivel guide rollers
• Suitable for increased stress when used commercially. Ideal for
cleaning work in offices, storage rooms, workshops and vehicles.
Smaller electric power tools, e.g. palm sander, delta sander,
random-orbit sander, jigsaws, are primarily used for extraction
work. Tools which produce fairly low amounts of dust
• Features a filter bag made of highly tear-proof fleece for optimum
filling. The extracted dust can be disposed of without difficulty
• Safety vacuum cleaner, approved for dust class L, suitable for all
dust with OEL value >1 mg/m³
SPECIFICATIONS
Power input P. max. 1400 watt
Max. volume flow 3600 l/min
Max. vacuum 19000 Pa
Filter surface 3000 cm²
Container volume 25 l
Capacity liquid 15 l
Power take off 100-1800 watt
Size ( W x L x H) 380 x 375 x 485 mm
Weight 5,7 kg
Type Order no.
VC 25 L MC 385.468
! Accessories from page 207
!
204
Standard equipment:
Suction hose 32 mm Ø x 3.5 m
with elbow
1 adapter Ø 27-32 mm
1 filter element class L/M
1 fleece filter bag class L
1 PP waste disposal bag
2x 0.5 m aluminium suction tube
1 crevice nozzle
1 combination floor nozzle,
switchable
1 upholstery nozzle
1 round brush
1 suction pipe holder
1 accessories holder
1 cable/hose holder
Safety vacuum cleaner with manual filter cleaning
system, 35 L, class L
• The high-performance turbine ensures both a high suction
capacity and a high vacuum. The outcome is an excellent
extraction result
• Patented filter vibration: vibration at the press of a button on the
vacuum hose
• The flat-fold filter design is such that the container capacity can
be optimally used for dust and dirt
• Suitable for wet vacuuming: with electronic liquid level control
• With appliance socket and electronic automatic switch on/off
• Soft start stops any voltage peaks at the start and the run-on
feature (15 sec. overrun) empties any remaining dust in the
vacuum hose
• Scope for tool storage on top of vacuum cleaner and accessories
depot for suction nozzles and tubes at the back
• Equipped with large wheels and two swivel guide rollers
• Suitable for increased stress when used commercially. Ideal for
cleaning work in offices, storage rooms, workshops and vehicles.
Smaller electric power tools, e.g. palm sander, delta sander,
random-orbit sander, jigsaws, are primarily used for extraction
work. Tools which produce fairly low amounts of dust
• Safety vacuum cleaner, approved for dust class L, suitable for all
dust with OEL value >1 mg/m³
SPECIFICATIONS
Power input P. max. 1380 watt
Max. volume flow 3660 l/min
Max. vacuum 23000 Pa
Filter surface 6150 cm²
Container volume 34 l
Capacity liquid 19 l
Power take off 100-2200 watt
Size ( W x L x H) 505 x 380 x 580 mm
Weight 9,5 kg
Type Order no.
VC 35 L MC 369.799
Accessories from page 207
Standard equipment:
4 m suction hose 32 mm Ø with
32/28 mm Ø adapter, 25-32 mm Ø
universal adapter and suction hose
extension
1 filter bag
1 flat-fold filter class L/M
1 elbow
2x 0,5 m metal vacuum tube
1 clip floor nozzle complete with replacement
insert (brush, rubber-lip)
1 crevice nozzle

VCE 35 L AC VCE 45 L AC
Safety vacuum cleaner with automatic filter cleaning
system, 35 L, class L
• The high-performance turbine ensures both a high suction
capacity and a high vacuum. The outcome is an excellent
extraction result
• Continuous automatic flat filter cleaning ensures no loss of suction
• The flat-fold filter design is such that the container capacity can
be optimally used for dust and dirt
• Suitable for wet vacuuming: with electronic liquid level control
• With appliance socket and electronic automatic switch on/off
• Soft start stops any voltage peaks at the start and the run-on
feature (15 sec. overrun) empties any remaining dust in the
vacuum hose
• Controllable suction power
• The all-in antistatic equipment prevents any static charging at
the suction hose
• Scope for tool storage on top of vacuum cleaner and accessories
depot for suction nozzles and tubes at the back
• Equipped with large wheels and two swivel guide rollers
• Recommendation: When working with a filter bag turn off the
automatic cleaning system. When using a disposable bag leave
the system on
• Safety vacuum cleaner, approved for dust class L, suitable for all
dust with OEL value >1 mg/m³
SPECIFICATIONS
Power input P. max. 1380 watt
Max. volume flow 3660 l/min
Max. vacuum 23000 Pa
Filter surface 6150 cm²
Container volume 34 l
Capacity liquid 19 l
Power take off 100-2200 watt
Size ( W x L x H) 520 x 380 x 580 mm
Weight 12,5 kg
Type Order no.
VCE 35 L AC 369.780
VCE 35 L AC,
kit cleaning set
375.349
Standard equipment
VCE 35 L AC:
4 m antistatic suction hose,
32 mm Ø with positive-lock
connector and vac connection,
incl. universal adapter antistatic
1 flat-fold filter class L/M
1 filter bag
1 PP waste disposal bag
additional included VCE 35 L AC,
kit cleaning set:
1 cleaning set
! Accessories from page 207
!
Safety vacuum cleaner construction/workshop class
Overview of power tools
Safety vacuum cleaner with automatic filter cleaning
system, 45 L, class L
• The high-performance turbine ensures both a high suction
capacity and a high vacuum. The outcome is an excellent
extraction result
• Continuous automatic flat filter cleaning ensures no loss of suction
• The flat-fold filter design is such that the container capacity can
be optimally used for dust and dirt
• Suitable for wet vacuuming: with electronic liquid level control
• With appliance socket and electronic automatic switch on/off
• Soft start stops any voltage peaks at the start and the run-on
feature (15 sec. overrun) empties any remaining dust in the
vacuum hose
• Controllable suction power
• The all-in antistatic equipment prevents any static charging at
the suction hose
• Equipped with large wheels and two swivel guide rollers
• Scope for tool storage on top of vacuum cleaner and accessories
depot for suction nozzles and tubes at the back
• Recommendation: When working with a filter bag turn off the
automatic cleaning system. When using a disposable bag leave
the system on
• Safety vacuum cleaner, approved for dust class L, suitable for all
dust with OEL value >1 mg/m³
SPECIFICATIONS
Power input P. max. 1380 watt
Max. volume flow 3660 l/min
Max. vacuum 23000 Pa
Filter surface 6150 cm²
Container volume 43 l
Capacity liquid 30 l
Power take off 100-2200 watt
Size ( W x L x H) 520 x 380 x 695 mm
Weight 13,5 kg
Type Order no.
VCE 45 L AC 369.802
VCE 45 L AC,
kit cleaning set
Accessories from page 207
375.357
Standard equipment
VCE 45 L AC:
4 m antistatic suction hose,
32 mm Ø with positive-lock
connector and vac connection,
incl. universal adapter antistatic
1 flat-fold filter class L/M
1 filter bag
1 PP waste disposal bag
additional included VCE 45 L AC,
kit cleaning set:
1 cleaning set
205

Safety vacuum cleaner construction/workshop class
Overview of power tools
VCE 45 M AC VCE 45 H AC
Safety vacuum cleaner with automatic filter cleaning
system, 45 L, class M
• The high-performance turbine ensures both a high suction capacity and a high
vacuum. The outcome is an excellent extraction result
• Continuous automatic flat filter cleaning ensures no loss of suction
• The flat-fold filter design is such that the container capacity can be optimally used
for dust and dirt
• Suitable for wet vacuuming: with electronic liquid level control
• With appliance socket and electronic automatic switch on/off
• Soft start stops any voltage peaks at the start and the run-on feature (15 sec. overrun)
empties any remaining dust in the vacuum hose
• Controllable suction power
• The all-in antistatic equipment prevents any static charging at the suction hose
• Flow sensor technology monitors the volumetric flow and any dropping of the suction
capacity under the prescribed minimum figure is reported by an acoustic signal
• Equipped with large wheels and two swivel guide rollers
• Scope for tool storage on top of vacuum cleaner and accessories depot for suction
nozzles and tubes at the back
• Recommendation: When working with a filter bag turn off the automatic cleaning
system. When using a disposable bag leave the system on
• Class M safety vacuum cleaner, suitable for all dusts with OEL values ≥ 0.1 mg/m³.
Specifically for mineral and timber dusts (also beech and oak)
SPECIFICATIONS
Power input P. max. 1380 watt
Max. volume flow 3660 l/min
Max. vacuum 23000 Pa
Filter surface 6150 cm²
Container volume 43 l
Capacity liquid 30 l
Power take off 100-2200 watt
Size ( W x L x H) 520 x 380 x 695 mm
Weight 13,5 kg
Type Order no.
VCE 45 M AC 369.810
VCE 45 M AC,
kit cleaning set
206
375. 365
Standard equipment
VCE 45 M AC:
4 m antistatic suction hose, 32 mm
Ø with positive-lock connector and
vac connection, incl. universal
adapter antistatic
1 flat-fold filter class L/M
1 filter bag
1 PP waste disposal bag
additional included VCE 45 M AC,
kit cleaning set:
1 cleaning set
Safety vacuum cleaner with automatic filter cleaning
system, 45 L, class H
• The high-performance turbine ensures both a high suction capacity and a high
vacuum. The outcome is an excellent extraction result
• Continuous automatic flat filter cleaning ensures no loss of suction
• The flat-fold filter design is such that the container capacity can be optimally used
for dust and dirt
• Suitable for wet vacuuming: with electronic liquid level control
• With appliance socket and electronic automatic switch on/off
• Controllable suction power
• Soft start stops any voltage peaks at the start and the run-on feature (15 sec.
overrun) empties any remaining dust in the vacuum hose
• The all-in antistatic equipment prevents any static charging at the suction hose
• Flow sensor technology monitors the volumetric flow and any dropping of the suction
capacity under the prescribed minimum figure is reported by an acoustic signal
• Equipped with large wheels and two swivel guide rollers
• Scope for tool storage on top of vacuum cleaner and accessories depot for suction
nozzles and tubes at the back
• Safety filter bag for the safe disposal of the dust collected. Double-walled filter bag
with additional PE cover, sealable
• Safety vacuum cleaner class H: suitable for all dusts with OEL values < 0.1 mg/m³
with additional audit "asbestos" by TRGS 519
• Suitable for dry, non-flammable dusts that are harmful to the health and carcinogenic
substances incl. asbestos
• Ideal to remove mould, restore roofs and walls insulated with mineral wool and
remove asbestos. Sanding dust from wooden surfaces that have been impregnated
with hazardous wood preservatives and from painted surfaces with paint that
contains substances such as lead, nickel, cadmium, chromium, zinc chromate, etc.
SPECIFICATIONS
Rated power P 1000 watt
Power input P. max. 1150 watt
Max. volume flow 2300 l/min
Max. vacuum 22000 Pa
Filter surface 6000 cm²
Container volume 43 l
Capacity liquid 30 l
Power take off 100-2200 watt
Size ( W x L x H) 520 x 380 x 695 mm
Weight 13,5 kg
Type Order no.
VCE 45 H AC 379.093
VCE 45 H AC,
kit cleaning set
383. 880
Standard equipment
VCE 45 H AC:
4 m antistatic suction hose, 32 mm
Ø with positive-lock connector and
vac connection, incl. universal
adapter antistatic
1 safety filter bag
1 flat folded filter class H/HEPA 14
1 transport bag TS VCE 45 H
additional included VCE 45 H AC,
kit cleaning set:
1 cleaning set

Filter bags, waste bags
Fleece filter bag
Fleece filter bags
Paper-Filter bags
Safety filter bag
Disposal bag
Highly tear-proof fleece for optimum filling of the filter bags
and trouble-free disposal of the extracted dust. Dust class L,
for VC 25 L MC.
Designation QP Order
number
FS-F VC 25 L VE5 5 385.093
Filter bag with FLEX VacuFleece technology for the S 36, S 36 M,
VCE 35 L AC, VC 35 L MC. Double volume capacity and significantly
better suction capacity compared to paper filter bags.
Highly tear resistant due to 4-layered VacuFleece material:
offers protection against damage from sharp objects. Resistant
to unintentional wet vacuuming or damp material.
Designation QP Order
number
FS-F VC/E 35 VE5 5 329.630
FS-F VCE 45 VE5 5 402.982
Filter bag for S 47, S 47 M, VCE 45 L AC, VCE 45 M AC.
Designation QP Order
number
FS-P VCE 45 VE5 5 340.758
Filter bag for S 36, S 36 M, VC 35 L MC, VCE 35 L AC.
Designation QP Order
number
FS-P VC/E 35 VE5 5 296.961
Double-walled filter bag with additional protective PE cover
and seal for low-dust disposal for VCE 45 H AC.
Designation QP Order
number
SFS VCE 45 H VE5 5 379.115
Sealable waste bag made of PP, ideal for coarse dirt.
Designation QP Order
number
ES-PP VC 25 VE5 5 385.107
For S 47, S 47 M, VCE 35 L AC, VCE 45 L AC, VCE 45 M AC.
Designation QP Order
number
ES-PP VC/E 35/45 VE10 10 340.766
Transport bag
Filter elements
Filter element
PES flat-fold filter
Flat folded filter
Industrial/safety vacuum cleaners
Accessories
For the transport of accessories such as hoses, nozzles...
Accessories contaminated with dust harmful to the health are
correctly packed and protected for transport in accordance with
the regulations.
Designation QP Order
number
TS VCE 45 H 1 379.123
Folded filter made of hard-wearing and washable PET.
Dirt-resistant surface and long service life. Approval dust
class L and M.
Designation QP Order
number
FE VC 25/PET LM 1 385.085
Filter for the L/M class. High-grade PES filter fleece for a long
service life. The dirt-repellent surface improves filter material
removal and the filter pores are dependably cleared of dust.
Easy-to-clean, lengthy life.
Designation QP Order
number
FE VC/E 35/45 PES L/M 1 369.829
Sturdy and ultra-strong flat-fold filter with special nano-
coating. Extremely long-life filter, superb suction results,
ensuring a high level of economy.
Designation QP Order
number
FE VC/E 35/45 P L/M 1 337.692
Filter for the class H/HEPA 14 made of special material with a
permeability of < 0.005%.
Designation QP Order
number
FE VCE 45 H HEPA 14 1 379.107
207

Industrial/safety vacuum cleaners
Accessories
Suction hoses
Antistatic suction hose
Antistatic suction hose
Suction hose
Suction hose extension
208
Antistatic suction hose Ø 32 mm x 4 m with snap coupling
and coupling bush for vacuum cleaner incl. universal adapter
SAD C25-32 AS (320.188) antistatic.
Designation QP Order
number
SH-C 32x4m AS 1 354.953
Antistatic suction hose Ø 27 mm x 4 m with connections for
vacuum cleaner and power tool with rotary coupling.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
SH 27x4m AS 27 Ø x 4m 1 379.395
Suction hose Ø 32 mm x 3.5 m with elbow.
Designation QP Order
number
SH 32x3,5m 1 385.484
Suction hose, 32 mm internal Ø, 4.0 m long, incl. coupling
bush for vacuum cleaner and special adapter with metal ring.
For Giraffe ® and Okapi.
Designation QP Order
number
SH 32x4m WS 702 1 341.355
32 mm inner Ø, 4 m with bayonet device connection and snap
connection.
QP Order
number
1 299.782
32 mm internal Ø, with snap coupling, 4.0 m long, temperature
resistant to 70 °C, incl. coupling bush for vacuum cleaner,
32/28 mm adapter and universal adapter for S 47, S 47 M,
VCE 35 L AC, VCE 45 L AC, VCE 45 M AC.
Designation QP Order
number
SH 32x4m 1 338.508
Suction hose extension with click connection to connect with
inside thread adapter i.e. SAD D32, SAD D25-32 AS etc.
Designation QP Order
number
SHV-C 32x0,5m 1 296.953
Suction hose snap coupling repair kit
Coupling bush for suction hose with snap coupling, 3-part. Also
suited for antistatic suction hose (electrically conductive).
QP Order
number
1 296.988
Clip adapter
Adapter
Clip adapter
Adapter
Extraction connection
Filter-free switching module
Adapter for connecting suction hose (297.011, 354.953,
338.508) with snap coupling and metal elbow.
Designation QP Order
number
SAD-C D32 1 369.861
For connecting a FLEX power tool to extraction units from other
manufacturers. Suitable for hoses inside Ø 27 mm, outside
Ø 36 mm.
Designation Diameter
in mm
QP Order
number
Adapter Clip D36/27 42/37 1 380.377
Universal adapter antistatic, for universal connection of
machines with 25-32 mm Ø extraction connection with 32 mm
suction hose (297.011, 354.953, 338.508), for adapter with
snap connection, can be trimmed to 3 different diameters.
Designation QP Order
number
SAD-C D25-32 AS 1 320.188
Suitable for suction hoses using the FLEX clip system.
Anti-static design.
Designation QP Order
number
SAD-C D32 AS 1 393.398
Suitable for vacuum hose with FLEX clip-system. Antistatic
equipment. For WSE 500 and WS 702 VEA.
Designation QP Order
number
SAD-C WS/WSE 1 364.460
Filter-free switching module for activation of manual filter
cleaning for the VC 35 L MC.
Designation QP Order
number
Filter switching module C-32 1 298.255

Adapter, screwable
Rotating vacuum adapter
Coupling bush
Adapter
Adapter rotating
Adapter
Special adapter
The connector rotates and connects the 32 mm diameter
suction hose with its intake fitting. Also suitable for the
antistatic suction hose (electrically conductive).
Designation QP Order
number
SAD-32 VC/VCE AS 1 340.804
For connecting two FLEX vacuum hoses, without connection,
inside thread 32 mm.
QP Order
number
1 296.996
Adapter 32/28 mm, for connecting machines with 28 mm Ø
vacuum attachment to 32 mm vacuum hose
Designation QP Order
number
SAD D32-28 1 251.847
Adapter 32/32 mm, for connecting a machine with 32 mm Ø
vacuum cleaner outlet (e.g. renovation sander or angle grinder
with cutting guard) with 32 mm vacuum hose.
Designation QP Order
number
SAD D32-32 R 1 328.308
For connection of 32 mm Ø suction hoses and suction hose
extension SHV-C 32x0.5 m (296.953) to the device.
Designation QP Order
number
SAD D32-36 1 257.169
Universal adapter with 32 mm thread inside for universal
connection of machines with 25-32 mm Ø extraction connection
with 32 mm suction hose (without clip attachment),
adapter can be trimmed to 3 different diameters.
QP Order
number
1 259.827
Suitable for suction hoses with 32 mm Ø without FLEX clip
system and for the suction hose extension (SHV-C 32x0.5 m).
Designation QP Order
number
SAD D32 WS/WSK 1 340.790
Other accessories
Adapter
Drill dust adapter
Cable clip
Industrial/safety vacuum cleaners
Accessories
Connecting sleeve for electric power tools. Diameter 27 to
32 mm, for vacuum hose 385.484.
Designation QP Order
number
SAD D27-32 1 385.506
Antistatic sleeve Ø 27 mm, suitable for suction hose 379.395.
Designation QP Order
number
SAD 27 AS 1 382.736
The drill dust extractor is connected to the suction hose of the
FLEX vacuum cleaners or to different adapters so that the dust
is extracted directly through the drill hole. There is no dust
residue. For drilling applications up to Ø 24 mm.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
SAD BS D32 290 x 65 1 394.025
For fixing power tool cable to vacuum hose, suitable for
27-36 mm external Ø.
QP Order
number
1 252.188
209

Industrial/safety vacuum cleaners
Accessories
Cleaning set, elbow
Cleaning set
Elbow
Extension tube
210
Consisting of elbow AS with clip attachment for connecting
suction hose and vacuum tube (398.446), 2 x metal vacuum
tube 0.5 m, chrome-plated (385.514), crevice nozzle (385.530)
and clip floor nozzle with replacement insert for floor cleaning
with brush insert for dry cleaning and rubber-lip insert for wet
cleaning (300.659).
QP Order
number
1 set 369.845
Chrome-plates metal elbow for connecting the vacuum tubes.
Only to be used with adapter plus clip attachment.
Designation QP Order
number
K 32 ME 1 369.853
For connection of suction hose with snap connection and
suction tube.
Designation QP Order
number
K-C 32 KU AS 1 398.446
Extension tubes made of aluminium, diameter 32 mm, length
500 mm.
Designation QP Order
number
V 36x500 AL VE2 2 385.522
Extension tubes made of steel, chrome-plated, diameter
32 mm, length 500 mm.
Designation QP Order
number
V 36x500 ME VE2 2 385.514
Nozzles
Brush nozzle
Round brush
Upholstery nozzle
Crevice nozzle
Combination floor nozzle
Floor nozzle
Oval brush nozzle with brush edge for cleaning sensitive
surfaces, with pivoted connection. Diameter 36 mm, length
220 mm.
Designation QP Order
number
BN 36x220 1 385.557
Round brush nozzle with brush edge for cleaning sensitive
surfaces. Diameter 36 mm, length 120 mm.
Designation QP Order
number
RN 36x120 1 385.646
Upholstery nozzle with thread catcher, diameter 36 mm, width
115 mm.
Designation QP Order
number
PN 36x115 1 385.549
Crevice nozzle diameter 36 mm, length 300 mm.
Designation QP Order
number
CN 36x300 1 385.530
Switchable combination floor nozzle for cleaning carpeted
floors and hard floors. Diameter 36 mm, width 260 mm.
Designation QP Order
number
KN 36x260 1 385.565
Floor nozzle, complete with carpet and combination insert.
Designation QP Order
number
CNW 36x300 1 300.659

Rubber strip
Brush strip
Floor nozzle with rollers
Brush strip
Rubber strip
Clip floor nozzle with rollers
Combination insert for use with the floor nozzle 300.659.
Designation QP Order
number
GL-CNW 36x300 VE2 2 300.683
Carpet insert for use with the floor nozzle 300.659.
Designation QP Order
number
BL-CNW 36x300 VE2 2 300.675
Aluminium floor nozzle with height-adjustable castors and
replacement insert. Inserts: brush insert for dry cleaning and
rubber lips for wet cleaning. 370 mm width.
Designation QP Order
number
FN-AL 36x370 1 369.896
Brush insert for aluminium floor nozzle
Designation QP Order
number
BL-FN-AL 36x370 VE2 2 374.075
Rubber lip insert for aluminium floor nozzle
Designation QP Order
number
GL-FN-AL 36x370 VE2 2 374.083
Clip floor nozzle with rollers and interchangeable insert. Brush
insert for dry cleaning and rubber lip insert for wet cleaning.
Diameter 36 mm, width 400 mm.
Designation QP Order
number
CNW 36x400 1 385.573
Brush strip
Rubber strip
Height-adjustable floor nozzle
Rubber strip
Accessories
Storage system
Industrial/safety vacuum cleaners
Accessories
Brush strips (replacement requirement) for the clip floor
nozzle CNW 36x400.
Designation QP Order
number
BL-CNW 36x400 VE2 2 385.581
Rubber lips (replacement requirement) for clip floor nozzle
CNW 36x400.
Designation QP Order
number
GL-CNW 36x400 VE2 2 385.603
Height-adjustable floor nozzle with rollers and rubber lips.
Can be used for wet and dry cleaning. Diameter 36 mm, width
400 mm.
Designation QP Order
number
FN-K 36x450 1 385.611
Rubber lips (replacement requirement) for floor nozzle
FN-K 36x450.
Designation QP Order
number
GL-FN-K 36x450 VE2 2 385.638
Fits on to the industrial vacuum cleaner S 47, S 47 M,
VCE 35 L AC, VCE 45 L AC, VCE 45 M AC, VCE 45 H AC for resting
the WST 700 VV Giraffe®, WST 1000 FV or MS 1706 FR wall chaser
and vacuum hose.
Designation QP Order
number
OS-VSE 35/45 1 350.370
211

Mixers
Mixing is not always mixing.
It has to be compact. It has to be robust. It has to be protected from dirt and
damage. Feature a lot of torque. Be comfortable to hold.
Many years of experience and intensive cooperation with the professionals in
the field have flown into the FLEX mixing machine and mixing head program.
The motor, the cooling, and the gears have been designed for tough, continuous
operation lasting for hours. And the mixing heads made of high-quality metal
feature stable weld joints, burr-free edges, and circumferential protection rings.
Robust quality for professional practitioners.
What is to be taken notice of?
Thorough blending of the various materials commonly mixed today prevents
construction damage and costly consequential charges. That is why several basic
rules must be observed.
1. Viscous and heavy materials overstrains drills. Use specially constructed mixing
machines, with optimised speeds and power transmission.
2. When selecting the mixer observe the direction of flow: Pulverized material
from bottom to top, thin liquid materials from top to bottom or mix with parallel
direction of flow. At immersion a reduced speed prevents spraying. FLEX mixing
machines with accelerator trigger switches permit the gradual acceleration to
the required speed. Air pockets are minimised by the complete immersion of the
mixing head.
3. For your safety you should wear protective goggles and possibly a dust mask.
Never mix solvents with a flashpoint below 21°C. Observe the processing and
safety instructions of the material or machine manufacturers.

Wall paints
Emulsion paints
Varnishes/glazes
Paste
Cement slurry
Jointing mortar
Glue
Adhesive mortar
Tile adhesive
Sealants
Adhesives
Filler
Grout
Filler compound
Thin-bed mortar
Finished plaster
Bitumen coating
Bitumen
Fibrous material
Mortar
Repair mortar
2-K artificial mortar
Concrete
Screed
Cement plaster
Lime plaster
Plasterboard bonding compound
Thermal insulating plaster
Epoxy resin
••
•
particularly suitable
suitable
Spiral paddle
RR2
Helix paddle
WR2
VORTINOX
VR
•• •• •• ••
• •• •• ••
•• •• •• ••
• • ••
• • • ••
• • ••
• • ••
•• •
•• •
• ••
• •• •
•• • •
• •• •
•• ••
•• •
•• • • •
• • • •
•
• •
• •• •
• •• •
••
• ••
• ••
• •• ••
• •• ••
• •• ••
• •• ••
•• ••
Thin-liquid to pasty,
Low viscosity
Helix paddle
WR3R
Helix paddle
WR3L
Plaster paddle
PR3L
Pasty to tough,
Medium viscosity
Disc paddle
SR2
Beater
RB
Tough to heavy,
High viscosity
Mixers
213

Mixers
VORTINOX
The new mixing system.
Simple but effective.
The VORTINOX mixing system is identified by three circular
mixing elements. These mixing elements utilize the laws
of fluids. When the rings glide through the mixture, the
pressure in the centre (direction of arrow 1) is increased.
The exit speed (direction of arrow 2) increases and a
so-called laminar flow
occurs. Above and below
the rings a radial low
pressure forms which
generates a deaerating
effect in the medium. This
counteracts any trapped
air (air bubbles).
Advantages at a glance
•the mixing process is completed in less time
•dynamic flow replaces mechanical force
•the mixer homogenises the mixture in the container by
an intrinsically dynamic flow
•no air intake, no foam formation
•no degassing of the mixture
•no heating of the mixture
•slow circumferential speeds with high intrinsic dynamics
•gentle mixing
•no lump formation when mixing in powdered
substances, e.g. paste
mm mm mm l/kg
VR 80x320 D10 80 320 10 0,5-5 l
VR 140x520 D10 140 520 10 3-15 l
214
100% stainless steel.
No rusting, no contamination
of paints, varnishes or
plaster. Prevents contaminants
(rust particles) from
being stirred into light/
white colours.
Extremely high resistance
to wear, resulting in
greater stability and extremely
long service life.
No contamination by
plastic particles. The frequently
used paint mixers
with plastic blades leave
scraped off plastic splinters
in the mixture. This
is especially disadvantageous
for light colours.
Smooth surfaces.
Especially easy and simple
to clean. No tight bending
radii or angular misalignments,
no “dirt pockets”.
Round spindle D 10.
Held simply in the chuck of
a drill or a cordless screwdriver.
High true running
accuracy.

MXE 900
900 watt single gear mixer
• Large, rugged single-speed gear unit with optimum gear ratio for
high torque
• The soft start accelerator switch smoothly adjusts the speed to
the mixing situation and material
• Ergonomic handles on the drive unit: low weight, fatigue-free
arm posture and upright body posture allow comfortable,
ergonomic operation. With anti-slip coating
• Four corner guards with rubber buffer and inserted metal
plate provide secure storage during transportation and offer
protection against shocks and impacts at the building site
• Protective cap above the motor housing guides the cooling air
flow and prevents the ingress of rain water
• The flexible rubber grommet over the on/off switch prevents the
ingress of dirt. No malfunctions caused by jammed switches
• Perfect for mixing low-quantity mixtures up to 25 kg. Thus mixer
is ideal for tilers and painters
!
Order your mixer together with the mixing
paddle which is the right one for you!
SPECIFICATIONS
No load speed 200-750 rpm
Power input 900 watt
Power output 520 watt
Tool fixture M 14
Clamping neck Ø 43 mm
Max. mixing paddle Ø 120 mm
Weight 4,7 kg
Type Order no.
MXE 900 + WR2 120 387.886
MXE 900 + RR2 120 387.894
Accessories from page 222
Standard equipment
MXE 900 + WR2 120:
1 WR2 helix paddle 120x600 M14
1 open-ended wrench SW 19
1 open-ended wrench SW 22
Standard equipment
MXE 900 + RR2 120:
1 RR2 spiral paddle 120x600 M14
1 open-ended wrench SW 19
1 open-ended wrench SW 22
Mixers
Overview of power tools
215

Mixers
Overview of power tools
MXE 1100
1080 watt single-speed mixer with speed control
• Large, rugged single-speed gear unit with optimum gear ratio for
high torque
• FR full-wave electronic control: with soft start, temperature
monitoring, overload protection and accelerator switch - for a
controlled run-up to the optimum mixing speed. Sustained power
in all speed ranges
• Ergonomic handles on the drive unit: low weight, fatigue-free
arm posture and upright body posture allow comfortable, ergonomic
operation. With anti-slip coating
• Four corner guards with rubber buffer and inserted metal plate
provide secure storage during transportation and offer protection
against shocks and impacts at the building site
• Protective cap above the motor housing guides the cooling air
flow and prevents the ingress of rain water
• The flexible rubber grommet over the on/off switch prevents the
ingress of dirt. No malfunctions caused by jammed switches
• The tried-and-trusted standard mixer is ideal for users operating
mainly in the low speed range
SPECIFICATIONS
No load speed 150-530 rpm
Power input 1080 watt
Power output 650 watt
Tool fixture M 14
Clamping neck Ø 43 mm
Max. mixing paddle Ø 140 mm
Weight 4,7 kg
Type Order no.
MXE 1100 + WR3R 120 387.924
MXE 1100 + WR2 120 387.932
MXE 1100 + SR2 120 387.940
!
Accessories from page 222
216
Order your mixer together with the mixing
paddle which is the right one for you!
Standard equipment
MXE 1100 + WR3R 120:
1 helix paddle WR3R 120x600 M14
1 open-ended wrench SW 19
1 open-ended wrench SW 22
Standard equipment
MXE 1100 + WR2 120:
1 WR2 helix paddle 120x600 M14
1 open-ended wrench SW 19
1 open-ended wrench SW 22
Standard equipment
MXE 1100 + SR2 120:
1 disc paddle SR2 120x600 M14
1 open-ended wrench SW 19
1 open-ended wrench SW 22

MXE 1102
1080 watt 2-gear mixer with speed control
• Large, rugged 2-gear unit with optimum ratios for powerful
torque and correct speed for different materials
• FR full-wave electronic control: with soft start, temperature
monitoring, overload protection and accelerator switch - for a
controlled run-up to the optimum mixing speed. Sustained power
in all speed ranges
• Ergonomic handles on the drive unit: low weight, fatigue-free
arm posture and upright body posture allow comfortable, ergonomic
operation. With anti-slip coating
• Four corner guards with rubber buffer and inserted metal plate
provide secure storage during transportation and offer protection
against shocks and impacts at the building site
• Protective cap above the motor housing guides the cooling air
flow and prevents the ingress of rain water
• The flexible rubber grommet over the on/off switch prevents the
ingress of dirt. No malfunctions caused by jammed switches
• Universal mixer for practically all construction materials: the 2nd
gear provides it with exceptional sustained power in the top and
low speed range
SPECIFICATIONS
No load speed 1st gear 150-530 rpm
No load speed 2nd gear 200-750 rpm
Power input 1080 watt
Power output 650 watt
Tool fixture M 14
Clamping neck Ø 43 mm
Max. mixing paddle Ø 140 mm
Weight 4,8 kg
!
Accessories from page 222
Order your mixer together with the mixing
paddle which is the right one for you!
Type Order no.
MXE 1102 + WR3R 120 387.983
MXE 1102 + WR2 120 387.991
MXE 1102 + SR2 120 388.009
Standard equipment
MXE 1102 + WR3R 120:
1 helix paddle WR3R 120x600 M14
1 open-ended wrench SW 19
1 open-ended wrench SW 22
Standard equipment
MXE 1102 + WR2 120:
1 WR2 helix paddle 120x600 M14
1 open-ended wrench SW 19
1 open-ended wrench SW 22
Standard equipment
MXE 1102 + SR2 120:
1 disc paddle SR2 120x600 M14
1 open-ended wrench SW 19
1 open-ended wrench SW 22
Mixers
Overview of power tools
217

Mixers
Overview of power tools
MXE 1300
1260 watt single-speed mixer with speed control
• Large, rugged single-speed gear unit with optimum gear ratio for
high torque
• Ergonomic handles on the drive unit: low weight, fatigue-free arm
posture and upright body posture allow comfortable, ergonomic
operation. With anti-slip coating
• FR full-wave electronic control: with soft start, temperature
monitoring, overload protection and accelerator switch - for a
controlled run-up to the optimum mixing speed. Sustained power
in all speed ranges
• The required final rotation speed can be set via the thumb wheel
on the protective cap and preselected for the mixing operation
• Four corner guards with rubber buffer and inserted metal plate
provide secure storage during transportation and offer protection
against shocks and impacts at the building site
• Protective cap above the motor housing guides the cooling air
flow and prevents the ingress of rain water
• The flexible rubber grommet over the on/off switch prevents the
ingress of dirt. No malfunctions caused by jammed switches
SPECIFICATIONS
No load speed 150-530 rpm
Power input 1260 watt
Power output 690 watt
Tool fixture M 14
Clamping neck Ø 43 mm
Max. mixing paddle Ø 160 mm
Size ( W x L x H) 330 x 235 x 315 mm
Weight (with mixing paddle) 5,4 kg
Type Order no.
MXE 1300 + WR3R 140 388.041
MXE 1300 + WR2 140 388.068
MXE 1300 + SR2 140 388.076
!
Accessories from page 222
218
Order your mixer together with the mixing
paddle which is the right one for you!
Standard equipment
MXE 1300 + WR3R 140:
1 helix paddle WR3R 140x600 M14
1 open-ended wrench SW 19
1 open-ended wrench SW 22
Standard equipment
MXE 1300 + WR2 140:
1 helix paddle WR2 140x600 M14
1 open-ended wrench SW 19
1 open-ended wrench SW 22
Standard equipment
MXE 1300 + SR2 140:
1 disc paddle SR2 140x600 M14
1 open-ended wrench SW 19
1 open-ended wrench SW 22

MXE 1302
1260 watt 2-gear mixer with speed control
• Large, rugged 2-gear unit with optimum ratios for powerful
torque and correct speed for different materials
• Ergonomic handles on the drive unit: low weight, fatigue-free arm
posture and upright body posture allow comfortable, ergonomic
operation. With anti-slip coating
• FR full-wave electronic control: with soft start, temperature
monitoring, overload protection and accelerator switch - for a
controlled run-up to the optimum mixing speed. Sustained power
in all speed ranges
• The required final rotation speed can be set via the thumb wheel
on the protective cap and preselected for the mixing operation
• Four corner guards with rubber buffer and inserted metal plate
provide secure storage during transportation and offer protection
against shocks and impacts at the building site
• Protective cap above the motor housing guides the cooling air
flow and prevents the ingress of rain water
• The flexible rubber grommet over the on/off switch prevents the
ingress of dirt. No malfunctions caused by jammed switches
SPECIFICATIONS
No load speed 1st gear 150-530 rpm
No load speed 2nd gear 200-750 rpm
Power input 1260 watt
Power output 690 watt
Tool fixture M 14
Clamping neck Ø 43 mm
Max. mixing paddle Ø 160 mm
Size ( W x L x H) 330 x 235 x 315 mm
Weight (with mixing paddle) 5,5 kg
Type Order no.
MXE 1302 + WR3R 140 388.122
MXE 1302 + WR2 140 388.130
MXE 1302 + SR2 140 388.149
!
Accessories from page 222
Order your mixer together with the mixing
paddle which is the right one for you!
Standard equipment
MXE 1302 + WR3R 140:
1 helix paddle WR3R 140x600 M14
1 open-ended wrench SW 19
1 open-ended wrench SW 22
Standard equipment
MXE 1302 + WR2 140:
1 helix paddle WR2 140x600 M14
1 open-ended wrench SW 19
1 open-ended wrench SW 22
Standard equipment
MXE 1302 + SR2 140:
1 disc paddle SR2 140x600 M14
1 open-ended wrench SW 19
1 open-ended wrench SW 22
Mixers
Overview of power tools
219

Mixers
Overview of power tools
R 600 VV R 1800 VR
1300 watt mixer with speed selection
• VV electronic control: with constant speed control,
soft start with continuous speed accelerator
switch, overload protection and speed selector
wheel
• Mixing head adapter: M 18, with adapter M 14
• Stable safety and deposit hoop: Protects the
machine from dirt and damage
• Long side handgrip for fatigue-free and safety
torque take-up
• Spade handle with integrated switch for maximum
operator convenience
• Ideal for mixing paint, stiff adhesives, solvents and insulation
compounds in continuous use
• Rugged and long-life for heavy-duty use
• This machine is also available in 110 V
SPECIFICATIONS
No load speed 150-500 rpm
Power input 1300 watt
Power output 850 watt
Tool fixture M 18
Clamping neck Ø 63 mm
Max. mixing paddle Ø 160 mm
Weight 5,4 kg
Type Order no.
R 600 VV 282.359
! Accessories from page 222
!
220
Standard equipment:
1 handle (long)
1 helix paddle WR3R 160x600 M14
1 adapter M 18 x M 14
1 open-ended wrench SW 24
1800 watt mixer with speed selection
• VR electronic control: tachogenerator-controlled
constant speed, soft-start, overload
protection and speed selection
• Spade handle with long side handgrip for
easy and safety handling and to absorb the
torque
• Stable safety and deposit hoop: Protects
the machine from dirt and damage
• Extremely powerful, rugged power tool
• Ideal for mixing very stiff compounds and
large quantities
• Rugged metal composite housing for optimum heat dissipation
SPECIFICATIONS
No load speed 200-590 rpm
Power input 1800 watt
Power output 1100 watt
Tool fixture M 18
Clamping neck Ø 63 mm
Max. mixing paddle Ø 200 mm
Weight 6,1 kg
Type Order no.
R 1800 VR 254.474
Accessories from page 222
Standard equipment:
1 handle (long)
1 helix paddle WR3R 160x600 M14
1 adapter M 18 x M 14
1 open-ended wrench SW 24

RZ 600 VV
1300 watt double positive action mixer
• VV electronic control: with constant speed control, soft start
with continuous speed accelerator switch, overload protection
and speed selector wheel
• Mixing paddle adapter: 2 x 16 mm Ø with keyway
• Protection frame
• Spade handle with integrated switch for maximum operator
convenience
• Ideal for mixing stiff adhesives, insulation materials,
multi-component resins, varnishes and paints in continuous
heavy-duty use
SPECIFICATIONS
No load speed 130-400 rpm
Power input 1300 watt
Power output 850 watt
Tool fixture 2 x 16 mm Ø
Clamping neck Ø 63 mm
Max. mixing paddle Ø 130 mm
Weight 6,3 kg
Type Order no.
RZ 600 VV 282.413
!
Accessories from page 222
Standard equipment:
1 handle (long)
Mixing paddle I and II
Mixers
Overview of power tools
221

Mixers
Accessories
Mixing paddles
Spiral paddle RR2
Helix paddle WR2
Helix paddle WR3R
Plaster paddle PR3L
Helix paddle WR3L
222
Two negatively arranged spirals force the material down,
preventing the liquid material from splashing. Ideal for mixing
liquid to tough material: Paint, emulsions, varnishes, glazes,
coatings, paste, bitumen.
Designation Paddle
in mm
Mix
in kg
QP Order
number
RR2 120x600 M14 120 Ø 20-40 1 368.903
Two clockwise helices for kneading and mixing tough to pasty
materials. The mixer paddle screws itself down forcing the
material upwards. Extremely versatile, can be used for: tile
adhesive, grout, filler, finished plaster, adhesive mortar, filler
compound, floor screed.
Designation Paddle
in mm
Mix
in kg
QP Order
number
WR2 120x600 M14 120 Ø 15-25 1 368.881
WR2 140x600 M14 140 Ø 20-40 1 368.997
WR2 160x600 M14 160 Ø 20-40 1 369.004
Three clockwise helices screw themselves into the material.
This provides fast, intensive mixing of even the heaviest and
toughest mixtures, with little effort. Also known as a mortar
or tough mixture paddle. Ideal for: mortar, concrete, plaster,
screed, plasterboard bonding compound, bitumen coating.
Designation Paddle
in mm
Mix
in kg
QP Order
number
WR3R 120x600 M14 120 Ø 15-25 1 368.911
WR3R 140x600 M14 140 Ø 20-40 1 369.012
WR3R 160x600 M14 160 Ø 30-60 1 369.020
Three anticlockwise helices press down the mix and stop
the material from splashing. Very powerful appliances and
strengthened spindles are used for substantial mixing quantities.
Ideal for plaster.
Designation Paddle
in mm
Mix
in kg
QP Order
number
PR3L 180x600 M14 180 Ø 40-80 1 369.039
PR3L 200x600 M14 200 Ø 60-100 1 369.047
Three anticlockwise helices press down the mix in the container.
Any deposited pigments, solids or fibres are forced upwards
and evenly mixed. The mix does not splash. Ideal for liquid and
creamy mix: paints, emulsion paints, gypsum plaster, casting
compounds, fibrous materials.
Designation Paddle
in mm
Mix
in kg
QP Order
number
WR3L 120x600 M14 120 Ø 15-25 1 369.055
WR3L 140x600 M14 140 Ø 20-40 1 369.063
WR3L 160x600 M14 160 Ø 30-60 1 369.071
Disc paddle SR2
Beater RB
Two discs with counter-running angled blades create a dynamic
flow in the mixing container. The blades on the discs force
the material being mixed in opposing directions downwards
or upwards. Ideal for mixing liquid to tough material: Paint,
emulsion, paste, glue, jointing mortar.
Designation Paddle
in mm
Mix
in kg
QP Order
number
SR2 120x600 M14 120 Ø 15-25 1 368.938
SR2 140x600 M14 140 Ø 20-40 1 369.128
SR2 160x600 M14 160 Ø 30-60 1 369.136
Round mixing arms prevent air bubbles from being mixed in.
Ideal for all materials where air pockets are to be avoided: filler
compounds, fillers, adhesives, sealants.
Designation Paddle
in mm
Mix
in kg
QP Order
number
RB 120x600 M14 120 Ø 10-30 1 369.152
RB 140x600 M14 140 Ø 30-60 1 369.160
Mixing paddles for drill chucks
VORTINOX mixing paddle
Spiral paddle RR2
Mixing paddle made of stainless steel. No rust formation,
no contamination of the mixture. During the mixing process
no air intake, no foam formation, no degassing/heating of the
mixture. Gentle mixing at slow circumferential speeds with
high intrinsic dynamics, no lump formation. Extremely high
reistance to wear and particularly easy and simple to clean.
Ideal for light-coloured, covering materials, synthetic resin
paints, water-based paints, copper paints, dispersion paints
and 2-component paints, exterior paint, stains, glazes, paste.
Round spindle D10 for clamping in the chuck. Material: V2A,
alloy X5CrNi 18-10 material number 1.4301.
Designation Paddle
in mm
Mix
in kg
QP Order
number
VR 80x320 D 10 80 Ø 0,5-5 1 385.301
VR 140x520 D 10 140 Ø 3-15 1 385.328
Two negatively arranged spirals force the material down,
preventing the liquid material from splashing. Ideal for mixing
liquid to tough material: Paint, emulsions, varnishes, glazes,
coatings, paste, bitumen.
Designation Paddle
in mm
Mix
in kg
QP Order
number
RR2 85x400 SW8 85 Ø - 10 1 368.946
RR2 100x600 SW10 100 Ø 8-25 1 368.954

Helix paddle WR2
Disc paddle SR2
Beater RB
Adapter
M 14 to M 14 adapter
M 18 to M 14 adapter
Two clockwise helices for kneading and mixing tough to pasty
materials. The mixer paddle screws itself down forcing the
material upwards. Extremely versatile, can be used for: tile
adhesive, grout, filler, finished plaster, adhesive mortar, filler
compound, floor screed.
Designation Paddle
in mm
Mix
in kg
QP Order
number
WR2 85x500 SW8 85 Ø -10 1 368.962
WR2 100x500 SW10 100 Ø 8-20 1 368.970
WR2 120x600 SW10 120 Ø 15-25 1 368.989
Two discs with counter-running angled blades create a dynamic
flow in the mixing container. The blades on the discs force
the material being mixed in opposing directions downwards
or upwards. Ideal for mixing liquid to tough material: Paint,
emulsion, paste, glue, jointing mortar.
Designation Paddle
in mm
Mix
in kg
QP Order
number
SR2 80x400 SW8 80 Ø -10 1 369.098
SR2 100x600 SW10 100 Ø 8-15 1 369.101
Round mixing arms prevent air bubbles from being mixed in.
Ideal for all materials where air pockets are to be avoided: filler
compounds, fillers, adhesives, sealants.
Designation Paddle
in mm
Mix
in kg
QP Order
number
RB 120x600 SW10 120 Ø -15 1 369.144
For connecting M14 mixing paddles to R 500 FR and R 502 FR
mixing machines.
QP Order
number
1 255.195
For attaching FLEX mixing paddles M 14 to FLEX R 600, R 600 VV
and R 1800 VR mixers.
QP Order
number
1 250.484
SDS-plus M14 adapter
Extension M14
Mixers
Accessories
M 14 threaded mixer paddle adapter. Useable with SDS-plus
hammer drill.
Extension for M14 mixer paddles.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
1 374.091
QP Order
number
M 14i - M 14a 200 1 374.105
M 14i - M 14a 400 1 374.113
Mixing with FLEX L 1202 angle grinder
Mixing paddle, M 14
Mixing paddle, M 14
For extension of the mixer spindle and improve the ergonomics
of the MXE stirrers, corrosion-resistant.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
For larger quantities. Used with an extension rod.
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
120 Ø 1 124.761
For smaller quantities. Used with an extension rod.
Dimensions
in mm
Mixing heads for RZ 600 VV
Mixing paddles I and II, galvanized version
QP Order
number
70 Ø 1 124.753
Ideal for tough mixtures, adhesive, dual and multi-component
resins and plastics, varnish and paint, sealing and insulation
material, coating material, ready-mixed mortar, plaster,
concrete adhesive, etc. Counter-active mixing: Both mixing
heads mesh and blend the mixture with particular intensity.
Equipment:
- Supplied in pairs, adapted for the FLEX positive mixer. For
insertion in the positive mixer guides.
- 600 mm overall length
Please note:
the mixing head with one marking ring is inserted in fixture I,
the mixing head with two marking rings in fixture II.
Paddle
in mm
Mix
in kg
QP Order
number
R-V 100 M14 M/F 100 1 390.755
QP Order
number
130 Ø 5 - 60 1 252.200
223

Laser measuring technology
FLEX laser measuring technology.
Straight to the point.
The introduction of these intelligent helpers has finally rendered spirit levels, plumb
lines, and complicated levelling aids obsolete. Luminously intense diodes and the
high projection precision of the FLEX lasers as well as auxiliary accessories such
as receivers make laser points or laser lines clearly visible even under poor light
conditions and at greater distances.
Laser technology has revolutionised measuring and levelling in the construction
industry.
The tightly bundled laser beam is emitted absolutely straight and makes a
precise transfer of heights, angles, and verticals in rooms possible. In building
drywallconstruction and interior work, lasers have now become indispensable.
Whether drywall constructors, tile layers, electricians, plumbers, kitchen installers,
exhibition stand constructors, carpenters, painters, brick layers, and so forth –
FLEX has the appropriate precision laser for every professional craftsman, for every
measuring application, and for every construction site: From the self-levelling line
laser to the fully automatic rotation laser.
Application examples
- Aligning wall frames, walls, windows, doors, mirror tiles, etc.
- Setting heights of power outlets and light switches
- Determine top edge of screed
- Layout rows of tiles and floor panels
- Transfer heights and points for mounting – bus bars, recessed ceiling lamps, etc.
- Aligning advertising signs
- Determine slants and angles
- Project lines to align posters, pictures, paintings etc.
- Lowering ceilings

Cross-line laser ALC 2/1
Floor layer laser ALC 2-F
360° line laser ALC 1-360
suitable
ideally suited
Construction below ground
Construction above ground
Roofer
Industrial building construction
Gardening and landscaping
Windows/doors
Staircase construction
Dry construction
Interior decoration
Kitchen and shop fitting
Metalworker/metal construction
Laser measuring technology
Safety information:
FLEX laser measuring devices meet all international safety standards. They comply with laser class 2 or 2M according to
DIN EN 60825-1: 2001-11 (wave length 635-670 nm, < 1mW output) and are safe for eyes and skin under normal use.
Nevertheless one should never look directly into the laser beam when using laser measuring devices.
Carpenter
Exhibition stand construction
Electrician
Heating, sanitation, air-conditioning
Screed layer
Tiler
Plasterer, stuccoworker
Painter, decorator
Renovating
Interior designer
Laser receiver
Large tripod
Medium tripod
225

Laser measuring technology
ALC 2/1
The handy cross-line laser
The versatile ALC 2/1 can illuminate 180° horizontally and
vertically. The integrated pendulum compensator makes
a laborious pre-adjustment and precision adjustment
unnecessary. The receiver LR 1 can double the range by
means of the pulse function. Thanks to the particularly bright
laser lines, you can always work precisely even in poor light
conditions or over long distances. The ALC 2/1 is extremely
robust thanks to its high-quality housing and its perfectly
mounted laser unit and is therefore ideal for daily use on
the building site.
LR 1
The practical laser receiver
The LR 1 has an offset notch for the simple transference
of reference marks. The on-grade mark is aligned with
the laser-on-grade readout and the vertical mark notch. To
ensure a flawless mark, the mark is situated near the photo
cell. To select the receiver precision, the LR 1 features
a precision switch.
226
Crystal clear
Specially coated glasses ensure clean and
high-precision laser lines.
It couldn’t be simpler
One-button condition for simple selection of
the functions (+ pulse button). Operating errors
are therefore excluded.
Laser wall holder
Magnetic 90° wall holder made of aluminium
with ¼” device connection. Suitable for
ALC 1-360 and 2/1.
With a good sound
Features three acoustic signals (can be switched
off). Quick signal: Receiver too low. Continuous
signal: On grade. Slow signal: Receiver too high.
With perspective
An easily legible LCD display is located on
the front and back of the device. It indicates
the receiver position and the settings of
the receiver.
Everything in water
The two points with the receiver on-grade mark
for levelling rod measurements are also attached
to the receiver holder.

Versatile in application and easy to handle.
The head rotates
The ALC 2/1 can also be used with a tripod. The required ¼” device connection is on the
underside of the device. When using tripods with a ⅝” connection, the adapter available as
an accessory is required. The flexible tripod head of the LKS 65-170 F ¼ can be steplessly
rotated, tilted and swivelled. The integrated circular level facilitates alignment.
Best reception
The receiver LR 1 can double the range
from 30 metres to 60 metres by means of
the pulse function of the ALC 2/1.
Let there be light!
The exceptionally bright laser lines are still
highly visible even in poor light conditions.
Laser measuring technology
Horizontally and vertically
With the ALC 2/1 you can illuminate a room
horizontally and vertically. It is therefore
particularly versatile.
Runs like clockwork
The specially coated glasses ensure clean
and precise laser lines. Ideal for aligning
tall cupboards, for example when fitting
kitchens.
227

Laser measuring technology
ALC 2-F
The robust floor layer laser
The ALC 2-F, with its extremely robust aluminium housing, is
perfect for the tough demands of the building site. The four
laser lines at a 90° angle enable exact alignment in the room.
You can continue working without interruption. The upstream
cross hairs facilitate positioning and aligning of the laser. The
exceptionally bright laser lines are still very visible even in
poor light conditions. The three-point support (20 mm high)
provides a firm stand and reduces soiling even in a mortar
bed.
228
Crystal clear
Specially coated glasses ensure clean and
high-precision laser lines.
One-button condition
Easy handling. Operating errors are therefore
excluded.
Steel ball feet
Low wear and easy to clean. Considerably
increases the service life of the power tool.
90° stop angle
15 mm high stop angles for direct application on
e.g. floor tiles.

Perfect for the tough demands of the building site.
Laser measuring technology
The use of the floor layer laser ALC 2-F means that spirit
levels, guide lines and expensive auxiliary constructions
are now a thing of the past. The three-point support
(20 mm high) provides a firm stand and reduces soiling
in a mortar bed. The steel ball feet are easy to clean.
The 15 mm high 90° stop angles are ideal for direct
application on e.g. floor tiles.
229

Laser measuring technology
ALC 1-360
The compact 360° line laser
The ALC 1-360 has a 360° horizontal laser line, no disruptive
pulsing as with rotation lasers. The combination of a highquality
housing and a perfectly mounted laser unit make
the ALC 1-360 a robust laser for daily use on the constructions
site. The integrated pendulum compensator makes a laborious
pre-adjustment and precision adjustment unnecessary.
The device can be used immediately. The receiver LR 1 can
double the range by means of the pulse function. Thanks
to the particularly bright laser lines, you can always work
precisely even in poor light conditions or over long distances.
The compact design allows a very low ceiling distance.
230
Robust and insensitive
Features a powerful laser diode, therefore
not a large number of sensitive components.
Technical failures are minimised considerably.
The specially coated glasses ensure clean and
high-precision laser lines.
Simple handling
To select all functions, you require one button
only (+ pulse button). Operating errors are
therefore excluded.
¼” connection thread for tripods
An adapter is required (available as an accessory)
for tripods with a ⅝” device connection.

Almost like Dolby-Surround.
Well balanced
The integrated pendulum compensator makes a laborious pre-adjustment and precision
adjustment unnecessary. The device can be used immediately. The exceptionally bright laser
lines are still highly visible even in poor light conditions.
Laser measuring technology
Silence itself
The ALC 1-360 has a clearly visible laser line,
i.e. there is no disruptive pulsing as with
rotation lasers. As a result, work is enjoyable
and precise.
Quite slim
With only a 3 cm gap from the upper edge,
the ALC 1-360 allows a very low ceiling
distance. Ideal when mounting ceiling
substructures.
231

Laser measuring technology
Overview of power tools
ALC 2/1 ALC 1-360
Self-levelling cross-hair laser
• Two 180° visible laser lines which can be switched individually
• Cross-laser projection
• Self-levelling
• Optical warning signal when self-levelling range exceeded
• Self-levelling which can be switched off
• Highly visible laser beam thanks to anti-reflective glass
• Simple On-button operation
• Connectable pulse function for use with receiver
• ¼” thread for tripod
SPECIFICATIONS
Number of lines
Visible area lines
! !
Accessories page 235 Accessories page 235
232
1 horizontal/
1 vertical
180° horizontal/
vertical
Precision ± 3 mm/10m
Self-levelling range ± 6 °
Max. working range 30 m
Max. range
with receiver
60 m
Operation duration 25 h
Temperature range -18° - +50 °C
Laser class 2
Weight 0,28 kg
Type Order no.
ALC 2/1 393.665
NEW
Standard equipment:
Batteries 3x AA
1 wall holder magnetic WB-M 1/4-ALC
1 belt pouch BEP ALC 2/1
1 carrying case TK-S ALC 2/1
360° line laser for highest demands
• A visible 360° laser line
• Self-levelling
• Optical warning signal when self-levelling range exceeded
• Highly visible laser beam thanks to anti-reflective glass
• Simple On-button operation
• Connectable pulse function for use with receiver
• ¼” thread for tripod
SPECIFICATIONS
Number of lines 1 horizontal
Visible area lines 360° horizontal
Precision ± 3 mm/30m
Self-levelling range ± 8 °
Max. working range 30 m
Max. range
with receiver
60 m
Operation duration 35 h
Temperature range -18° - +50 °C
Laser class 2
Weight 0,45 kg
Type Order no.
ALC 1-360 393.681
NEW
Standard equipment:
Batteries 3x D
1 wall/ceiling holder WBC 1/4-ALC
1 carrying case TK-S ALC 1-360

ALC 2-F LR 1
Floor layer laser
• Two visible laser lines at 90° angle in front of and behind the
device
• Highly visible laser beam thanks to anti-reflective glass
• Robust aluminium housing with integrated stop rail and three
steel ball device feet
SPECIFICATIONS
Number of lines 2 at 90° angle
Visible area lines 90° angle
Precision ± 2 mm/6 m
Max. working range 20 m
Operation duration 10 h
Temperature range -10° - +50 °C
Laser class 2
Weight 1,09 kg
Type Order no.
ALC 2-F 393.673
NEW
Standard equipment:
2 target plates red FTR-M
Batteries 3x AA
1 carrying case TK-S ALC 2-F
! Accessories page 235
!
Accessories page 235
Laser measuring technology
Overview of power tools
Laser receiver
• Receiver for horizontally and vertically pulsed laser lines. Can be
used with ALC 1-360 and 2/1
• Adjustable display precision
• Display on front and back
• Acoustic signal which can be switched off when laser received
• Floor level mark (on-Grade)
SPECIFICATIONS
Number of lines 2 at 90° angle
Working range 30 - 75 m
Precision
I=0,75 mm /
II=1,75 mm
Operation duration 30 h
Temperature range -20° - +60 °C
Weight 0,14 kg
Type Order no.
LR 1 393.703
Standard equipment:
Batteries 9V-unit
1 holder SC LR 1
NEW
233

Laser measuring technology
Overview of power tools
LKS 100-300 5/8 LKS 65-170 F 1/4
! Accessories page 235
!
234
NEW
Laser tripod
• Stable elevator tripod with adjustable crank column and
extractor column. With ⅝” connection and rubber feet which
can be unscrewed. Very handy, when pushed together only
1.10 m with carrying strap
• Work area from 1,01 to 3,00 m
• Adjusting range of the clamping column 0,36 m
• Adjusting range of the extraction column 0,43 m
SPECIFICATIONS
Working range 1,01 - 3,00 m
Connection thread ⅝”
Weight 5,7 kg
Type Order no.
LKS 100-300 5/8 398.616
Standard equipment:
1 carrying strap
1 adapter LAD 5/8 I-1/4 A
Accessories page 235
NEW
Laser tripod
• 1,4 kg light-weight elevator tripod made of aluminium with ¼”
connection. Rotating and tilting tripod head, including carrying
bag
• Work area from 0,65 – 1,65 m
SPECIFICATIONS
Working range 0,65 - 1,65 m
Connection thread ¼”
Weight 1,4 kg
Type Order no.
LKS 65-170 F 1/4 398.624
Standard equipment:
1 carrying bag

Accessories for laser measuring technology
Laser receiver holder
Laser wall holder
Wall and ceiling mount
Laser target plate
For attachment of the laser receiver with 2 clamping jaws for
fixing on levelling rules.
Designation QP Order
number
SC LR 1 1 394.017
Magnetic 90° wall holder made of aluminium with ¼” device
connection. Suitable for ALC 1-360 and 2/1.
Designation QP Order
number
WB-M 1/4-ALC 1 393.630
Adjustable wall and ceiling holder with additional clamping
function. ¼” device connection.
Designation QP Order
number
WCB 1/4-ALC 1 393.614
Amplifies the projection of the red laser beam over long distances
or in a bright environment. Magnetic and can be set up.
Designation QP Order
number
FTR-M 1 393.606
Belt pouch
Carry case
Laser tripod adapter
Belt pouch for ALC 2/1.
Laser measuring technology
Accessories
Designation QP Order
number
BEP ALC 2/1 1 393.622
Suitable for laser ALC 2/1 and receiver with holder.
Designation QP Order
number
TK-S ALC 2/1 1 393.908
Suitable for laser ALC 1/-360 and receiver with holder.
Designation QP Order
number
TK-S ALC 1-360 1 393.649
Suitable for laser ALC 2-F with additional compartment for ALC 2-1.
Designation QP Order
number
TK-S ALC 2-F 1 393.657
⅝” internal thread on ¼” external thread for using the laser on
the elevator tripod (398.616).
Designation QP Order
number
LAD 5/8 I-1/4 A 1 398.608
235

Tools for painted
surface finishing.
What a perfect finish needs is a fine touch, special machinery
and the right accessories. After all, in either the garage
or vehicle paint shops it is a question of getting to grips
with everything at all times. The FLEX surface finishing
programme provides the optimum solution - and gleaming
results - for the most varied of requirements.
Painted surface finishing
POLISHFLEX PE 14-2 150
PE 14-1 180
Overview of power tools
Professional tips
Accessories
238
240
244
248
252
256
Painted surface finishing
237

Painted surface finishing
FLEX. The polishing specialist.
Whether it is a matter of polishing, paint care, sealing or one of scratches or holograms, we
not only have the optimum machinery but can also help you in all questions to do with painted
surfaces. Demands are being constantly placed on vehicle paintwork from weather and air
pollution, on the one hand, and from mechanical effects, on the other. The consequences
come in the form of fading and scratches. Parts of the paint surface are lacklustre and dull.
The damage is particularly conspicuous on dark shades and under the sun‘s rays. Just as
annoying are hologram effects. Although very small, they still leave dull, greyish traces on
the paint surface – just like a film of grease.
Another preliminary remark: Before you repair paint damage and defects, you should first
prepare the surface as usual by sanding it with the appropriate grain size. After all activities
we also recommend wiping the surface with the microfibre cloth to remove polish residue. It
is also important that you know the different effects of lambswool and sponge. Although soft
and fleecy lambswool (TopWool) is still regarded as particularly suitable for repolishing, it is
in reality extremely aggressive. As the polishing agent is deposited intensively on and around
the individual fibres, the effect of the polish is increased many times. Therefore, polishing
with lambswool, in comparison with sponge, requires less time and generates less heat.
Tips and tricks:
1. Before starting, mask off any rubber
parts, seals and paint-free sections. This
saves you from having to undertakes
troublesome cleaning at the end.
2. Use the recommended combination of
machine and pad.
3. Test the polish beforehand on a small,
non-visible area.
4. Start with Speed Step 1 and go up to a
maximum 2300 rpm.
5. Keep checking the surface temperature
with the back of your hand. It should only
be warm to the touch. To much pressure
and an excessive speed will result in
surface damage.
6. Let the machine‘s own weight do the
work.
7. Any contamination of the lambswool or
sponge can have a major negative effect
on the results.
8. Always use the same sponge/
lambswool for the same agent.
9. Moisten the sponge or lambswool
before polishing and sealing. This eases
the work for you and stops the polish or
sealer from drying out to quickly.
10. As a dry polish can damage the
surface, you should repeatedly moisten
the surface with a sprayer.
11. You should keep the machine
constantly in motion both to stop any
surface damage and for an even finish.
12. On final finishing, remove any surplus
polishing agents from the surface – this
should be done with a clean micro-fibre
cloth which is always used for just one
agent.
13. Cleaning lambswool, sponge and the
micro-fibre cloth after use will promote
their longevity.

Which polisher best meets my requirements?
For “coated surfaces” FLEX has the ideal polishing solution for every application.
PE 14-2 150
PE 14-1 180
L 602 VR
PE 14-3 125
1400 1400 1500 1400 1200 900 1600
200 250 220 160 160 160 250
380-2100 250-1350 400-2400 1100-3700 1200-3700 160-480 1750
2.3 2.3 3.3 2.2 1.9 2.6 5.1
L 1503 VR
Painted surface finishing
1. The soft powerhouses
High torque at low speed. That is the hallmark of the gentle power packs from FLEX. Even when starting at the lower speed
range you can feel the power. Powerful and cool, so you can polish even the most demanding surfaces. The very quiet operating
noise is especially pleasant. Professionals have appreciated this for years with our legendary L 602 VR and our PE 14-2 150 and
PE 14-1 180 will also inspire you.
2. The allrounders
A wide speed range from 1100/1200/min to 3700/min is what distinguishes these small and handly allrounders from FLEX. You
can choose between our classic L 1503 VR with sliding switch and grip hood and the ergonomic version PE 14-3 125 with slim grip
and accelerator switch.
3. The roto random orbit
With its combined rotary and random orbital motion our XC 3401 VRG simulates the movement of the human hand. The surface
stays cool and the finish is perfect. Coated surfaces are not only well sealed and conserved, but can also be polished without the
effect of holograms. Also the XC 3401 VRG is especially suitable for removing polishing marks and holograms.
4. The specialist
The polisher L 1202 is especially suitable for applications with wood or stainless steel. This machine uses extra large buffing
wheels, polishing mops and brushes.
Power input in watts
Max. polishing
pad diameter
No load speed
Weight kg
Available as a set
Drive
yes
rotary
Soft powerhouses Allrounders
no
rotary
yes
rotary
yes
rotary
no
rotary
Roto random
orbit
XC 3401 VRG
yes
rotary orbital
Specialist
L 1202
no
rotary
239

Painted surface finishing
POLISHFLEX
POLISHFLEX. Developed by professionals for professionals.
The POLISHFLEX is perfectly adapted to user requirements. Motor and gear unit both operate extremely quietly. The optimum
speed range of 380-2100/min and the high torque are ideally suited for processing sensitive surfaces. Thanks to the ergonomic
design and low weight, even difficult areas can be easily reached and processed. The maximum polishing pad diameter is
Ø 200 mm enabling horizontal and vertical surfaces to be processed quickly and comfortably.
2-speed gearbox
The gear unit is combination of planetary and
lapped angular gear units. Planetary gear units
can transmit very high torques despite their very
compact design. Extremely low noise generation,
even under load.
Can be held lower
The machine has a flat gear head to keep the
distance from the surface as small as possible.
The machine can therefore be operated safely in
any position.
It has grip
The grip hood with SoftGrip has been ergonomically
designed for optimum and precise guidance.
If required, a handle can be attached to the
side (included as standard equipment).
Always keeps a cool head
Powerful 1400 watt motor with highly efficient
fan for optimum air flow. The optimized air
ducting system ensures the best possible cooling
of gear unit and motor.
No blowing air
And there is no annoying exhaust air for the user.
With a lot of feeling
Continuous speed control trigger: for a gentle
start (starting speed at setting 1 (380rpm)) and
a lock-on for continuous operation.
Always a turn for the better
Microprocessor electronics with stepless
380-2100/min speed preselection.
Easy to operate
The spindle lock is ideally positioned to prevent
operating errors and does not interfere with the
grip area.
241

Painted surface finishing
POLISHFLEX
POLISHFLEX PE 14-2 150
Has acquired an excellent reputation.
What have the RUF CTR3 super sports car and the new POLISHFLEX in common? Both have been developed to achieve absolute
best values in the areas of drive, gear unit, motor output and durability but with the difference that one of them must perform
quickly on the asphalt and the other very “gently” on the surface. In addition to its internal values, the new POLISHFLEX also has
a slim and “sportslike” design allowing it to be reliably “steered” even into the most difficult places.
242

Small, black, powerful
Especially handy
The flat gear head with SoftGrip ensures that
you have a secure footing and superb handling.
The POLISHFLEX can therefore always
be controlled safely and comfortably.
Always on target
FLEX microfibre cloths remove residue reliably
and extremely gently. TIP: After each
application excess polish should be removed
from the surface.
Perfectly balanced
The POLISHFLEX runs very quietly. The noise
has been optimized to such an extent that it
is hardly noticeable even under load.
Just in case
The maximum polishing pad diameter is
Ø 200 mm, enabling horizontal and vertical
surfaces to be processed quickly and
reliably.
Painted surface finishing
POLISHFLEX
Can be held lower
Thanks to its flat design and optimized
weight, the PE 14-2 150 can be guided
safely even in difficult places.
With a lot of feeling
Thanks to the microprocessor electronics
with stepless speed selection of
380–2100 rpm, even sensitive materials,
such as carbon, can be processed gently.
243

PE 14-1 180. The large-scale professional.
The PE 14-1 180 is a further addition to the “gentle power packs”. The polisher PE 14-1 180 was developed from the well known
POLISHFLEX PE 14-2 150, however with a new gear reduction with a speed range of 250–1350 rpm. The high torque at low speed
is already the special feature of the PE 14-1 180. Even when started at a lower speed range, you can feel the force and power.
2-speed gearbox
The gear unit is combination of planetary and
lapped angular gear units. Planetary gear units
can transmit very high torques despite their very
compact design. Extremely low noise generation,
even under load.
Can be held lower
The machine has a flat gear head to keep the
distance from the surface as small as possible.
The machine can therefore be operated safely in
any position.
It has grip
The grip hood with SoftGrip has been ergonomically
designed for optimum and precise guidance.
If required, a handle can be attached to the
side (included as standard equipment).
Always keeps a cool head
Powerful 1400 watt motor with highly efficient
fan for optimum air flow. The optimized air ducting
system ensures the best possible cooling of
gear unit and motor.
Painted surface finishing
PE 14-1 180
No blowing air
And there is no annoying exhaust air for the user.
With a lot of feeling
Continuous speed control trigger: for a gentle
start (starting speed at setting 1 (250 rpm)) and
a lock-on for continuous operation.
Always a turn for the better
Microprocessor electronics with stepless
250 - 1350/min speed preselection.
Easy to operate
The spindle lock is ideally positioned to prevent
operating errors and does not interfere with the
grip area.
245

Painted surface finishing
PE 14-1 180
The large-scale master.
Polishing with the PE 14-1 180. As if you were on holiday.
The PE 14-1 180 is characterised in particular by its enormous torque and the extremely low noise generation. High load capacity
thanks to optimised cooling – above all at the lower speed range. The accelerator switch enables polishing to be started gently
and slowly.
Over the horizon
The maximum polishing pad diameter is
Ø 250 mm, enabling horizontal and vertical
surfaces to be processed quickly and
reliably.
246
Always stay cool!
Problem surfaces, which e.g. are sensitive
to heat, can be worked optimally even at
the lowest speed thanks to the high torque.
Working flat out
The small gap between the surface and
the flat gear head is reassuring especially in
sensitive and difficult areas.

A real high-flyer.
Everybody gets a lift with the power of the PE 14-1 180.
Ultra light-weight
Thanks to its ergonomic design and the low
weight, difficult areas can be easily reached
and worked in almost all locations.
Small but really fine
Light-weight, handy and very quiet. These
are the advantages of the PE 14-1 180 when
it involves working large areas.
A neat job
Painted surface finishing
PE 14-1 180
Especially when working on aeroplanes, the low weight and perfect handling enables you to polish large vertical and horizontal
areas comfortably and effortlessly using polishing bodies up to Ø 250 mm.
With a weight of only 2.3 kg, the
PE 14-1 180 is one of the lightest polishers
in its class. Even large vertical areas are
child’s play.
247

Polishers
Overview of power tools
PE 14-2 150 PE 14-1 180
POLISHFLEX, variable-speed polisher with a high
torque
• VR electronic control: stepless speed selection, tachogeneratorcontrolled
constant speed, overload protection, re-start inhibit
and temperature monitoring.
• Powerful 1400 watt motor with highly-efficient ventilator for
optimum cooling
• Continuous speed control trigger: for a gentle start, starting
speed at setting 1 (380rpm) and a lock-on for continuous
operation
• Optimised air ducting for optimum cooling of motor and gear.
No annoying exhaust air for the user
• Innovative combination of planetary and angular gears reduces
noise to an absolute minimum
• Flat gear head reduces distance to the surface. The machine can
therefore be operated safely in any position.
• Grip hood: ergonomically shaped with SoftGrip. The machine can
be controlled with precision and is always comfortable yet secure
to hold.
• Spindle lock: It is ideally positioned to prevent operating error
and does not interfere with the grip area.
• With rubberised resting bar for safe setting down
• 4 metres PUR H05-BQF cable: wear-resistant, flexible and highly
resistant to cuts and abrasions
SPECIFICATIONS
Max. polishing pad diameter 200 mm
Max. back-up pad diameter 150 mm
No load speed 380-2100 rpm
Power input 1400 watt
Power output 880 watt
Tool fixture M 14
Size (L x H) 402x117 mm
Weight 2,3 kg
Type Order no.
PE 14-2 150 373.680
PE 14-2 150 Set 376.175
! Accessories from page 256
!
248
Standard equipment PE 14-2 150:
1 handle
Standard equipment PE 14-2 150 Set:
1 handle
1 velcro backing pad, cushioned, Ø 150 mm
1 polishing sponge PS-B 160
1 polishing sponge PS-BL 160
1 lambswool TW-PT 160
1 microfibre cloth MW-P
1 SpecialPolish P05/03 250 ml
1 NanoPolish & Wax P02/06 250 ml
2 case inserts
Plastic carrying case
Polisher with high torque for processing large painted
surfaces
• VR electronic control: stepless speed selection, tachogeneratorcontrolled
constant speed, overload protection, re-start inhibit
and temperature monitoring.
• Powerful 1400 watt motor with highly-efficient ventilator for
optimum cooling
• Continuous speed control trigger: for a gentle start, starting speed
at setting 1 (250 rpm) and a lock-on for continuous operation
• Optimised air ducting for optimum cooling of motor and gear. No
annoying exhaust air for the user
• Innovative combination of planetary and angular gears reduces
noise to an absolute minimum
• Flat gear head reduces distance to the surface. The machine can
therefore be operated safely in any position.
• Grip hood: ergonomically shaped with SoftGrip. The machine can
be controlled with precision and is always comfortable yet secure
to hold.
• Spindle lock: It is ideally positioned to prevent operating error
and does not interfere with the grip area.
• With rubberised resting bar for safe setting down
• Especially for processing large horizontal and vertical areas.
For the automotive, maritime and aviation areas
• Polishes at extremely low revolutions and high torque, e.g. for
heat-sensitive surfaces
• 4 metres PUR H05-BQF cable: wear-resistant, flexible and highly
resistant to cuts and abrasions
SPECIFICATIONS
Max. polishing pad diameter 250 mm
Max. back-up pad diameter 180 mm
No load speed 250-1350 rpm
Power input 1400 watt
Power output 880 watt
Tool fixture M 14
Size (L x H) 402x117 mm
Weight 2,3 kg
Type Order no.
PE 14-1 180 395.749
Accessories from page 256
Standard equipment:
1 handle
NEW

L 602 VR PE 14-3 125
Variable-speed polisher with a high torque
• VR electronics: stepless speed selection, constant speed
control by means of tachogenerator, overload protection and
temperature monitor
• Powerful 1500 watt motor with high degree of efficiency
• Integrated air deflection: protects against direct air flow
• Perfect cooling for heavy-duty use.
• Optimum handling by balanced weight distribution and 3 grip
variants, depending on use
• Rubber rest bar protects machine and surface of workpiece when
changing pads
• Spindle lock
SPECIFICATIONS
Max. polishing pad diameter 220 mm
Max. back-up pad diameter 175 mm
No load speed 400-2400 rpm
Power input 1500 watt
Power output 1000 watt
Tool fixture M 14
Weight 3,3 kg
Type Order no.
L 602 VR 329.800
L 602 VR Set 329.819
Standard equipment L 602 VR:
1 side handle
1 bail handle
Standard equipment L 602 VR Set:
1 side handle
1 bail handle
1 velcro pad 150 Ø
1 polishing sponge PS-B 200
1 microfibre polishing cloth MW-C
1 SpecialPolish P05/03 250 ml
1 NanoPolish & Wax P02/06 250 ml
! Accessories from page 256
!
Accessories from page 256
Polishers
Overview of power tools
Ergonomic polisher with speed control trigger
• VR microprocessor control: with tachogenerator constant speed
control, soft start, continuous speed control trigger, restart
protection after power failure, overload protection, temperature
monitoring and speed selection
• With its wide speed range it is perfect for working with polishing
pads from Ø 80 mm upto max Ø 160 mm
• Ideal polishing pad Ø 140 mm
• High-powered motor: can handle extreme loads
• Ergonomic design
• Slim shaft handle and ergonomic grip cover to optimise handling
and reduce fatigue when polishing
• 4 metres PUR H05-BQF cable: wear-resistant, flexible and highly
resistant to cuts and abrasions
• Spindle lock
SPECIFICATIONS
Max. polishing pad diameter 160 mm
Max. back-up pad diameter 150 mm
No load speed 1100-3700 rpm
Power input 1400 watt
Power output 880 watt
Tool fixture M 14
Size (L x H) 370 x 110 mm
Weight 2,2 kg
Type Order no.
PE 14-3 125 383.678
PE 14-3 125 Set 383.732
Standard equipment PE 14-3 125:
1 side handle
Standard equipment PE 14-3 125 Set:
1 side handle
1 velcro pad 125 Ø
1 polishing sponge PS-B 160
1 polishing sponge PS-W 160
1 microfibre polishing cloth MW-C
1 SpecialPolish P05/03 250 ml
1 NanoPolish & Wax P02/06 250 ml
249

Polishers
Overview of power tools
XC 3401 VRG XC 3401 VRG Set
Positive-drive orbital polisher
• VR microprocessor control: with tachogenerator constant speed
control, soft start, continuous speed control trigger, restart
protection after power failure, overload protection, temperature
monitoring and speed selection
• 8 mm orbit for high efficiency
• Permanent direct drive for an even polished surface
• Cushioned special hook and loop pad for polishing.
• Removable, ergonomic handle and guard for optimum handling
in all applications
• Low heat generation on the surface makes it ideal for
temperature-sensitive paints
• Counterweight for smoother operation
• Low height and low weight
• Spindle lock
• This machine is also available in 110 V
SPECIFICATIONS
Max. polishing pad diameter 160 mm
Velcro backing pad Ø 140 mm
No load speed 160-480 rpm
Orbit 8 mm
Orbit rate, no load 3200-9600 opm
Power input 900 watt
Power output 590 watt
Weight 2,6 kg
Type Order no.
XC 3401 VRG 322.008
!
XC 3401 VRG Set 334.081
Accessories from page 256
250
Standard equipment XC 3401 VRG:
1 SoftVib handle
1 bail handle
1 special velcro backing pad, 140 Ø
Standard equipment XC 3401 VRG Set:
1 SoftVib handle
1 bail handle
1 special velcro backing pad, 140 Ø
1 polishing sponge PS-W 160
1 microfibre polishing cloth MW-C
1 set-bag
1 NanoPolish & Wax P02/06 250 ml
1 SpecialPolish P05/03 250 ml

L 1503 VR L 1202
Polisher with a wide speed range
• VR electronic control: tachogenerator-controlled constant speed,
soft-start, overload protection and speed selection
• High-powered motor: can handle extreme loads
• With its wide speed range it is perfect for working with polishing
pads from Ø 80 mm upto max Ø 160 mm
• Ideal polishing pad Ø 140 mm
• On/off switch
• Spindle lock
• This machine is also available in 110 V
SPECIFICATIONS
Max. polishing pad diameter 160 mm
Max. back-up pad diameter 150 mm
No load speed 1200-3700 rpm
Power input 1200 watt
Power output 700 watt
Weight 1,9 kg
Type Order no.
L 1503 VR 250.280
Standard equipment:
1 side handle
! Accessories from page 256
!
Powerful low-speed polisher, 1600 watt
• High-powered motor: can handle extreme loads
• Low speed, high torque
• Rugged metal composite housing for optimum heat dissipation
• For continuous use with large polishing heads for brushing,
polishing and buffing wood and stainless steel
• On/off switch
• Spindle lock
SPECIFICATIONS
Max. polishing pad diameter 250 mm
Max. back-up pad diameter 175 mm
No load speed 1750 rpm
Power input 1600 watt
Power output 1100 watt
Tool fixture M 14
Weight 5,1 kg
Type Order no.
L 1202 278.688
Accessories from page 256
Polishers
Overview of power tools
Standard equipment:
1 side handle
1 hand guard
1 handle
251

Painted surface finishing
Professional tips
Polishing and more. FLEX professional tips.
Polishing is not just polishing. In common parlance the term is synonymous with sanding a surface smooth to create a gloss
finish. The professional definition however is much broader. A good “polish” including paint preparation and care comprises the
following three steps:
POLISHING: Use of mechanical operations to achieve a smooth, high-gloss surface.
SEALING: Permanently seal porous surfaces.
PAINT CARE: Protect paintwork by waxing.
Professional tips for polishing
• Never use polishing agents in the sun,
at high temperatures or when the air
humidity is high.
• Before treating the paint surface, wash it
thoroughly and leave to dry.
• Do not use dirty cloths or sponges.
• Avoid any transitions which result in
irregularities and streaking.
• Regularly change and clean the polishing
sponge.
• Use all agents extremely sparingly. If too
much polish is applied, it will be more
difficult to rub off and the quality will be
impaired.
252
Professional tips for sealing
• First, clean the surface thoroughly.
• Remove all dead paint and tinting
particles from the surface.
• Caution – incorrect application will
not only seal the paint surface but also
the dirt.
Professional tips for paint care
• Thoroughly clean the surface beforehand.
• Apply agents sparingly and evenly.
• Make sure the surface is absolutely dry.
• Avoid the sun’s rays, excessive heat,
humidity and temperatures below
freezing.

Rotary or random orbital?
Painted surface finishing
Professional tips
As with many other questions in life, there is no clear-cut reply to this particular question. Just as with selecting the right polish,
recommending a rotary or a random orbital machine depends on the particular job. In principle, the truth is that rotary devices
are used more in the professional trade sector. However, random orbit devices are used in the professional trade sector, in
particular for finishing work. In the semi-profesional world preference is often given to tools with random orbit rotary motion.
ROTARY: Sensitive and aggressive
Polishing is very much a matter of feeling and precision.
However, by using a rotary machine you, as a professional, will
confidently be able to handle any polishing job. You should
note two things: Firstly, rotary motion impacts much more
aggressively on the surface than a random orbit device does.
Secondly, non-professional application may very quickly produce
hologram effects. Ideal for: dust inclusions, orange peel
effect, paint runs, spray mist, heavily weathered paints, normal
scratches, paint cleaning.
RANDOM ORBITAL: Effective and efficient
Eccentric types are specialists – and are rarely popular among
their peers. However, this in no way applies to polishers with
eccentric (random orbit) rotary motion and permanent positive
drive. No surprise really since these devices can be operated
effectively and efficiently. Thanks to the special motion and
large stroke, you cannot only seal the paint surface very well,
but also polish it without the effect of holograms. The machine
can also remove any hologram effects and polishing marks,
in particular on dark paints. Ideal for: weathered paints, light
scratches, minor signs of wear, hologram removal, streaks,
hair lines, high-gloss polishing, sealing. Professionals also use
rotary polishers to treat this type of paint damage.
253

Painted surface finishing
Professional tips
The problem solvers
FLEX accessories and polishers. Perfectly coordinated.
To ensure an optimum result, the interaction between machine and polish or sponges or lambswool is extremely important. The
correct accessory must be used depending on the paint damage (scratch, hologram, etc.). Light scratches can be removed using
the blue sponge and the FLEX SpecialPolish.
Perfect polish
Our recommendation for removing deep
scratches is to use either the lambswool pad
or blue sponge and the FLEX SpecialPolish.
254
Perfect interaction
Holograms can best be worked on with wafer
sponge black and the FLEX SpecialPolish.
Perfect gloss
The XC 3401 VRG orbital polisher and FLEX
NanoPolish & Wax are eminently suited for
the sealing operation.

The soft powerhouses
The roto random orbit
The allrounders
Recommended applications
Orange peel effect
Dust inclusions
Deep scratches
Scratches
Minor signs of wear
Hologram effects
Paint sealing/care
Polishing
sponge,
blue
Polishing
fleece
Polishing
sponge,
black
Polishing
sponge,
white
Painted surface finishing
Professional tips
SpecialPolish
NanoPolish & Wax
255

Polishers
Accessories
Accessories Zubehör for polishing systems
The soft powerhouses
The allrounders
The roto random orbit
The specialist
SpecialPolish
256
Silicon-fee, fine polishing compound for
a high-degree of material removal and a
medium gloss. For removing, for instance,
ingrained dust, paint mists, fine scratches in
combination with the lambswool. Together
with the right sponge, ideally suited for
removing signs of wear, restoring weathered
paints.
NanoPolish & Wax
Silicon-free, high-gloss polish with nano
compound particles and carnauba wax. For
polishing new to slightly scratched paints.
Ideal for scratch-resistant paintwork. Also
gives a perfect finish to paintwork pre-treated
with the fine polishing compound. High-gloss
finish and protection in one.
Microfibre polishing cloth, classic
Seamless, washable. For gentle removing
polishing and sealing residues. For a perfect
surface finish and brilliant deep gloss.
Microfibre polishing cloth, premium
Thanks to the very high soft pile, residues
can be picked up reliably and gently. This is
what makes the microfibre cloth ideal for an
optimum paint finish. It can also be used for
car wash purposes. Long service life, washing
machine safe (without softener).
Velcro-backed pad with gearwheel
Damped special velcro pad for polishing,
for smaller sponges, e.g. PS-W 140 mm.
This sponge size is ideal for use in the spot
repair area as well as on narrow surfaces,
e.g. C-columns. On account of the special
holders this pad is designed exclusively for
the XC 3401 VRG.
suitable
– not suitable
Damped special hook and loop backing pad
for sponges up to max. Ø 160 mm. The special
fixing allows use of this pad only with the
XC 3401 VRG.
Designation Contents/
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
PE 14-2 150
PE 14-1 180
L 602 VR
PE 14-3 125
L 1503 VR
XC 3401 VRG
SpecialPolish P05/03 250 ml 1 376.574
NanoPolish & Wax P02/06 250 ml 1 376.566
MW-C 400 x 400 1 317.098
MW-P 400 x 400 1 376.531
BP-M D115 XC 115 Ø 1 386.715 - - - - - -
BP-M D140 XC 140 Ø 1 342.637 - - - - - -
Velcro backing M 14
Elastic backing pad with velcro cover. 115 Ø 1 208.817 - - -
Velcro bowl 125 Ø 1 231.983 - -
L 1202

Accessories for polishing systems
Velcro pad, cushioned M14
12 mm cell rubber for even pressure distribution
for grinding, polishing or sealing.
Polishing sponge, blue
Sponge of a medium-hard, coarse foam
structure and high resistance to tearing. With
setback velour for assured polishing and as a
centering aid. Particularly for weathered, dull
paints and for scratches in combination with
the SpecialPolish compound.
Polishing sponge, white
Sponge of a medium-hard, fine foam structure
and highly resistant to tearing. With setback
velour for assured polishing and as a centering
aid. Particularly for removing minor traces
of wear and streaks in combination with the
SpecialPolish compound.
Polishing sponge, black
Sponge of an extremely soft and fine foam
structure. With setback velour for assured
polishing and as a centering aid. Ideally
suited - together with the SpecialPolish
compound - for removing holograms and also
for paint care and sealing in combination with
the NanoPolish & Wax.
Polishing sponge wafer, black
Wafer sponge of an extremely soft and fine
foam structure. The special PerfectTouch
sandwich design and extra firm white foam
layer give the pad much more stiffness and
it does not compress so easily. As a result,
holograms and micro-scratches, in particular,
can be more efficiently and reliably removed.
The special design also extends the service
life of the polishing disc. With setback velour
for assured polishing and as a centering aid.
Ideally suited - together with the SpecialPolish
compound - for removing holograms and
also for paint care and sealing in combination
with the NanoPolish & Wax.
Polishing sponge
Sponge with medium-hard and coarse foam
structure. The large diameter and the frisbee
shape is perfect for large areas, e.g. in the
maritime and aviation areas. Particularly
suitable for weathered and mat paintwork,
in conjunction with the SpecialPolish.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
PE 14-2 150
PE 14-1 180
Polishers
Accessories
L 602 VR
PE 14-3 125
L 1503 VR
XC 3401 VRG
115 Ø 1 240.311 - - - -
125 Ø 1 350.737 - -
150 Ø 1 350.745 - -
PS-B 140 140 Ø x 30 1 376.388 -
PS-B 160 160 Ø x 30 1 376.396 -
PS-B 200 200 Ø x 30 1 376.418 - - -
PS-W 140 140 Ø x 30 1 376.426 -
PS-W 160 160 Ø x 30 1 376.434 -
PS-W 200 200 Ø x 30 1 376.442 - - -
PS-BL 140 140 Ø x 30 1 376.450 -
PS-BL 160 160 Ø x 30 1 376.469 -
PS-BL 200 200 Ø x 30 1 376.477 - - -
PSW-BL 140 140 Ø x 30 1 376.485 -
PSW-BL 160 160 Ø x 30 1 376.493 -
PSW-BL 200 200 Ø x 30 1 376.507 - - -
PSF-Y 220 220 Ø x 20 1 256.908 - - - -
L 1202
257

Polishers
Accessories
Accessories for polishing systems
The soft powerhouses
The allrounders
The roto random orbit
The specialist
Velcro sponge, white (soft)
Sponge with medium-hard and fine foam
structure. The large diameter and the frisbee
shape is perfect for large areas, e.g. in the
maritime and aviation areas. Particularly
suitable for removing minor signs of use and
streaks in conjunction with the SpecialPolish.
Velcro backed, classic
The pad consists of 90 % lambswool and 10 %
polyester. This composition provides for more
stability and volume. For great polishing
effect in combination with the SpecialPolish.
Polishing lambswool, premium
Polishing lambswool consisting of 90% natural
wool and 10% polyester. This combination
provides for longer service life and greater
volume. And it can remove sanding scratches,
for example, 30% faster than with using a
sponge. Ideal for UV paints and the latest
generation of scratch-resistant paints. For a
great polishing effect in combination with the
SpecialPolish.
The special PerfectTouch sandwich design and
extra orange foam layer gives the pad that
slight degree of cushioning and much greater
stiffness. This allows for a perfect surface
contact even in problem areas and an optimal
and exact guiding.
Polishing fleece
Traditional frisbee-shaped polishing fleece
made of 100% natural wool. With its large
diameter and frisbee shape this polishing
fleece is perfect for processing large areas
in the maritime and aviation areas. For high
polishing effect in conjunction with the
SpecialPolish.
Lambswool bonnet
Lambswool bonnet with tightening cord,
suitable for elastic backing pad. Made of
100% lambswool for efficient processing of
polishing pastes.
Flexible backing pad
Backing pad from cellular rubber with
rounded edges, for lambswool bonnet.
Ensures for even pressure when polishing.
M14 thread.
suitable
– not suitable
258
Designation Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
PE 14-2 150
PE 14-1 180
L 602 VR
PE 14-3 125
L 1503 VR
XC 3401 VRG
PSF-W 220 220 Ø x 20 1 256.909 - - - -
TW-C 150 150 Ø 1 342.521 -
TW-C 200 200 Ø 1 350.265 - - -
TW-PT 140 140 Ø 1 376.515 -
TW-PT 160 160 Ø 1 376.523 -
WF-C 230 230 Ø 1 398.632 - - - -
WH-C 180 180 Ø 1 123.870 - - -
BP D175 WH 175 Ø 1 123.862 - - -
L 1202

Accessories for universal polishing
Backed fleece
Spare fleece
Fibre-back and M 14 threaded flange for
removing scratches in glass, stainless steel,
acrylic and high-gloss polishing of stainless
steel. Use only with the respective polishing
mediums.
With fiber backing.
Buffing wheel mount, M 14
Carry bag for polisher
Practical mobile carry bag offer lots of room
for machine and accessories, with variable
pockets.
SoftVib side handle
SoftVib handle with vibration cushioning,
significantly reducing the vibration transmitted
to hands and arms and reducing the risk
of vibration-related injury to the operator.
Carry case
Case insert - lid
Without insert. For the machines PE 14- 2 150,
PE 14-3 125, PE 14-1 180, L 1503 VR
and XC 3401 VRG and extensive range of
accessories.
Matching insert for sponges/lambswool
Ø 160/200, microfibre cloths and polish for
the lid of the carry case 377.198.
Case insert - bottom
Matching insert for machine and Velcro
backing pad, sponges/lambswool Ø 140 and
other accessories for the bottom of carry case
377.198.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
PE 14-2 150
PE 14-1 180
Polishers
Accessories
L 602 VR
PE 14-3 125
L 1503 VR
XC 3401 VRG
125 Ø 1 122.726 -
175 Ø 1 122.734 - - -
125 Ø 1 122.742 -
175 Ø 1 122.750 - - -
60 1 123.803 - - - - - -
L 1202
1 333.573 - -
M 14 1 325.384 -
TK-L 528x368x125/65 1 377.198 - -
TKE-T PE14/XC 1 377.201 - -
TKE-B PE14/XC 1 377.228 - -
259

260

Tools for stoneworking.
For 90 years FLEX has been a competent and innovative
partner for natural stone working, and for good reason. During
this time we have worked hand in hand with experienced
stone masons to develop a comprehensive and harmonized
machine and accessory programme that sets the industry
standards.
Stone working
Wet grinders L/LE 12-3 100 WET
Wet grinders, Overview of power tools
Accessories
Blind hole drills, Overview of power tools
Core drilling machines, Overview of power tools
Accessories
Bushhammers, Overview of power tools
Dry grinders, Overview of power tools
Accessories
Stone cutter CS 60 WET
Accessories
262
264
266
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
281
Stone working
261

Stone working
262
FLEX and natural stone.
A special relationship.
Natural stone has its own laws. That call for special experts. Specialists who know
how to read the stone. Who by the nuances and shades of the colours in the stone
can recognise the unique masterpiece that a completely sculptured piece of work
can evolve, but to realize this vision good tools are needed.
For 90 years FLEX is the competent and innovative partner for working with natural
stone. Over this course of time a comprehensive range of machines has been
developed in close co-operation with experienced stone masons. A product range
that sets the industry standards for robustness and reliability also with handling
and maintenance but especially by working safety when using water.
The long-time competence of FLEX also includes the knowledge that FLEX engineers
have gained about the nature of stone, its characteristics, and its sensitivities.
That is why a FLEX machine of course does not damage or soil the valuable
“natural stone”, but professionally processes and preserves it. As in every perfect
relationship allows you to work to perfection.

Stone on stone.
In the FLEX Stone range everything fits.
Very colourful
You don‘t have to search long when selecting
the required grain with the velcro diamond
discs. Thanks to the colour-coded system
you can identify the different grains just by
their colour. And the practical velcro attachment
allows for speedy replacement.
Isolating transformer
The contour plug is standard equipment on
many wet grinders. It can be plugged only
into the isolation transformer coupling and
not into the power outlet.
Stone working
The extensive FLEX natural stone range provides everything - from wet and dry grinders, stone cutter, bushhammer, blind hole
drill and core drilling machines, pressurized water tank, isolating transformers and safety vacuum cleaners to grinding discs,
abrasive rings and diamond tools.
GFCI operator protector circuit breaker
Ensures electrical safety when undertaking wet
sanding. Is released practically immediately
(< 15 milliseconds) at the required response
sensitivity. Complete with accidental restart
safeguard on the power being interrupted.
263

Stone working
L/LE 12-3 100 WET
The new generation of wet stone grinders from FLEX.
Building on the successful design of the long-proven LW 1703 and LW 1503 grinders, the wet stone grinders L 12-3 100 WET and
LE 12-3 100 WET are the next step forward. In future the L 12-3 100 WET will replace the familiar LW 1503 and LW 1703 machines.
With integral electronic control the LE 12-3 100 WET brings something new to this class. Both machines are available in two
versions “Transformer” (with connector cable and a 12 h contour plug for connection to an isolating transformer) and “PRCD”
(portable residual current device integrated in the cable).
264
More secure grip
The grip hood and the bail handle ensure comfortable
handling and allow the machine to be
guided with precision. Even when working on
vertical surfaces, the machine can always be held
securely.
Spindle stop
Easy tool change with the integrated spindle
stop.
Perfectly modulated force
Both types feature a powerful 1150 watt motor
and built-in electronics with soft start, overload
protection and constant speed control. The
LE 12-3 100 WET also features stepless speed
adjustment from 1200-3700 rpm.
Flexible connection
The brass water connection for the ½” water
hose is not attached directly to the device but to
an extremely flexible 2 m long special hose.
Simple M 14
Tool fixture: M 14
The lower values count here
The water supply and control are situated below
the housing. This provides an unobstructed grip
area directly above the sanding pad.
Bring on the water!
Simple and easily accessible operation of the
water control.
Fits perfectly
The special hose does not require additional hose
safety devices. This prevents injuries from hose
clips.

Brilliant ideas.
Optimized handling for top quality surfaces.
Clean sanding job
The L 12-3 100 WET, LE 12-3 100 WET wet
stone grinders and the FLEX Dia-Jet velcro
diamond discs are ideally suited for polishing
cut edges.
Clear view
The superb handling and the unobstructed
grip area allow edges to be worked exactly
and precisely.
Horizontally and vertically
Stone working
L/LE 12-3 100 WET
The water connection of the wet stone grinder L 12-3 100 WET and LE 12-3 100 WET is located below the housing. The machines
can now be guided precisely and safely in any position and without obstructing the view of the workpiece. Thanks to the high
torque, the wet stone grinders perform reliably in almost any position and at almost any pressure.
Working on vertical surfaces is now easier
thanks to the grip hood and the ergonomically
shaped bail handle. The machines can
always be guided safely.
265

Wet grinders
Overview of power tools
LE 12-3 100 WET L 12-3 100 WET
1150 watt wet stone grinder with variable speed, plug
for isolating transformer, 115 mm
• Powerful 1150 W motor
• VR full-wave electronic control: tachogenerator constant speed
control, soft start, overload protection and speed selection
• High torque for maximum material removal and optimum surface
quality
• Powder-coated and varnished magnetic pad for a long service life,
thanks to the additional protection against wear and abrasive dust
• Grip hood for easy handling and precise working
• Bail handle: Secure grip, even when working on vertical surfaces
• The new water feed and control system is located below the
housing, which makes operation and precise dosing easy. An
unobstructed grip area is provided directly above the backing pad
• 2 m special hose: No additional hose safety devices required.
Increases flexibility, reduces weight and prevents risk of injury
from hose clips
• Quick-fit brass coupling: for ½” water hose
• Contour plug: can be connected only to an isolating transformer.
For safety reasons, operation is permitted only connected to the
FLEX TT 2000 isolating transformer
• Spindle lock
• This machine is also available in 110 V
SPECIFICATIONS
Max. disc diameter 115 mm
No load speed 1200-3700 rpm
Power input 1150 watt
Power output 700 watt
Tool fixture M 14
Size (L x H) 340 x 140 mm
Connecting hose
with quick coupling
2 m
Weight 2,4 kg
Type Order no.
LE 12-3 100 WET, contour plug 368.660
LE 12-3 100 WET, PRCD 378.461
! Accessories from page 269
!
266
Available with PRCD portable
residual current device (integrated
in the cable) or contour plug (for
safety reasons operated via isolating
transformer FLEX TT 2000 only).
Standard equipment:
1 bail handle
1 hook-and-loop cable ties
1150 watt wet stone grinder with plug for isolating
transformer, 115 mm
• Powerful 1150 W motor
• FR full-wave electronic control: tachogenerator constant speed
control, soft start, overload protection
• High torque for maximum material removal and optimum surface
quality
• Powder-coated and varnished magnetic pad for a long service life,
thanks to the additional protection against wear and abrasive dust
• Grip hood for easy handling and precise working
• Bail handle: Secure grip, even when working on vertical surfaces
• The new water feed and control system is located below the
housing, which makes operation and precise dosing easy. An
unobstructed grip area is provided directly above the backing pad
• 2 m special hose: No additional hose safety devices required.
Increases flexibility, reduces weight and prevents risk of injury
from hose clips
• Quick-fit brass coupling: for ½” water hose
• Contour plug: can be connected only to an isolating transformer.
For safety reasons, operation is permitted only connected to the
FLEX TT 2000 isolating transformer
• Spindle lock
• This machine is also available in 110 V
Available with PRCD portable
residual current device (integrated
in the cable) or contour plug (for
safety reasons operated via isolating
transformer FLEX TT 2000 only).
SPECIFICATIONS
Max. disc diameter 115 mm
No load speed 3700 rpm
Power input 1150 watt
Power output 700 watt
Tool fixture M 14
Size (L x H) 340 x 140 mm
Connecting hose
with quick coupling
2 m
Weight 2,4 kg
Type Order no.
L 12-3 100 WET, contour plug 375.675
L 12-3 100 WET, PRCD 378.488
Accessories from page 269
Standard equipment:
1 bail handle
1 hook-and-loop cable ties

LW 802 VR LW 1202 / LW 1202 S
1800 watt wet stone grinder with plug for isolating
transformer, 130 mm
• VR full-wave electronic control: tachogenerator constant speed
control, soft start, overload protection and speed selection
• Central water supply through gear shaft: for wet grinding of
granite and marble
• Quick-fit brass coupling: for ½” water hose
• Contour plug: can be connected only to an isolating transformer.
For safety reasons, operation is permitted only connected to the
FLEX TT 2000 isolating transformer
• Tool fixture: M 14
• This machine is also available in 110 V
SPECIFICATIONS
Max. disc diameter 130 mm
No load speed 800-2400 rpm
Power input 1800 watt
Power output 1200 watt
Weight 4,3 kg
Type Order no.
LW 802 VR 258.597
Standard equipment:
1 bail handle
1 open-ended wrench SW 17
! Accessories from page 269
!
Accessories from page 269
Wet grinders
Overview of power tools
1600 watt wet stone grinder with plug for isolating
transformer, 130 mm
• Central water supply through gear shaft: for wet grinding of
granite and marble
• Quick-fit brass coupling: for ½” water hose
• Rugged metal composite housing for optimum heat dissipation
• Contour plug: can be connected only to an isolating transformer.
For safety reasons, operation is permitted only connected to the
FLEX TT 2000 isolating transformer
• Tool fixture: M 14
• This machine is also available in 110 V
Available with PRCD portable
residual current device (integrated
in the cable) or contour plug (for
safety reasons operated via isolating
transformer FLEX TT 2000 only).
SPECIFICATIONS
Max. disc diameter 130 mm
No load speed 1750 rpm
Power input 1600 watt
Power output 1040 watt
Weight 5,1 kg
Type Order no.
LW 1202, contour plug 276.375
LW 1202 S, PRCD 289.000
Standard equipment:
1 bail handle
1 open-ended wrench SW 17
267

Wet grinders
Overview of power tools
LWW 2106 VR WD 10
2200 watt edge milling tool for granite with GFCI
circuit breaker
• VR full-wave electronic control: tachogenerator constant speed
control, soft start, overload protection and speed selection
• Central water supply through gear shaft: for wet grinding of
granite and marble
• Aluminum guide carriage: with plastic balls for easy control,
corrosion-protected
• GFCI operator protector circuit breaker: integrated in cord
• Quick-fit brass coupling: for ½” water hose
• Rugged metal composite housing for optimum heat dissipation
• Tool fixture: G ½”
• Ideal for profiling granite slabs
SPECIFICATIONS
No load speed 1800-5500 rpm
For slab thickness 20-40 mm
Power input 2200 watt
Power output 1540 watt
!
Weight 13,7 kg
Type Order no.
LWW 2106 VR 253.705
Accessories from page 269
268
Standard equipment:
1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 8
1 open-ended wrench SW 32
1 splash guard
Pressurized water tank 10 l
• Working pressure 6 bar
• Ideal for mobile working
• Fits all machines with a quick-fit coupling for a ½“ water hose
SPECIFICATIONS
Capacity 10 l
Weight 4,5 kg
Type Order no.
WD 10 251.622
Standard equipment:
4 m pressure hose

TT 2000
Isolating transformer
• With contour socket for all FLEX machines with contour plug.
Earth contact in 12 o'clock position, without protective contact
SPECIFICATIONS
Max. performance up to
45 min. non-stop operation
2000 VA
Size ( W x L x H) 200 x 200 x 270 mm
Primary voltage 230 V
Secondary voltage 230 V
Weight 15,8 kg
Type Order no.
TT 2000 373.370
Wet grinders
Overview of power tools and accessories
Accessories for wet grinding
Rubber coupling
Velcro pad, soft
For all applications where a smooth sanding is required. Adapts
itself together with the velcro backing pad flexibly to the
surface of the workpiece. Is screwed on as an adapter between
the M14 machine connection and the velcro backing pad.
For secure attachment of the velcro diamond discs.
M 14 connection.
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
1 240.338
QP Order
number
100 Ø 1 253.814
Dia-Jet velcro diamond discs wet (single)
For grinding and polishing: Suitable for artificial stone, natural
stone, stoneware and ceramics. The grinding output of the
diamond discs is higher than that of traditional abrasives, they
have a very long service live and high mechanical resilience.
Dimensions
in mm
Grit Colour QP Order
number
100 Ø grit 60 dark green 1 253.815
100 Ø grit 100 blue 1 253.816
100 Ø grit 200 light green 1 253.817
100 Ø grit 400 yellow 1 253.818
100 Ø grit 800 orange 1 253.819
100 Ø grit 1500 red 1 253.820
100 Ø grit 3000 brown 1 253.821
100 Ø grit 10000 black 1 253.822
Dia-Jet velcro diamond discs wet in a set
Adapter plate
Grinding rings
Set with 5 grains. For grinding and polishing.
Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
100 Ø grit 100 - 1500 5 253.823
For grinding rings with quick-action coupling. Thread M14.
With rubber cushioning.
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
100 Ø 1 126.098
For plastic quick-action coupling backing pads, Order no.
126.098
Dimensions
in mm
Grit QP Order
number
100 Ø F 30 1 126.144
100 Ø F 60 1 126.152
100 Ø F 120 1 126.160
269

Blind hole drills
Overview of power tools
BHW 1549 VR BED 18
Blind hole drill with integrated water feed with GFCI
circuit breaker
• VR electronic control: with tachogenerator constant speed
control, overload protection, and speed selector wheel
• Quick-fit brass coupling: for ½” water hose
• Integral water feed through the drive shaft ensures optimum
cooling of diamond bits
• For hand operation or for use on our BD 6 and BD 18 drill stands
• Can also be used with FLEX pressurized water tanks
• GFCI operator protector circuit breaker: integrated in cord
• This machine is also available in 110 V
SPECIFICATIONS
Power input 1200 watt
Power output 700 watt
Speed under load 3000-9000 rpm
No load speed 3500-10000 rpm
Tool fixture M 14
Diamond drill Ø 5-10 mm
Weight 3,3 kg
Type Order no.
BHW 1549 VR 299.197
! Accessories from page 272
!
270
Standard equipment:
1 bail handle
1 open-ended wrench SW 17
1 splash guard
1 metal carrying case
Anchor drilling unit with integrated water feed with
GFCI circuit breaker
• VR electronic control: with tachogenerator constant speed
control, overload protection, and speed selector wheel
• Suction cup for fixing to smooth surfaces
• Precise drill centring by accurate positioning with cross-hair
registration marks
• Quick-fit brass coupling: for ½” water hose
• Adapter for vacuum extraction
• Ideal for hard, fragile materials, including porcelain stoneware
tiles, concrete, stone and masonry
• When using FLEX industrial vacuums to extract drilling sludge,
an additional vacuum is created to allow vacuum fastening of the
drill stand
• Integrated water feed through the drive shaft
• GFCI operator protector circuit breaker: integrated in cord
SPECIFICATIONS
Power input 1200 watt
Power output 700 watt
No load speed 3500-10000 rpm
Tool fixture M 14
Diamond drill Ø 6-14 mm
Weight 4,1 kg
Type Order no.
BED 18 290.300
Accessories from page 272
Standard equipment:
1 suction cup
1 bail handle
1 stationary drill stand with
column guide, BD 18
1 vacuum hose connection
1 sharpening stone
1 metal carrying case

BED 69
Core drilling unit for drilling edges in facing slabs
with GFCI circuit breaker
• VR electronic control: with tachogenerator constant speed
control, overload protection, and speed selector wheel
• Clamping device: for slab thickness from 20 to 50 mm, with
2 adjustable stops (60/60 cm)
• Integrated water feed through the drive shaft
• Drilling unit works torsion-free and at an exact right angle
• Quick-fit brass coupling: for ½” water hose
• GFCI operator protector circuit breaker: integrated in cord
SPECIFICATIONS
Power input 1200 watt
Power output 700 watt
No load speed 3500-10000 rpm
Tool fixture M 14
Diamond drill bit Ø 5-14 mm
Weight (complete unit) 15,5 kg
Type Order no.
BED 69 254.175
!
Accessories from page 272
Standard equipment:
Stationary drill stand BD 06
Core drilling machines
Overview of power tools
271

Core drilling machines
Overview of power tools and accessories
BHW 812 VV
Core drilling machine for wet drilling with GFCI circuit
breaker
• VV electronic control: constant speed control, soft start
with continuous speed control trigger, overload protection,
temperature monitoring and speed selection
• Long additional handle: turns and latches in pre-set positions to
absorb high torque in freehand operation
• Safety slip clutch: offers protection if the core drill is jammed
• Clamping neck: 53 mm, suitable for application in drilling stands
• Quick-fit brass coupling: for ½” water hose
• Integrated water feed through the drive shaft
• GFCI operator protector circuit breaker: integrated in cord
• Mechanical 2-speed gear unit and variable, electric speed setting
provide optimum speeds for a wide range of drilling diameters
• Suitable for hammer-free drilling of concrete, flush fitting of
junction boxes flue connections and cutting breakthroughs
• Also ideal for precise drilling holes to fix heavy-duty anchors
SPECIFICATIONS
Power input 1800 watt
Power output 1200 watt
Speed under load
1st/2nd gear
272
0-1000 /
0-3800 rpm
Tool holder (inner Ø) G ½”
Clamping neck Ø 53 mm
Max. drill hole Ø in concrete 85 mm
Max. drilling Ø masonry 185 mm
Weight 4,7 kg
Type Order no.
BHW 812 VV 277.940
Standard equipment:
1 handle
1 open-ended wrench SW 22
1 open-ended wrench SW 32
1 wrench case
1 drill depth stop
1 clamp fitting with ratchet clip
and centering aid
1 plastic carry case
Wet drills for the BHW 1549 VR, BED 18 and BED 69
Diamond hollow hole drill bits
Hollow diamond drill bit
The hollow hole drill bits are suitable for use on machines with
integrated water supply and M 14 spindle thread. Vibrationfree
drilling in tiles (all hardnesses), fine stoneware (up to
hardness 5), natural stone, granite.
Designation Diameter
in mm
Length
in mm
QP Order
number
DD-WET D5x30 M14 5 30 1 386.359
DD-WET D6x30 M14 6 30 1 386.367
DD-WET D8x30 M14 8 30 1 386.375
DD-WET D10x30 M14 10 30 1 386.383
M 14, wet, for natural stone and fine stoneware tiles.
Dimensions
in mm
Accessories BED 18
Suction hose
Suction hose
Vacuum hose connection
T
in mm
L
in mm
QP Order
number
6 Ø 58 88 1 315.052
8 Ø 73 103 1 315.060
10 Ø 88 118 1 315.079
12 Ø 98 128 1 315.087
14 Ø 113 143 1 315.095
Vacuum hose, consisting of: 1 vacuum hose (255.505) and
1 vacuum hose connection (255.507).
QP Order
number
1 255.506
QP Order
number
1 255.505
QP Order
number
1 255.507

LST 803 VR LST 1503 VR
Bushhammer for stairs and large surfaces
• VR full-wave electronic control: with speed selection and
constant speed control, soft start, overload protection.
• Working width adjustable: 7 stages from approx. 55 mm to 130 mm
• Guide: continuously adjustable for precise work along stone edges
• Dust extraction: for use even in occupied buildings
• Fitted with 80 aggressive carbide tips, the power tool rapidly and
precisely copes with all roughening work
• Sits comfortably in the hand and has a grip guard and a shaft
handle, making it easy to guide
• Rotating tool head on rubber bearings, reducing noise and
vibration and increasing the life of the drive unit
SPECIFICATIONS
No load speed 800-2400 rpm
Power input 1800 watt
Power output 1200 watt
Working width 55-130 mm
Weight 7,2 kg
Type Order no.
LST 803 VR 259.639
Standard equipment:
1 stop, complete
1 carbide tipped complete 140 Ø
1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 5
1 pin wrench
1 vacuum adapter
Vacuum hose extension
! Accessories page 275
!
Accessories page 275
Bushhammers
Overview of power tools
Bushhammer for stairs
• VR full-wave electronic control: with speed selection and
constant speed control, soft start, overload protection.
• Working width adjustable: 3 stages from approx. 40 mm up to 92 mm
• Guide: continuously adjustable for precise work along stone edges
• Dust extraction: for use even in occupied buildings
• Fitted with 60 aggressive carbide tips, the power tool rapidly and
precisely copes with all roughening work
• Rotating tool head on rubber bearings, reducing noise and
vibration and increasing the life of the drive unit
• The grip guard directly over the tool enables precise guidance of
the power tool
SPECIFICATIONS
No load speed 800-2400 rpm
Power input 1200 watt
Power output 700 watt
Working width 40-92 mm
Weight 5,9 kg
Type Order no.
LST 1503 VR 259.229
Standard equipment:
1 stop, complete
1 carbide tipped complete 100 Ø
1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 5
1 pin wrench
1 vacuum adapter
Vacuum hose extension
273

Dry grinders
Overview of power tools
LG 1704 VR LK 602 VR
1500 watt for heavy-duty grinding jobs, 178 mm
• Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output
• VR full-wave electronic control: with speed selection and
constant speed control, soft start, overload protection.
• Spindle lock: for easy disc changes
• Ideally suited to low and medium-speed use with various
grinding mediums
• The grip guard directly over the tool enables precise guidance
of the power tool
SPECIFICATIONS
Max. disc diameter 178 mm
No load speed 1400-4200 rpm
Power input 1500 watt
Power output 1000 watt
Weight 2,7 kg
Type Order no.
LG 1704 VR 293.768
! Accessories page 275
!
274
Standard equipment:
1 side handle
Polisher with grip hood for natural stone working
• VR electronic control: tachogenerator-controlled constant
speed, soft-start, overload protection and speed selection
• Integrated air deflection: protects against direct air flow
• Perfect cooling for heavy-duty use.
• Plastic grip guard allows extremely sensitive guiding
• Grip hood: detachable
• Rubber rest bar protects machine and surface of workpiece
• Spindle lock: for easy tool change
• Ideal for cleaning, conserving, polishing and care of natural
stone flooring
SPECIFICATIONS
Max. polishing pad diameter 220 mm
Max. back-up pad diameter 175 mm
No load speed 800-2400 rpm
Power input 1500 watt
Power output 1000 watt
Tool fixture M 14
Weight 3,5 kg
Type Order no.
LK 602 VR 258.580
Accessories page 275
Standard equipment:
1 side handle

Accessories LST 803 VR, LST 1503 VR
Replacement carbide wheels
for LST 1503 VR
for LST 803 VR
Replacement bearing block with 2 carbide wheels
for LST 1503 VR and LST 803 VR
Accessories for dry grinding
Rubber coupling
Velcro pad, soft
Velcro backing pad Ø 115, Bowl
QP Order
number
6 259.833
QP Order
number
8 259.834
QP Order
number
1 260.576
For all applications where a smooth sanding is required. Adapts
itself together with the velcro backing pad flexibly to the surface
of the workpiece. Is screwed on as an adapter between the
M14 machine connection and the velcro backing pad.
For secure attachment of the velcro diamond discs.
M 14 connection.
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
1 240.338
QP Order
number
100 Ø 1 253.814
Backing pad Bowl with velcro face for securing the abrasives
with the velcro system. As damping elements 12 mm cellular
rubber pads ensure uniform pressure distribution.
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
115 Ø 1 366.609
Diamond grinding pad
Cutting guard
125 mm cutting guard
230 mm cutting guard
For use with velcro grinding disc 115 Ø. Grinding pads for dry
grinding, a great advantage in the repair and renovation areas.
Suitable for grinding and polishing granite worktops, fine
stoneware tiles, floor tiles, concrete surfaces in the field of
vision, natural stone on windowsills, cover panels, sculptures,
steps.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
Dry grinding
Accessories
Grit QP Order
number
DP 50 DRY D115 115 Ø 50 1 386.197
DP 100 DRY D115 115 Ø 100 1 386.200
DP 200 DRY D115 115 Ø 200 1 386.219
DP 400 DRY D115 115 Ø 400 1 386.227
DP 800 DRY D115 115 Ø 800 1 386.235
DP 1500 DRY D115 115 Ø 1500 1 386.243
DP 3000 DRY D115 115 Ø 3000 1 386.251
DP 10000 DRY D115 115 Ø 10000 1 386.278
With guide block and 32 mm Ø extraction nozzle for cutting
discs with 125 mm Ø for flange without groove.
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
125 Ø 1 254.797
With guide block and 32 mm Ø extraction nozzle for cutting
discs with 125 mm Ø for flange with groove.
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
125 Ø 1 283.533
For push and pull cuts with vacuum set and adjustable support,
extraction nozzle with 32 mm outer Ø, collar Ø 62 mm, cut
depth 65 mm max.
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
230 Ø 1 252.963
275

CS 60 WET. Diamond stone cutter for wet cuts.
Stone working
CS 60 WET
The CS 60 WET is a further development of the proven CSW 4161. With the CS 60 WET you cannot only cut cleanly and precisely,
you can also make a perfect mitre cut in the range from 0-45°. It also has a cutting depth adjustment from 0-60 mm (with guide
rail 0-54mm) and is therefore optimally suited to inserting weather grooves and water drainage channels in window sills or steps.
The CS 60 WET is the ideal machine for stonemasons, kitchen and shop fitters and tilers who have to make exact cuts in natural
and artificial stone; the machine can also be used in gardening and landscaping.
Powerhouse
Powerful and high-output 1400 watt motor with
high torque. Motor protection made of rubber
prevents the direct intake of spray water and
therefore protects the motor.
Tough performer
The gearbox housing, the protective cover
as well as the guide plate are made of highquality
magnesium die-castings. Ideal for tough
applications, e.g. in gardening and landscaping.
GFCI operator protector circuit breaker
Portable residual current device (PRCD)
integrated in the cable for safe working.
Leadership
The front handle also ensures that the machine is
guided exactly.
Spindle stop
Easy tool change with the integrated spindle
stop.
Coupled
Quick coupling made of brass for easy connection
of a ½” water hose.
When you have to get a move on
Cut marking at the base plate from 0°/30°/45°
for rapid orientation
Supercooled
Specially designed water supply for optimal
cooling of the diamond tool.
Runs parallel
Parallel stop with guide edge mounted upwards
increases the contact surface of the saw bench.
When the guide edge is mounted downwards, a
cut can be made parallel to the workpiece edge.
Stepless
The cutting depth can be adjusted steplessly
and without any tools. Ideal in conjunction with
the guide rail for inserting weather grooves and
water drainage channels.
Maximum precision
The applied scale enables the angle to be
adjusted easily and exactly from 0-45°.
All from one source
Ergonomically shaped handle with on/off switch
and lock for continuous operation.
277

Stone working
CS 60 WET
Really good at an angle.
The diamont stone cutter for mitre cuts.
With the FLEX CS 60 WET diamond stone cutter you cannot only cut cleanly and precisely, you can also make a perfect mitre cut in
the range from 0-45°.
Negative is not the same as positive
Thanks to the precise parallel stop which can
be attached on either side, the CS 60 WET
can also make a negative mitre cut.
278
More mobility
In contrast to heavy stationary machines,
the CS 60 WET is characterised by simple
handling.
Always in control
As the parallel stop is included in the
product package, exact cuts can be made
even without the aid of a guide rail.

Extremely free-cutting. For best results.
Jack of all trades
The extremely rugged and reliable CS 60 WET
is ideal for cutting window sills, work surfaces,
facing stones and terrazzo slabs in
garden and landscaping, and cleaning up
flooring joints.
Clean edge
The guide rail, available as an accessory, can
be used to cut clean and precise edge trims
in the floor area.
Quite long
Long cuts can be made with the CS 60 WET
and the appropriate guide rail
Can also plunge cut
The stepless cutting depth adjustment from
0-60 mm (with guide rail 0-54 mm) is particularly
suitable for inserting expansion
joints.
Maximum flexibility.
Stone working
CS 60 WET
If there is no direct water connection
available, the FLEX water pressure tank
WD 10 is the ideal addition.
Always straight
The CS 60 WET, in conjunction with the guide
rail, is ideal for inserting weather grooves or
water drainage channels in window sills or
on the tops of walls.
279

Stone cutter
Overview of power tools
CS 60 WET
Diamond stone cutter for wet cuts, mitre cuts up to
45 °, with GFCI circuit breaker
• High-performance motor: extra powerful for stone cutting and
joint milling
• Continuous cut depth setting from 0-60 mm, with rail guide up
to 54 mm. In the mitre cut from 0-44 mm, with guide rail up to
38 mm
• Continuous angle adjustment for mitre cuts from 0-45°
• Cut marking at the base plate from 0°/30°/45° for rapid
orientation
• High-quality magnesium die-castings for protective cover and
base plates
• Motor protection made of rubber prevents the direct intake of
spray water
• Water supply: for an effective cooling of the diamond blade
• Quick-fit brass coupling: for ½” water hose
• GFCI operator protector circuit breaker: integrated in cord
• Ideal for: Inserting water grooves in window sills or steps, work
tops, facade slabs, terazzo slabs in garden design & landscaping,
joint renovation in the floor
• Spindle lock
SPECIFICATIONS
Diamond cutting disc Ø /
arbor (inside Ø)
170 / 22,2 mm
Cutting depth /
with guide rail
60 / 54 mm
Mitre cuttings 0-45°
Depth of cut - mitre cut 5-44 mm
Depth of cut -
mitre cut with guide rail
0-38 mm
No load speed 6200 rpm
Power input 1400 watt
Power output 840 watt
Weight 4,5 kg
Type Order no.
CS 60 WET 374.016
!
Accessories from page 281
280
Standard equipment:
1 diamond cutting disc with
segmented cutting edge
1 wrench for saw blade change
1 parallel guide fence
1 plastic system case
1 case insert

Accessories CSW 4161, CS 60 WET
Diamond cutting disc
Guide rail GRS
With turbo segments for a clean wet cut; suitable for tiles and
fine stoneware of any thickness up to hardness 5, marble, slate,
granite and natural stone.
Designation Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
Turbo-F-Jet D170x22,2 170 Ø x 22,2 1 386.189
With segmented cutting edge, vibration-dampened.
For granite, marble, sandstone, concrete.
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
170 Ø x 22,2 1 347.515
With closed cutting edge for a clean wet-cut, suitable for tiles,
marble plates and ceramics.
Dimensions
in mm
QP Order
number
170 Ø x 22,2 1 367.214
Precise aluminium profile with anodized sliding coating and
guide rib.. Plugged rubber lip as contact edge at the marking,
anti slip protection on the bottom. Connector 353.272 can be
used to extend the guide rails as required.
Designation Length
in mm
QP Order
number
GRS 80 800 1 353.280
GRS 160 1600 1 359.351
Connector for guide rail GRS
End caps
Antislip profile
Anti-splinter guard
Plastic system case
Insert for systainer
Stone cutter
Accessories
Precise metal connector for connecting two guide rails GRS.
When not in use, the connector can be parked in the guide rail
with the included tool wrench SW 5 - screw driver.
Replacement parts for GRS 80/160 guide rails
Replacement parts for GRS 80/160 guide rails
Replacement parts for GRS 80/160 guide rails
Systainer for machine and accessories.
Size
( W x L x H)
QP Order
number
1 353.272
QP Order
number
2 364.967
QP Order
number
6,8 m 366.854
QP Order
number
3,4 m 366.846
QP Order
number
281 x 360 x 272 1 353.302
Insert for CSW 4161 or CS 60 WET and accessories, fits systainer
353.302.
QP Order
number
1 353.310
281

Carrying case system Box on Box
The new carrying case system from FLEX ensures order.
Whether safe transportation, skilful storage or just sensible packaging, the new “Box on Box” organisation system from FLEX
combines all the requirements of modern trade. Machine, accessories or consumables – everything has its place in one of
the “Box on Box” variants. Neatly and clearly arranged in elaborate inserts, adapted to the requirements of the vast range of
applications. At a glance you can see whether everything is in the correct place. This saves time and avoids looking unnecessarily
for items on the site or in the workshop.
282
Selection made simple
Simply attach the boxes – they lock automatically.
Additional use of buckles or handles is not
necessary.
Duo-Click system
The boxes are simply and quickly released by
the side handles.
Easy handling
All functional elements are colour coded and
easy to operate.
Just in case
Rigid drill holes have been prepared for the use
of a padlock*. The contents can then be locked
securely.
*Lock is not included in the product package
Everything in its right place
Everything at a glance. Thanks to the elaborate
inserts, the machines, accessories and consumables
are clearly arranged. This saves time.
One case, several inserts
There are various matching inserts available
depending on the requirement (machines or
accessories).
Compact and secure
No danger from flying cases. Stored compactly,
securely and stably.
Everything at hand
Simply stack and conveniently carry boxes.

Duo-Click system
Carrying case system Box on Box
The “Box on Box” system is based on a standard size. This allows the boxes to be connected easily by an innovative Duo-Click
system and therefore to be selected simply and quickly for the site and stored securely in the vehicle. A simple handle separates
the boxes from each other again. And when work is complete, the boxes are quickly and simply reconnected and removed using
the Duo-Click system.
SPECIFICATIONS TK-L BoB-1
Size ( W x L x H) 464 x 335 x 142 mm
Weight 2,2 kg
SPECIFICATIONS TK-L BoB-2
Size ( W x L x H) 464 x 335 x 212 mm
Weight 2,5 kg
Type Order no.
TK-L BoB-1 392.634*
TK-L BoB-2 392.642*
*Case without contents and case insert
283

Warranty
For your safety.
Electrical safety of operation
Faulty tools pose a hazard to the user when precautions are
not taken seriously in high voltage areas, to prevent electric
shock. FLEX electrical power tools are insulated according to
the safety classes I and II from EN 60745.
Electrical safety devices
1. Machines with water supply
The safety of FLEX machines with water supply is guaranteed
as follows:
a) Isolating transformer
Devices that are equipped with a plug (position of the earth
pin: 12h) acc. to IEC 60309-2 are delivered in safety class
II and can be operated only in combination with a isolating
transformer according to EN61558.
b) Residual current operated device (GFCI)
Machines with a GFCI in the power supply line (trip current
10 mA) are supplied with increased insulation and protective
earth conductor (earthed connection of the metal parts that
can be touched from outside).
2. Transportable motor driven electrical power tools acc.
EN 61029-1
Residual current operated device (GFCI)
Machines with a GFCI in the power supply line (trip circuit
30 mA) are supplied with increased insulation and protective
earth conductor (earthed connection of the metal parts that
can be touched from outside).
Radio interference suppression
FLEX electrical power tools are shielded according
to EN 55014 and EN 61000 according to EU directive
2004 / 108 / EC.
Warranty
When purchasing a new machine FLEX provides a, 2-year
manufacturer warranty, beginning on the day of the sale of
the machine to the end customer. The warranty covers only
damages that can be traced back to material and/or manufacturing
faults as well as the non-compliance of promised
features. In case of assertion of claims from this warranty the
original sales receipt that shows the purchase date has to be
submitted. Warranty repairs may be made only by shops or
284
service stations authorised by FLEX. An assertion of claims
exists only when used appropriately. Excluded from this
warranty are in particular regular operational wear, improper
use, partially or completely disassembled power tools,
as well as damage due to overload of the machine, the use
of non-permitted, defective, or improperly applied tools.
Damages caused by the machine on the application tool or
workpiece, use of force, consequential damages, that can be
traced to improper or insufficient maintenance by the customer
or third parties, damaging due to external influence
such as sand or stones as well as damages due to nonobservance
of the instructions such as connection to wrong voltages
or type of electricity.
FLEX machines meet all legal trade and professional association
safety regulations. FLEX stands for practical
solutions and professional quality down to the last detail.
Should there be any faults on a machine, the FLEX manufacturer
warranty will take care of it, quickly and unbureaucratically.
Details of machine weight.
The weights in our catalogue have been established on the
basis of the EPTA Procedure 1/2003.
Technical modifications and illustrations.
Our FLEX electrical power tools are always brought to the
current state of the art. We therefore reserve the right
to change technical specifications. Illustrations are also
non-binding.

Tuning for FLEX machines.
More power, gradual acceleration of the speed that is easy
on the motor, speeds kept in the optimal range, and safe
protection from overload. Those are, briefly summarised, the
typical characteristics of FLEX electronics.
A further advantage on machines with greater wattage is
the starting-current limitation. It briefly reduces the high
starting current and thus prevents the tripping of the fuse in
the mains.
The tachometer generator is also a technology with many
great features. It constantly monitors the speed of the
armature. If it deviates from the nominal value, the current
Speed
Load min.
Constant nominal speed under load for machines with electronics
power increase
Electronics
is regulated appropriately. It goes full throttle for example
if there is an extra load until the set speed has been reached
again. If the motor is unduly loaded, the drawing of current
is automatically reduced to a „healthy“ level.
In highly loaded motors a temperature monitoring with PTC
resistance is fitted. It protects the windings from overheating
and overloading.
Using FLEX electronics, the motor output can be increased
up to 40% compared with machines which are not
supported electronically.
Machine with electronics
Machine without electronics
Load max.
Thanks to the electronic increase in output, the machine can extend its nominal speed or the set nominal speed (with variable speed control) even under load
compared with a machine which is not supported electronically. To achieve this without electronics, a more powerful motor would have to be used. This would
result in a heavier and more unwieldy machine. The constantly maintained nominal speed also provides more efficient cooling. This increases the service life of
the machine considerably.
285

How to find us
FLEX-Elektrowerkzeuge GmbH
Bahnhofstrasse 15
71711 Steinheim/Germany
Phone: +49 (0) 7144 828-0
Fax: +49 (0) 7144 25899
Internet: www.flex-tools.com
FLEX Customer service
Our customer service can be reached by
phone Monday through Friday and any
day via the Internet. For all questions
about FLEX quality electrical power
tools, accessories, and spare parts, but
also for quick referral to the nearest
FLEX dealer in your area.
Customer service:
Phone: +49 (0) 7144 828-0
Fax: +49 (0) 7144 25899
E-mail: info@flex-tools.com
Internet: www.flex-tools.com
Should you wish to give us your opinion,
make suggestions on improving FLEX
machines, or tell us how we can expand
our program – please send us an e-mail:
IhreMeinung@flex-tools.com
286
FLEX Service centre
In case your FLEX requires service - no
problem: You send your machine with a
brief fault description to our local service
centre, we will carry out the service
and send your FLEX back to you as fast as
possible. And should you have any questions
on the technology or the accessories,
just give us a call.
FLEX retailers
FLEX Service centre
No question: advance technology is
accompanied by knowledgeable specialist
consulting. That is why FLEX quality
electrical power tools are available
exclusively from qualified dealers. And
qualified means in this case: Whoever
is a FLEX dealer has been trained on
FLEX and has competent answers for the
trickiest questions.

Notes
287

Notes
288

268.887/03-13 Printed in Germany. Imprimé en Allemagne.
FLEX-Elektrowerkzeuge GmbH
Bahnhofstraße 15
71711 Steinheim
Germany
Phone +49 7144 828-0
Fax +49 7144 25899
info@flex-tools.com
www.flex-tools.com
Subject to technical alterations.
Your FLEX retailer